Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Pipelines Handbook
3rd Edition
UK Elsevier Science Ltd, The Boulevard, Langford Lane.
Kidlington, Oxford OX5 1GB, UK
USA Elsevier Science Inc .. 665 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
NY 10010, USA
JAPAN Elsevier Science Japan. Tsunashima Building Annex,
3-20-12 Yushima, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo 113. Japan
Published by
Elsevier Advanced Technology,
The Boulevard, Langford Lane, Kidlington, Oxford OX5 1GB, UK
Tel.: +44(0) 1865 843000
Fax: +44(0) 1865 843971
11
A Vital Contribution to Modern Industry"
CONTENTS
Section 1. Fundamentals
Classification of Valves 3
Basic Valve Nomenclature 11
Valve Selection Guides 14
Pipes and Pipelines-Definitions and Explanations 27
0 between success and failure can be a fine balancing act. It's knowing business trends can
change at any time, that has helped Hattersley to stay at the forefront of the valve
industry, by developing and manufacturing hundreds of
different valves for a multitude of industrial and HEVAC
z Hattersley have the largest selection of quality vJives available: • Bronze Gate Valves • Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Gate Valves • Knife Gat
• Bronze. Cast Iron. Ductile Iron and Steel Globe Valves • Bronze. Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Check Valves • Bronze Rad1ator Vatvcs - Drain Taps -1
• Bronze Ball Valves • Bronze Plug and Gland Cocks • Commissioning Valves • Autoflow Bronze and Ductile Iron Automatic Balan em
0 • Cast Iron Lubricated Plug Valves • Eccentric Plug Valves • Cast Iron Non-lub1·icated J-way PlugValves • Butterfly Valves • Pop Safety Valves - Reli1
• Diaphragm Valves • Equilibrium Ball Valves • GroovEnd Ductile Iron Valves
Hatters ley Newman Hender Ltd Ormskirk Lancashire L39 2XG Telephone: 01695 577199 Facsimile: 01695
QuALITY RELIABILITY & SERVI CE Ass
Em a iI: u ksa Ies@hattersley-valves.co. uk export@ hatters Iey-va lves .co.uk Web site: http://www. ha ttersley-val ve'
ix
Section 5. Pipes
Iron and Steel Pipes 325
Fibre-Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe 339
Thermoplastic Pipe 356
Pipe Joints and Couplings 396
Expansion and Con traction Joints 427
Corrosion and Cathodic Protection 443
Corrosion of Stainless Steel 457
Valve Corrosion 462
Protective Coatings and Linings 465
Section 6. Pipelines/Pipework
Pipeline Cleaning 479
Pipe Cutting and Bending 497
Pipeline Inspection and Evaluation 511
Jacketing and Dual Containment 522
754 Brooksbank Valves Ltd 771 Figure 2 Tyco Valves and Controls
755 Figure 1 Guest and Cbrimes 772 Figure 3 Neles-Jamesbury
75 5 top Brooksbank Valves Ltd 773 top IMf Bailey Birkett Ltd
756 Table 1 Guest and Chrimes 773 Figure 4 Circle Seal Controls Inc
757 Figure 2 IMI Bailey Birkett Ltd 775 Worcester Controls
759 Brooksbank Valves Ltd 776 Vanatome
761 bottom KSB Armaturen GmbH 777 Figure 2 CraneQ!) Resistoflex
761 top Blakeborough Valves 778 Figure 3 EDF
764 bottom Neles-Jnmcsbury 782 Mannesmannrohren-Werke
764 Figure 2 Neles-Jamcsbury AG
765 Figure 1 Neles-Ja mcsbu ry 784 Neles-Jamesbury
766 Figure 4 Circle Seal Controls Inc 786 GSR Ventiltechnik GmbH
768 Reiss Engineering Co. Ltd 788 Figure 6 Adams
769 Solvent+ Pratt 788 middle Kepner Products Company
770 Figure l Tyco Valws and Controls 789 Adams
Note:
Figures from T . D. Williamson. Inc. 0'; :
Reproduced with the permission ofT. D. Williamson. Inc.\!<'' Registered Trademarks ofT. D. Williamson. Inc. in
the United State~ and in foreign countries.
SECTION 1
Fundamentals
Classification of Valves
Basic Valve Nomenclature
Valve Selection Guides
Pipes and Pipelines-Definitions and Explanations
Classi-fication of Valves
Table 1 (ronlinued)
-
Category Patterns Types of construction Remarks
-
Safety I. Direct spring-loaded Also designated by:
valve 2. Direct weight-loaded l . High-lift valve.
~.Lever and 2. Pnll-lift va lve.
spring-loaded
4.Leverand 3. Pilot-ope rated valve.
weight-loaded
5. Ten sion 4. Electrically-assisted va lve.
spr ing-loaded
6. Torsion ba r
Valves are classified and described by specific type in Section 2, which also
include a number of individual designs best categorised as miscellaneous.
Some other valve types are given in Table 2.
Descriptions of various valve types may also differ and Table 3 lists some
other descriptions, standard terminology in this case being based on that adopted
for Table 1. This is by no means complete, but is offered as a general guide.
6 Fundamentals
Category Description
Table 3. Terminology
Valves classified by duty or the service they are intended to perform are
described in Section 3. Necessarily these embrace types already described
under specific types and the relevant chapters can be studied together where
appropriate. A further source of reference and information in this respect is
the chapter on Valve Selection Guides.
Industrial valves operate under many different situations and temperatures
which range from the cryogenic to high-temperature applications and with
different materials including grit, sludge, corrosive chemicals, gases and
liquids. In general, valve technology is mature.
There are two main divisions in the industry: control valves giving precise
control of flow and on/off valves which may be further subdivided into linear
(multi-turn) and rotary (quarter-turn). Actuators which control the movement
of a valve can be manual or automatic and are a major ancillary item for valves.
Valves can be purchased as standard products (commodity valves) or as
engineered units, purpose-built for a specific application. The emphasis today
is on providing solutions to problems and automation wherever possible.
8 Fundamentals
High-performance butterfly valve with sectioned spring-diaphragm actuator for modulaLi11g control.
Valve connections
Valves are normally designed to take either threaded pipe ends, or with flanges
for flanged connection. Threaded connections are simpler and cheaper to
produce and more easily installed. However, it can prove difficult to remove
valves so mounted without dismantling a considerable portion of the piping
unless a number of extra fittings. such as unions, are incorporated.
db db
9P 9[? etaill fac e Ruised fuce
l.ar~ c
nude and ./t'lllllle
Small / . IIIX('
/11(1/(' ond ( £'111111£' 1011g11e und groo t "l '
dq
Small Ring joint
!OIIg_lll' 1111d g r o O t "t'
Most valves consist of a body containing a flow control element (discs, plug,
gate, etc.) attached to and operated by rotation of a stem. (There are exceptions:
e.g. swing check and pinch valves have no stem.) The stem, together with any
stem seals. is enclosed within a bonnet. The top of the stem is fitted with a
hand wheel (or lever) for rotation of the stem (although some stems may have
a sliding operation for quick action).
With threaded stems (giving a screw-down, screw-up motion) the threaded
portion may be fully enclosed by the bonnet, known as inside screw; or
exposed beyond the bonnet, known as outside screw. The former obviously
provides maximum protection for the screw thread. Outside screws have the
advantage of being easier to lubricate.
With rising-stem valves the handwheel and stem move together, giving a
visual indication of the degree of valve opening. With a non-rising stem the
handwheel does not rise (or fall) with the turning movement. The advantage
of this type is that it can be installed in situations providing only minimum
headroom above the hand wheel.
Various types of bonnet may be used, e.g. screw-in, screw-on, union-style
and bolted or flanged bonnet. Screw-in or screw-on bonnets are the simplest
and cheapest, but largely limited to smaller valves used on low-pressure services.
Union bonnets generally provide tighter sealing and are particularly suitable
for valves which are dismantled frequently for servicing. Plain (flat) flange and
male- and female-flanged bonnets are generally preferred for high-temperature
or high-pressure valves, and also larger sizes of valves. An alternative type for
high-pressure and/or high-temperature services is the breech-lock bonnet.
Valve trim
Trim is the term used to describe the parts of a valve which are replaceable, i.e.
normally those parts likely to be subject to wear or degradation. The following
parts are considered as trim:
Stem seals and other internal seals (tl\rhere fitted) are arguably included under
the definition of trim. but are not normally used in describing trim materials.
Standard abbreviations
sw solid wedge.
SintorintS internal seat.
S ren or ren S renewable seat.
OS&Y outside screw and yoke.
WOG water. oil. gas pressure rating.
(i) Fluid to be handled-this will affect both type of valve and material
choice for valve construction.
(ii) Functional requirements-mainly affecting choice of type of valve.
(iii) Operating conditions-affecting both choice of valve type and
constructional materials.
(iv) Flow characteristics and frictional loss-where not already covered by
(ii), or setting additional specific or desirable requirements.
(v) Size of valve-this again can affect choice of type of valve (e.g. very
large sizes are only available in a limited range of types): and avaiJability
(matching sizes may not be available as standard production in a
particular type).
(vi) Any special requirements- e.g. quick-opening. free-draining, etc.
Gi!te valve Normally u sed eit her fully open or () Handwheel (a) Not recommended for use as
fully closed for on-on· regulati on ( i) Electric motor throttling valve.
on wnt.er. o il. gas. steam and other ( ii) hydruulic systems aetna or (b) Solid wedge gale is free from
1
fluid services. ( v) Hydraulic actuator 'chatkr' and jamming.
( ) Air motor
Parallel-slide Regulation of flow. purtic ulrtrly in (a) OtTers unrestricted bore at full
vulve m~in servk:·es in process industries opening.
andsteilm power pla nt. (b) Can incorporate venturi bore to
reduce operating torque.
Butt·rrny \'alve Shu t-off an d regulation in large () Hand wheel (il)Relatively simple construction.
pipelines in waterworks. process ( i)
Electric motor (b) Readily produced in very large sizes
Industries. petrochemical industries. ( ii ) hydraulic systems actua or (e.g. up to 18ft or more).
hydroclectrir power stat ions and ( v) H ydrmwc actuator
thermal po wer stiltions. ( ) Air motor
-
Diaphragm Wide range of applications in all () Handwbeel (a) Can handle all types of fluids.
valve services for flow regul<Jtiou. ( i) Electric motor including slurries. sludges. etc ..
( ii} hydraulic systems aclu u or and con taminated nuids.
( v) Hydraulic actuator (b) Limited for steilm services by
( l Air motor temperature and pressure rating
of diaphragm .
-
Bill! valve Wide range of applications for all () Hand wheel (a) Unrestricted bore at full opening.
sizes.lnclu dlng very large sizc.s in ( i) Electric motor (b) Can handle all types of fluids.
oil pipelines. etc. ( ii) hydraulic systems actua <Jr (c) Low operating torque.
( v) Hydraulic actuator (d) Not normally used as a throttling
valve.
Piuch valve Particular! y suitable for handling () Mechanical (a) Unrestricted bore at full opening.
corrosive 10 cdia. solids in suspemion ( i) Electric motor (b) Com handle all typesofnui ds.
slurries. etc ( ii) hydraulic systems actua o r (c) Simple serv icing.
( v) Hydraulic actuator (d) Limited maximum pressu re rating.
( • ) l'luid pressure
(modified design)
Automatic Desi);ned to meet pnrticular '1 o m eet particular Mos t commonly of single or double
process- service con dition~. s ~rvice cooditions beat-globe valve con figuration.
control
valve
Turbine valve Desi!lncd to m cc.t requirements of 'I o m~ct parUrular Provides guaranteed control over
steam and water turbines in s ·rvice conditions maximum and minimum turbine
mdustrial. mari ne and power speeds and power in ilSsociation
16 Fundamentals
Kv Cv f
Kv 14.28 17.0t)
Cv 0.07 1.1 t)6()
f 0.0589 0.83 57
Valve Selection Guides 17
-
0..
0
0.... .... 1.1)
~ ..... '"0
'-
cOil -:9c:
v-~....
0 Oil <!)
c;:l t:: 0.... t:: .... -o._
o
Oil
t:: Oil
<!)
!:3
0
u .....
t::
t::
<!) ·a ::::l
"'
1.1) "'"'
o.oc
t:: <!)
.... <!)
.... 0.. ·~ <!) t:: <!)
a:: -;:::
..... ·;:::; <!)
:> ::::l u
0
::I
0 .... .... ·- 0..
0 .... <!) 1.1) 1.1) ...!.<: '"0 0..
::0"'
I 0
.... ~ .... 1.1)
~ 1.1)
.~ <!)
~ c ::I
cc
t:: ....
<!)
0 <!)
.... ::I <!)
.... 1.1)
~
...t:: 0
0 E-< i5 0.. ~ 0... 0 t:.t.. .....J tr:: .=:
-
Ball s M s - - - - s - s LS
Butterfly s s - - - s - s s s s
-- - -
Diaphragm s M - - - - - M M - s
- --·,. -
Gate s - - - - - - s s s -
Globe s M - - - M - - - - -
-
Plug s M s - - M - s s s LS
Oblique (Y) s M - - - M - - - - -
-
Pinch s s - - - s - - s s s
f--
SliM - M - - - M - M s s s
- -
Swing-check - - - s - - - - - s -
Tilting-disc - - - s - - - - ·- s -
Lift-check - - - s - - - - - - -
Piston -check - - - s - - - - - - -
Butterfly-check - - - s - - - - - - -
Pressure-relief s - - - - - s - - - -
Pressure-reducing - - - - s - - - - - -
Sampling s - - - - - - - - - -
Needle - s - - - - - - - - -
Key:
S = Suitable choice
M =May be suitable in modified form
LS = Limited suitabi lity
18 Fundamentals
For liquids
Q= Cv {M
v~
where
Q = flow, gallons per minute
Cv = flow coefficient
~p = pressure drop, psi
s.g. = specific gravity (water=1)
Z(Pi - P~)
Q = 16.07 Cv
T x (s.g.)
where
Q = flow, SCFM
Cv = flow coefficient
P 1 = upstream pressure. psia
P 2 = downstream pressure, psi a
Z = compressibility factor
T = absolute temperature (°F+460)
s.g. = specific gravity (air= 1)
P2/P1 = R, and
-
r R J r R J
- -
1.20 0.564 0.825 1.36 0.535 0.845
1.22 0.561 0.828 1.38 0.532 0.847
1.24 0.557 0.831 1.40 0.528 0.849
1.26 0.553 0.833 1.42 0.524 0.851
1.28 0.549 0.836 1.44 0.521 0.853
1.30 0.546 0.838 1.46 0.528 0.855
1.32 0.542 0.840 1.48 0.515 0.857
1.34 0.539 0.843 1.50 0.512 0.859
-
Valve Selection Guides 19
Where the flow characteristics through the valve are of significance, the
following notes can be useful.
Plug valves (Figure 1) offer a straightway passage through the ports with a
minimum of turbulence. Flow can be in either direction and a quarter-turn
will fully open or fully close the valve. Similar comment applies to ball valves.
Gate valves (Figure 2) present a substantially straightway flow through the
ports in the full-open position since the wedge or 'gate' is lifted clear of the flow
passage. Turbulence and pressure drop are low. Again flow can be in either
direction.
Globe valves (Figure 3) are normally installed so that pressure is under the
disc, assisting operation and eliminating a certain amount of erosive action.
Turbulence and pressure drop are higher than with straightway valves.
Angle valves (Figure 4) have similar characteristics to globe valves, with
flow directed through 90°. Again flow is normally directed under the disc.
Reverse flow may be used in the case of high-temperature steam. Ball, globe
and angle valves are suitable for throttling.
Nominal
100
90
, ...... Nominal
Kv)OO
100
90
v
Size KviOO
1/ Soze 'I'
8 8
80
v ,_ - 1
80
1/
41
95
180
1
0
#. 50
70
80
,
/
-
3fs
'h
49
77
0
#. 60
70
60 ,
I
327 :G 40 ~ 40 /
3;4 146
484 0 30 J - 0 - 30 f-
725 u
~ 20
:L60 ~ 20 - ~, -I-
1130
1700 ?; 1() I 1V. 437 ~ 10
0 I 0 ~
u:: 0 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 80 90 100
u:: 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100
%open %open
·oo Nominal
100
90
,.
Nomonal •I-- c--- I Size
Kv lOO ,/
KviOO 8 80
Size
8
I l
81
' 70
I
'Is 22 > "' 1
63 'Q GO
-"
0 fil )
l _ /2
~
I
'14 32 3;. 121
&0
su 30
II
§ 11/4 332
3;~ 350 u
30
v-- ,...- 1'h 416
~
~
20
I
1 700 ~ ~0
1- 1- - " 10
-
~ ·~
u:: ~
1'Ia 1000 ~ 2 704
~ r-
'0 0 10 lO 30 40 60 60 70 80 90 tOO
1'1:! 1600 u:: 3 1700
:w " %open
2 3100
0 10 ?0 >O 0
' 4 2700
%open
3 6500
4 11000
Ball Diaphragm
'
/
Nominal
Size Kv l OO ·- - : - I--
2~ 1500
0
0
.'
II
3
4
3000
5000
'
·- ,_
-
r-
1-- ~ 1--
-
-
I 1-- -
5 8000 " lj
J
6 12000 / -
-
r-
~
"
8 17000
~ ;::;:; ;>""
-----'---~ " lr 1' ! 1,1 ., .. "
% open
Butterfly
The Kv table for angle-seat valves gives a Kv 100 factor of 3 2 7 for size 1 in,
484 for size 1 1 I 4 in and 72 5 for size 1 1 h in.
In this example the correct size to use is 1 1 I 4 in (See also Table 5 ).
Table 4. Typicai'K' values and pressure drops for various 150 mm (6 in) bore valves
Pressure drop*
Y-pattern
M 2.9 0.34 4.9
Angle (globe)
~ 2.2 0.25 3.7
Butterfly
1><1- 1.0 0.12 1.7
Figure 9.
Given:
Q 300 1/min
y 1 kg/dm 3
~p P 1 -P 2 =0.5-0=0.5 bar
24 Fundamentals
Then:
Kvp
of£
-- 300a
Kvp = 424
Key:
A = Atmospheric
V =Vacuum.
Valve Selection Guides 25
First it is necessary to calculate the Kv factor for the total system (Kvt) .
Figure IO.
Given:
Q -- 2 50 1/ min
y -- 1 kg/dm 3
~p -- P 1 - P 2 = 0.5-0 = 0 .5 bar
Then:
Kvt --
oflp
-- 250/ls
-- 354
Kvl
The Kv factor for the valve (Kvv) can now be established by subtracting the
Kv factor for the pipeline (Kvp) from the kv factor for the total system (Kvt). For
this purpose, the formula for calculating the flow factors in series should be
used, which is:
1 1 1 1
- 2- = - 2- +- 2- + ... -2-
Kvx Kv 1 Kv2 Kvn
thus:
1 1 1
26 Fundamentals
1 1 1
Kvv
2 - 354 2 -424 2
= 2.42 X 10- 6
K, = J 2.42 ~ 10-'
= 643
The calculation shows that the valve used must be one with a minimum Kv 100
factor of 640.
From the Kv tables it can be seen that a 1 1 I 4 in ball valve has a Kv too factor
of 1000 and a 1 1 I 4 in diaphragm valve has a Kv 100 factor of 3 32.
Therefore only the 1 1 I 4 in ball valve can be used .
Pipes and Pipelines-De·finitions
and Explanations
we have called them lines, not pipes or tubes. The industry itself may call them
hydraulic pipes. hydraulic tubes or hydraulic lines; and larger hydraulic tubes
(pipe sizes!) are produced for cylinder tubes.
Industries and applications concerned with the conveyance of fluid
products almost invariably refer to their tubular products as pipes or piping.
Again. sizes may range dov,rn into tube sizes (and even be drawn or extruded
products or true tubes)-e.g. gas pipes and small-bore water service pipes. But
they are still pipes or piping. And the system they provide is a pipeline.
Hopefully this has established a satisfactory definition and explanation of
\•Vhy the title of this handbook is specifically concerned with pipes and pipelines,
for these are the areas mainly covered. And those who work in these areas call
Aluminium Drawing or rolling Cryo~cnir and chemical Low weight and good
(seamless tube) pipelines: lightweight hydraulic corrosion resistance.
pipes.
Copper Drawing or rolling Mainly smaU bore Marine application s. Resistant to corrosion
(seamless tubing) tubes Hot water services (domestic). but costly.
Ductile iron Spi nning Up to600mm Gas and water distribution Stronger than cast iron.
(24 in} systems.
Grey cast iron Casting Up to 1200 mm Gas. water and drainage Brittle matcri;~l .
(48 in} syste1ns.
Malleable iron Heat-treated casting 1\•lainly u sed for small fittings. l ess brittle than cast iron.
Steel Vadous Upto4000mm Gas and oi l pipelines. Available io a witle range
(l60in) of tensile st.renglhs.
Stainless steel Va rious Cryogenic anrl chemical pipelin es. Corros i o n -rc·s i ~lunt. but
Stainless steel tubing for d omestic high cost.
water supplies. plumbing and
healiog.
Tungsten Extrusion Mainly small Marine applications. Corrosion-resistant.
bore tubes Specialised hydra ulic systems. n on-sparki ug mulcrial.
their tubular products pipes, but tubes are mentioned and described where
appropriate.
There remains one distinction between British and American practice to
clarify. In the UK the handling and installation of pipes, performance
calculations, etc., embracing the complete system are commonly referred to as
pipework, e.g. pipework installations, pipework calculations, etc. In the USA
the word 'pipework' does not appear to be accepted and is seldom. if ever.
used. In the interest of rationalisation, this handbook uses the single
description pipeline. It means the same as pipework.
It is to be regretted that similar rationalisation is not possible between
British and American and metric units and standards. This leads to differences
in values of 'flow loss· coefficients for pipe bends, valves, etc .. the British/
American coefficient being based on m 3 /hat 1 bar pressure loss.
Equally, pipe sizes are standard in both millimetre and inch sizes, together
with match fittings and valves. There are no exact equivalents. You work in
standard manufactured sizes, either in millimetres or inches. To give
equivalent sizes in tabular data for either would be meaningless. With rare
exceptions. the exact equivalent size is just not obtainable.
That is a problem, too, which complicates the presentation of working
formulae. We have attempted, within reason. to cover most possibilities in the
case of the main formulae for flow-performance calculation in other forms
embracing all the units most likely to be used, both in metric and Imperial
units. Here. in fact. Imperial units are often less rational than their metric
equivalents, with volumes expressed in cubic inches, US gallons. Imperial
Pipes and Pipelines-Definitions and Explanations 31
Plastic pipes
ABS l2t o 150mm Corrosion-free but Alternative to PVC where better Suitable [or solvent
(lh to(> in) lower chemical mechanical pipelines required. jointing.
resistance than PVC.
GRP Upt o4800mm Corrosion-frce. Large water and drainage Thermoset material. Also
( 190 in) pipelines. available In other
reinforced-plastic miltrix.
(RPM) construct.ions.
Disadvantage: high cost.
Polyvinyl llpt o 1050 m.m Corro sion-free. General pu rpose pipelines suitable Unplasticised PVC.
chloride (42 iol for n wide variety of exterior nnd Suitable for solvent
UPVC interior applications. welding.
Widely avnilablc.
Polyvinyl Upto 360mm Corrosion-free. Cold and hot water services. Rigid PVC.
chloride ()4 inl domestic plumbing. etc.
CPVC
Polypropylene Upt o )000nun Similar toPE. but Applications requiring good Subject to embrittlement
(PPl (40 inl superior for combined temperature/pressure at low temperatu res.
[UK sizes up to resista J1Ce to pipelines. e.g. efiJuent. pulp
tnt n] detergents. mills. etc.
Polypropylene Uplo300mm Copolymer ofPP with
(12 in) bett.er resistance.
Polypropylene Jligh chemical- Specialised applications: higher Fusion-jointed.
(PVDFl resistance. including: St!rvice temperatures thao possible
<Jcids. alkalis aod with. other thermoplastic pipes.
hydrocarbons.
Polybutylcnc Upt o f>OOmm Hot-water applications- suititble Cheaper than PEX. better
(PBl (24 in) for temperatures up to llO"C abrasion resistance than
(230°F). PEH (particularly at
elevated temperatures).
Cannot be solvent-welded.
Polytheoc (PEJ Up t o 200mm Corrosion-free. Agriculture and irri gation. Low-density polythene:
(PELl (8 iJ u l?ressures to 6 bar.
Polythene (PEMJ lip t o '500 mm Corrosion-free. Gas distribution. Gener11l purpose Medium-density
(20 In) pipelines for exterior and polythene: fusion -jointed
ioterior applications. or mechanit·<ll joint~.
Polythenc Up to t800 mm Corrosion-free. Water distribution. sewilge. High-density polyth~nc :
(PEHl (70 in) industrial eftluent. etc. fusion-jointed (socket.
Gas distribution. butt or saddle); also
mecbanical forms.
Polythcne {Jp t o 1200mm Corrosion-free. High molecular weight
(H,\IIW-PEHJ (48 in) PEH: limited availnbility
in pipe forms and
expensive.
PEX llot water applications. Cross-linked PE.
Fluoroc;Jrbon Outstanding. Used as liners bonded to GRP
(FEP. PFA. or metallic pipes for complete
I'TI'E) corrosion rl'~i stance.
Limited availability in tube
form (PEP and PFA).
w
N
"Tj
1::
§.
3
<:">
::s
s
~
Equivalent specifications for stainless and high-resistant steels
I I Swedish French I German
Description BS970 AISI Avesta Fagersta Nyby Sandvikan Uddeholm Government Ugine Krupps
EN no. type
I
12/1 4% chromium
Low carbon
420S29
I 410
410
393
393H
R.R.J.10
R.R.J.l1
l 1410
1415
2.C.27
4.C.27
S/S.1
S/ S.31
Z.12.C.13 FIA/ FIB
FIU12
Vl3F
VSM
15% carbon (568)
12/ 14% chromium 420 739H R.R.S.72 1435 7.C.27 S/S.6 Z.36.C.13 S12 V3M
35%carbon (560)
18/ 20% chromium 431S29 431 249EH 4N2C36 S/S.22 Z.15.CN VIM
2°/,, nickel (57) 18-02
18% chromium 430 249 R.R.M.20 1710 I.C. 36 S/S.2 F17 Vl7F
I I
2.C.34 Extra
I Supra
Special
12%chromium
12% nickel (58 0) I 832P R.R.N.J.39 14-12 2.R.l. SjS.33 Inoxargent V. l2.A .
Supra
18% chromium 301Sl5 304 832M R.l.M.291 18-8EL O.R.2 S/S.3.M.M. Z.S.CN. N.S.22.S. V.2.A.
8 % nickel 18-08 Supra
0.08% carbon (58 3 /~J I
I I I
18%chromium 320S25 302 832 R.R.N.J.32
I 18- 08 2.R.2. S/ $.3
I
I Z.lO.CN. V.2.A
8% nickel (58A) 18- 08 Norma l
Free machining ~
I '
O.R.3 S/ S.4.M.M.
18% chromium
10% nickel
I 315$16
(58H)
832SV R.R.N.J.41 18- 8EMO
I
1.5% molybdenum I
18%chromiu m I 31SS16 832S R.R.N.j.40 1 8- 8 1MO 2.R.3 S/S.4 V.8.A.
8 % nickel
1.5% molybdenum
(58H)
I I Normal
18% chromium I 321S12 321 8321' R.R.N.J.51 1 8-81' I.R.4 S/ S. 53 Z. 10 .CNT. N.S.2 0C V.2.A.
8/10% nickel (58 B) 18-08 Extra 'i:)
1.5% molybdenum l -s·
<'>
I
~
10/12% nickel (58 G) s::...
1 % niobium 'i;l
"'"'
I
25% chromium
20% nickel
310 254E R.R.T.83 25- 20 I 3.R.9. S/ S.2 5 Z.20.CNS
25/ 20
N.$ .30 N.C.T. 3 t::J
~
~
~
18% chromium 304Sl5 316 832SK R.R.N.J.44 18-20MO O.R. ll S/ S.24 Z. 8 .CND. N.S.M.C. V.4 .A. c;·
10% nickel (SSE) 18-08 Supra ~
2.5% molybdenum
I I "'
!:)
::s
s::...
lt'l
;..:
~
;::;-
:::
!:)
.....
c;·
::s
"'
w
w
34 Fundamentals
BS 1710: 1984 Optional colour code indications for general building services
Water
Drinking Green Auxiliary blue
Cooling (primary) Green White
Boiler feed Green Crimson/ white/ crimson
Condensate Green Crimson/ emerald green/crimson
Chilled Green White/ emerald green/white
Central heating (Ioooc Green Blue/ crimson/blue
Central heating <100°C Green Crimson/blue/crimson
Cold down services Green White/blue/white
Hot-water supply Green White/crimson/ white
Hydraulic power Green Salmon pink
Sea. river, untreated Green
Fire extinguishing Green Red
Oils
Diesel fuel Brown White
Furnace fuel Brown
Lubricating Brown Emerald green
Hydraulic power Brown Salmon pink
Transformer Brown Crimson
Other suggestions
Natural gas Yellow ochre Yellow
Compressed air Light blue
Vacuum Light blue White
Steam Silver grey
Drainage Black
Electrical conduits and
ventilation ducts Orange
Acid and alkalis Violet
Pipes and Pipelines-Definitions and Explanations 37
Safety colours
Red 04 E 53
Yellow 08 E 51
Auxiliary blue 18 E 53
Crimson 04D45
Emerald green 14E.53
Salmon pink 04C 33
Yellow 10 E 53
Blue 18 E 51
SECTION 2
Valve Types Design and Construction
Plug Valves (Cocks)
Ball Valves
Ball Float Valves
Butterfly Valves
Rotary Disc/ Rotor Valves
Globe Valves
Gate Valves
Needle Valves
Pinch Valves
Diaphragm Valves
Slide Valves
Screw-down Valves
Spool Valves
Solenoid Valves
Swing-Check (Flap) Valves
Penstocks
Miscellaneous Valves
Plug Valves (Cocks)
The description 'plug valve' or 'cock valve' is given to the simplest form of
valve comprising a body with a tapered or, less frequently, a parallel seating
into which a plug fits. The plug is formed with a through-port. the relative
position of the port controlling the amount of opening through the valve
(Figure 1). A 90° rotation of the plug fully opens or closes the fluid tlow .
Greek and Roman periods saw the development of the plug cock valve and it
remained virtually unchanged until the 19th century.
The development of the steam engine from the early l Rth century led to
further valve improvements including the introduction by Timothy Hackworth
of adjustable springs instead of weights to the steam safety valve.
The groove-packed plug cock was introduced by Dewarance & Co in 18 7 5,
making a valve ·which was easier to operate and more suitable for steam. In
1886, Joseph Hopkinson introduced the parallel slide valve where the sealing
of the valve was produced by line pressure on the disc.
This system is still manufactured today . Plug cock valves are not as efficient
as ball valves and can only operate fully open or closed.
Figure I.
42 Valve Types Design arzd Construction
Figure 2.
Plug Valves(Cocks) 43
Handle Nut
Handle
Neck Bush
Plug
_"rl-- Body
Eyelet
Packing Sleeve
Tightening Nut
Figure 3.
into both top and bottom of the body provides for temperature variations and
thereby prevents binding.
In the UK, the description ' plug valve' is specifically given to a cock which
incorporates special design features to reduce the friction between the plug face
and the body seat. The plug itself may be tapered or parallel and the movement
plain or lubricated (Figure 4). There is also a further variation known as a
ball-plug valve. where the plug element is spherical. with circular ports rotating
between circular seats of concave section (Figure 5 ).
Figure 4.
Figure S.
44 Valve Types Design and Construction
(i) Round opening-with rull-bore round ports in both plug and body.
(ii) Rectangular (rectangular opening) with rectangular or similar
shaped ports of substantially full-bore section.
(iii) Standard opening-where the area through the valve is less than the
area of standard pipe.
(i v) Diamond port-where the opening through the valve is diamond-
shaped. Such valves are also normally of venturi design.
(v) Multi-port-with three or more pipe connections. used mainly for
transfer or diverting services.
(vi) Venturi design-with reduced-area porting (down to 40%) and
featuring venturi flow through the body.
(vii) Short-with reduced-area ports and/or reduced face-to-face dimensions.
(viii) Vertical-with reduced-area seating ports and the plug passages
reduced in section to form a throat.
·l· Pon T PORT
2 Positions 4 Posrtions
Position 1
Pon 'A' feeds both Pons ·s· and ·c·
Posrtron 2
,; A I
only
Materials
Cocks and plug valves are produced in a variety of metals and plastics and also
include lined types. Metals most commonly used are brass, bronze, steel and
stainless steel.
Figure 6( a). Non-pressure balanced taper plug. Figure 6( b). Pressure-balanced taper plug.
balanced plug. line pressure in an open valve can find its way into the large
end chamber which exists below the plug. Under these conditions a resultant
force exists tending to push the plug into its tapered seat with the danger or
taper locking causing a seized valve, as shown in Figure 6(a) . This resultant
force persists whether the line pressure subsequently remains high or is
reduced.
The development of an out-of-balance force on the plug is not an inevitable
event with ordinary taper-plug valves. as there is normally sealant pressure
acting on the small end of the plug. Nevertheless it can occur and can cause
valve seizure.
With a pressure-balanced valve, the live-line pressure is used to replace
sealant pressure by allowing the line to pressurize the small end chamber. A
balancing force is produced which prevents taper lock without the need for
sealant pressure. Figure 6(b) shows how a more balanced position is reached
when line pressure is allowed to equalise the pressure acting on the end of the
plug.
The pressure-balance system consists of two holes in the plug connecting
chambers at each end of the plug with the line pressure. The hole in the small
end of the plug contains a non-return valve. This enables sealant pressure to
be built up if necessary, while allowing access of the line pressure to the small
end chamber. Thus the pressure in the large end chamber always equals line
pressure and the pressure in the small end chamber is always equal to. or
greater than, the line pressure.
Ball Valves
£
1----- --
Materials list:
No. Part Specification Quantity
1 Body ASTM A351-CF8M(3J 6) ]
2 In screwed seat retainer ASTM A351-CF8l\11(316) l
3 Seat: R.TFE 2
4 Ball ASTM A351-CF8M(316) 1
5 Stem ASTM A276-316 ]
6 Stem packing PTFE 1
7 Thrust washer PTFE 1
8 Gland AISI 304 1
9 Stem was her AISI 304 1
10 Handle nut AISI 304 l
11 Handle AISI 304 1
12 Handle cover Plastic 1
13 Gasket PTFE 1
completely closes the flow passage with positive sealing via the sealing rings .
Sealing is equally effective in both directions.
Body forms and matching ball hole may provide straight-through (full-bore
parallel), reduced flow, or venturi flow. Ends can be flanged or threaded .
The ball itself may be free floating. in which case the squared oif or splined
end of the stem fits into a matching recess in the top of the ball. On larger
valves the ball may be trunnion-mounted. Trunnion mounting reduces operating
torque to about two-thirds that of the floating ball (Figure 2).
Ball valves are produced in top-entry and split-body forms for assembly and
for renewal of the seals and ball. They are also produced in multi-port
configurations. thus normally requiring a larger size of ball to accommodate
multi-port drillings. These ports can be proportioned to give positive lap or
negative lap as required (see also Figure 3 ).
Ball Valves 49
Section view clearly illustrating how a characterised 'V' seat allows for precise flow coni rol in a rnodu/ating
ball valve.
50 Valve Types Design and Construction
Full operating movement is 90° rotation of the ba] I. Steps may be incorporated
to limit movement of the operating lever. or continuous rotation may be
possible. In either case the lever position is in line with the axis of the valve in
the open position and at right angles to it in the closed position. Larger ball
valves may be operated by handwheels through reduction gearing, or by
powered actuators. In all cases opening/ closing torque is low because the only
friction forces involved are those of the ball rotating against its seals and the
friction offered by the stem gland. The latter can range from 0-rings to glands
Ball Valves 51
3way L-PORT
~ ~~i~ ~
Form- / Form -] /-'(11111 -.l ........_ 0 Form-..J
3way T-PORT
~ ~~L~ ~
0
Form - / Form-2 ,..orm -3 '----- Form -..J
Double-Sealed
End Plug
Blowout-
Proof Stem Low-Friction Positive-Stop
Engineered End Piece
Seat Design
fitted with die-formed packing rings. In some ball valves the ball is held
against the seat by the cam action of a specially shaped stem. By turning the
valve hand wheel the ball is pulled away from th e seat before being rotated . A
precision spira l groove turns the stem and ball 90°, without ball-to-seat
friction. to full-straight through-flow when open. The reverse action lowers the
stem, turning the ball to the closed position, and the final hand·w heel turn tilts
the ball and mechani cally wedges it against the seat to seal the valve closed.
52 Valve Types Design and Constmction
Predrilled
and Tapped
Mounting Pads
Split-Body
Construction
Full-Bore
Design
Low-Friction
Engineered
Seat Design
Graded Body Bolts
and Nuts
Historically. ball valves have been produced with soft, not metal seats
because generally soft seats have covered most applications satisfactorily.
Many valves of this type have seals made from PTFE, compounded with
graphite, glass or steel powder to improve the material properties. However,
abrasive media, high pressures and high temperatures can severely stress the
polymeric seals normally used and lead to damage (Figure 4).
Ball Valves 53
Figure 4. Tllis ball was taken from a valve that had seen 3 years service in a ce111ent works. The polymer
sea/in{] rings /rave been destroyed. tire /mil and the body srverely da111aged. Nletal/ic seals can prevent such
problen1s.
For nominal diameters of# DN 50 PTFE. seals can only be loaded to a full
pressure ofPNl 00 up to a temperature of approximately 1 00°C; with nominal
diameters above DN80. the operating pressure is limited to 50 bar. Only gradual
improvements can be made if highly resistant polymers such as POM are used.
Upper temperature limits are 2 50°C with huge restrictions on pressure/ load
capacity.
Metal-seated ball valves first came to prominence in the 1960s. They offer a
number of advantages including: tight shut-off, smooth control, no jamming,
low torque, wide temperature range, good corrosion and wear resistance and
stability under pressure. The greatest risk to metal-seated ball valves is posed
by corrosion through pitting, fretting corrosion. intercrysta lline corrosion
and stress corrosion cracking. Media that contain even low quantities of
aggressive substances are capable of causing corrosion.
Metal seals do not bed in as easily as soft seals under pressure. It is therefore
important for the ball and sealing rings to be machined precisely and have
both hard- and low-friction coatings appJied to the base material.
54 Valve Types Design and Construction
Ball valves with metallic seals are suitable for use in high-solids abrasive media. for /Jigh nnd low
temperatures,for extreme operating pressures. and for frequent operation. Even with critical media. they
can be used for flow regulation. This pneumatically-activatPCI ball valve is an ideal con1ponent for
increasing plant safety. In the event offailure of the compressed-air supply Llze spring-loaded. pnwmatic
drive closes the valve autonzatical/y, rapidly and reliably.
Metallic seats tend to employ both nickel- and cobalt-based alloys and elements
such as chrome and tungsten. However, the trend appears to be towards
the use of different surface coatings for ball and sealing rings and choosing
between them to suit the various circumstances.
With the seat-supported ball valve (Figure 5). the valve seals on the
downstream side. The upstream pressure pushes the ball against the downstream
seat. closing it tightly.
In the trunnion-mounted ball valve with a bellows seat (Figure 6), the valve
seals on the upstream side. The internal pressure expands the bellows axially ,
pushing the seat against the ball. The seat is pressure-assisted and spring-
energised. The bellows seat acts as the seating component. This type of ball
valve is suitable for the most demanding on-off services.
The special control seat shown in Figure 7 works like a normal pressure-
assisted seat in trunnion-mounted ball valves. The upstream pressure is led
through the hole behind the seat, pushing it against the ball.
The seat is spring-energised to ensure low-pressure tightness. In control.
the high-velocity flow passes through the restriction point of the partly open
Ball Valves 55
Back
Ball seal
Valve body .
+-------_J
Figure S. The metal seating principle in a typical seat-supported ball valve.
I Ball
I
+---1- __ _ _ 1-----· _ _ va_lv_e_b_od: _ _ _ --t-
Seat ring Bellows
valve. The high velocity creates low pressure, which is led behind the ball seat
through the hole located in the vena contracta. The seat will thus be unloaded.
The sealing principle of the floating-ball valve example shown in Figure 8 is
effected at the downstream seat where the baH is pressed against the opposite
seat by the medium pressure. In doing so the seat rings have a double
function. They seal off and at the same time serve as a bearing. The seal at the
upstream seat can be relieved in order to avoid a build-up of pressure.
The sealing principle of the fixed-ball valve example shown in Figure 9 is
one where the sealing is effected at the upstream seat where the spring-
supported seat is pressed against the fixed ball by the medium pressure.
The ball itself can be fixed by bearing pads in the body, by trunnions or by
bearing stems. A pressure build-up is prevented by the spring-supported seats
in connection with the fixed ball . To summarise, effective sealing depends on:
\
- - - .L.:-- ....._____ _ _
In control
~ ---
Pvc< P2
Flow
r, port __P
- =2 l_
T1ght shut-off
Stacked chevron
packing stem
down-stream up-stream
Generally, ball valves are sealed by applying a load to a soft seating material
between the valve body and ball to create localised yielding.
Seals of plastic material usually depend on localised yield to achieve bubble-
tight sealing. The problem with a jam seat is that increasing the shut-off
pressure can increase plastic deformation. As long as pressure remains at a
58 Valve Types Design and Construction
high level this is not a problem; leakage may occur if the shut-off pressure
is decreased. A jam seat has no pressure compensation. Another area to
consider about jam seats is temperature swings.
With increasing temperatures, metallic ball and valve casings expand.
PTFE valve seats expand at a much higher rate and if the temperature change
is high enough, the jam seat will tend to generate a 'self stress' above its yield
strength and deform plastically beyond its initial state. When the valve is
cooled, shrinkage of the additionaJly deformed seat may result in leakage.
A possible way of overcoming this is to employ valves with flexible lip seats
(Figure 1 0) or seats that incorporate a separate double block and bleed design.
Another aspect to consider with soft-seated ball valves is built-in body-cavity
pressure relief. Ordinary water trapped in a valve cavity without air will increase
in pressure by about 100 lb/ in 2 . The pressure/ temperature relationships of most
common liquids are in the orderof90-110 lb/in2 per°F (11.2-13 . 7 bar per °C).
The cavity area created by the two soft seats of a ball valve is a typical area
for pressure increases. While the valve is open, any pressure in the cavity zone
created by the ball. seat and body can be vented via a hole from the bottom of
the stem slot to the ball waterway.
In the closed position, relieving cavity pressure is more difficult. Some
valves have a vent hole in the ball.
Cavity-pressure increases derive from the differential thermal expansion
rates of incompressible fluids and typically a venting of one hundredth of a cc
of trapped liquid will bring cavity pressure back to normal.
The key to ball-valve performance is the sealing (seating) structure. regardless
of whether the seats are metal or plastic.
Pressure-temperature ratings
16
9
15
16
~50
®-
e- 70
2
g.- 18
~ 7 (SOCKET WELD 0~
~- · , 0 :25 BUTTWELD ONLY)
6
2
3600
psi
250
bar
-----
ANSI C L 1500 body rating
-- -- -- --
2880 200
POM
w
a:
::J
(/)
- - - -
(/)
w ANSI CL 900 body rat1ng
2160 a:
Q. 150
_j
~
i=
z
LU
----
a:
w
u. ANSI CL 600 body rating
u.
1440 i5 100
ON 50
720
275
50
20
-- - -
ANSI CL 300 body ra11ng
I CMPERATURE
Flow data
Typical flow data is shown in Table l. The flow rates were determined for ball
valves in fully-open position and a water temperature of l5 °C (59 °F).
Typical major application areas for ball valves include:
Refineries
• shut-off and isolation valves for tower bottom lines and thermal-cracking
units with coke problems
• gas/oil separation
• gas distribution includin g measuring, metering and pressure regulation
stations
• controlling oil loading
• pumping and compressor stations
• emergency shut-down
• refining units
Bn/IValves 61
Full bore
Nominal flow rate
Nominal size Kv Cv
m 3/ h US gallons
mm in per min
Reduced bore
Nominal flow rate
Nominal size Kv Cv
m 3 /h US gallons
mm in per min
Power industry
• boiler feed water control
• control and shut-off for steam
• burner trip valves
• sluicing valves for feeding coal into pressurised combustors and for
extracting fly ash
Other common areas for the application of ball valves include: food industry.
water supply and transport, marine and solids transport.
Ball Float Valves
The typical ball float valve consists of a control valve of the piston and disc-type
operated by a floating ball and lever mechanism adjusted to open the valve at
a predetermined liquid level. It is thus essentially a level-control valve and is
used mainly for controlling the supply of make-up water (e.g. in cisterns.
\1\rater tanks, etc.)
The most effective type is the equilibrium ball float valve (Figure 1). so
called because the upward and downward pressure forces are nearly balanced
out (leaving just enough unbalance to eliminate hunting). The basic type finds
widespread application. The body is usually of angle pattern with the inlet flanged
and bolted to the inlet pipe flange with the tank wall sandwiched between.
Design geometry calculations for ball float valves can be tedious. As far as fluid
forces are concerned there is an upward force at the valve position due to
mains pressure tending to force the float downwards, which will normally be
resisted by the displacement force generated by the float under equilibrium
conditions (Figure 2 ). These equilibrium conditions correspond to the valve
being held closed by a surplus of 'displacement' force. (In the event of the
water level falling , of course, the valve will open to allow inflow of water until
equilibrium conditions are restored.)
140
130 I
I
120 I
I
110 I
I
100 I
1
90 1 900
I
L 80 800
.c:::. 1 I
~ 70 I 700 l
I I
(l)
10 100
Vr = 0.7854 PN x d 2 2 -
d
1
2
L
where
P = supply water pressure
N = fulcrum, distance from valve
L = fulcrum, distance from ball float
d1 = outside diameter of valve-sealing face
d2 = diameter of valve piston.
The displacement force (Of) is governed by the volume of the ball float (or
diameter in the usual case of a circular float) and its depth of immersion. It is
usual in the case of spherical-ball floats to design for socyo immersion, when :
F
dia H x L length
C B
A
ftem description
(i) The necessity of maintaining a positive closing force on the valve for fluid
tightness. An empirical figure here is to make Dp equal to 1.2 5 x VF·
(ii) Additional movements introduced by the weight of the lever on both
sides of the fulcrum or pivot point and the weight of the float. These
can be calculated or eliminated by counterbalancing.
66 Valve Types Design and Construction
N L
(iii) Frictional resistance of the pivot and rising part(s) of the valve. This
will call for an additional increase in displacement force. i.e. float size.
It is difficult to establish required values except on empirical lines as
frictional forces may be subject to change with age.
It may be further necessary to evaluate the displacement force with the float
fully submerged (when OF= 0.02 D3 ) and the resulting loading on the fulcrum
pin. Design should allow adequate sheer strength on the pin to allow for this
contingency, particularly in ball float systems used with level controls in large
tanks and/ or inaccessible positions.
Butterfly Valves
Since it was first introduced well over one hundred years ago, the butterfly
valve has come through many development stages to become one of the most
successful high-performance valves in use today.
The first butterfly valve was used by James Watt, the Scottish engineer, for
his steam engine. It was also used in the Mercedes motor car in 1901 for the
fuel intake linked to the accelerator pedal.
Initially, butterfly valves were limited to low pressure drop applications and
sizes that were about six inches or more. They also tended not to seal too well.
In basic terms, a butterfly valve uses a flat disc in which the closure device
rotates about an axis regulating the flm.v of liquids with off-centre or in-line
sealing. Smaller sizes usually have manual operation, but much larger devices
such as penstock control valves are usually motorised.
Butterfly valves can offer attractive cost savings and operating benefits over
conventional globe valves. With high flow capacities, butterfly valves enable
the use of smaller units ·which reduces cost, weight and space requirements.
With only two wetted parts and a range of valve linings, butterfly valves
isolate the body from the media, thus eliminating the need for expensive exotic
materials.
The smooth contoured, crevice-free disc produces lower torques. while the
butterfly valve design makes it easy to install, maintain and service.
The two main groupings are general purpose butterfly valves and high-
performance butterfly valves. Butterfly valves have the disadvantage that they
restrict the flow through the pipe and solids catching on the disc can cause
a blockage or prevent the valve from closing. Butterfly valves are used in
high-temperature, high-pressure applications or those involving toxic or
corrosive fluids. Modern butterfly valves are normally of wafer design , fitting
Valve seats
The seat (closure member) of the butterfly valve is an area where there are as
many designs as there are manufacturers of butterfly valves. A single-piece
Sealing plane
Shaft
cente rline
Pressure
Insert
Disc
Seat
Body
Figure 2. Wafer-sphere sealing principle with tlzr disc downstremn of the seat.
Butterfly Valves 71
Insert
Clearance for flexibility
Disc
L - - - 1 ' - - -- Seat suppor1ed by insert
Body
t t t t
Pressure
Figure 3. Wafer-sphere sealing principle with tfle seat downstream of the disc.
o-9
9-s
flexible PTFE seat has proved to be a popular choice, with thick cross-sections
throughout the seat. pre-compression of the seat for low-pressure sealing and
clearances surrounding the seat to allow flexibility .
The significance of the single-piece seat is that there are no 0-rings or
metallic springs to limit the temperature or corrosive conditions that the PTFE
seat can be exposed to.
A typical example of PTFE seat design is shown in Figure 2 where the disc is
downstream of the seat.
As line pressure is applied. the full cross-section of the seat is pressurised .
which causes the seat to follow the natural deflections of the disc under pressure.
Pressure activation of the seat enhances sealing with increasing line pressure.
despite the fact that the disc is moving away from the seat due to the same
pressure.
With the flow in the opposite direction, with the seat downstream of
the disc, the seat is supported by the seat retainer (Figure 3). The disc is
deflected by pressure into the seat. enhancing the sealing as the pressure
increases.
A wafer-type butterfly valve is shown in Figure 4 . Typically the valve consists
of a stainless steel disc/ stem in a polymer seat. fastened by two half-body
cartridges. This particular valve has three side thrust-absorbing bushes, one
top and bottom and one directly above the seat with a secondary 0-ring sea t
adjacent.
Shof1 SQuiJre
Topflongc ISO 52 11
Shah (ccnccn1uc)
C:enHtC
Vi)iVO diSC
VnlvR
any butterfly valve is normal and can be retained for a considerable time
before seal replacement is necessary.
Metal seats in butterfly valves have particular advantages and should
incorporate the following:
SEATING PRINCIPLE
The d1s~ of the valve IS rnach1ned to close tolerances to (.reate an
elhpt•cal shapr ~lm~<ar lo an oblique slice ldken ffom a sol;d metal
conc. \Nhen the v~lve s closed, the elhpt1cal d1sc at the maJOr ax1s d S·
places the sea: nng outwdrd. causu1~ trc seal nng to ronldct the disc
at the minor ax1s. \J\Ihen the v;<lv•: ·s opened, the contact s rclcaseJ
dnd tnc !.eat nng retums to 1ts ong1nal c1rcular 5hc1pc.
TOP OF OIS(
PATH Of DOOR
STAINUII ITHL
\(AIRING
/
/
ITAIHUIIITEH
Uii'I<R~ ·
The cone angle allows the seal ring to touch the seat ·with a contact angle
that is uniform and allows a slight amount of wedging.
This type of valve is particularly suited for process and steam duties from
cryogenic to high-temperature applications.
Another novel butterfly valve is shown in Figure 8. This valve is designed
specifically for dry solids processing. The valve has an inflatable seat that has
only 'casual' contact with the valve disc during opening and closing. In
operation. air and electric controls operate the valve. They automatically inflate
and deflate the seat. allowing a single control input to operate the valve.
When supplied with air, the control assembly moves the disc to the closed
position and then automatically inflates the seat. When the control signal is
received, the seat is instantly deflated and the valve disc moves to the open
position. When the control signal is dropped, the assembly returns the disc to
the closed position and automatically inflates the seat (Figure 9).
76 Valve Types Design and Construction
Actuation
Offset 1
Achu:ved by placlJJg the >haft
bchrnd the ccntnlinc of the >o.:a.lrng
surface
Offset 2
Achieved by placing the shaft off.<et 10
on<..: side of tht: pipe :Lnd valve cenrerline
('he purpose of theM: offsets is to reduce
ruhbing bctwn:n scat ~mel ~cal during
vai\'C travel.
Offset 3
depends on the size of the valve and the specific application. Special control
systems can also be used for automatic closing, e.g. see Table 1.
Fieldbus control
Closed
Closed, inflated
Open, deflated
Figure 8. Figure 9.
78 Valve Types Design and Construction
The diagnostic role of a field bus system means it can give advance warning
of potential problem areas so that corrective action can be taken. This
instrumentation technology has resulted in a new breed of valve controls
instrumentation.
See also the chapter on Valve Actuators.
The inherent flow characteristic of a valve has been defined so as to keep the
differential pressure across the valve constant. When the differential pressure
across the valve is constant, the flow rate (q) through the valve is proportional
to the valve flow coefficient (Cv). Because the valve flow coefficient (Cv) reflects
the effective flow cross-section of the valve, the valve inherent flow characteristic
No Yes
Is power available? 1- -
... During emergency closing? ·---
... Any voluntary remote control?
-- ~ '--
__i l -~-- i
--
Electrically motorised valve
-- - - -- --
•
Hydraulic jack • •
---- • • • • - - --
Counterweight • • •- • -
Oleopneumatic •
<1)
u accumulator
·:;
<1)
'"0 Mechanical locking
0!-.<
....,
c
Manual resetting • •
0
u
Automatic resetting •
Automatic leakage recovery • •
Motorised pump • • • • •
Hand pump •
Defect transmission
o..... -roc
!-.<
COil
Mechanica L •
u0 ·-rn Electrical • •
Optional • • • -• -
Electrical remote control • • • • •
Butterfly Valves 79
Valve sizing
The size of butterfly valves to be used for control purposes should not be
dictated by the nominal diameter of the pipe, but should be calculated on the
basis of the operating characteristics in order to achieve the correct control
characteristics.
To determine the size of a control valve, the opening angle characteristics
need to be considered. Typically, some butterfly valves are designed with
approximately equal percentage characteristics over an opening of 60°.
The example in Figure 11 shows how to calculate the Kv (flow coefficient)
from liquids and gases.
Pressure/temperature ratings
The maximum working capability of a valve is either the body rating or the
seat shut-off capability, whichever is the lower.
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
-&
c 0.6 2
/]
<V
0
;..=
Qj 0.5
0
v
3
_g 0.4
<V
>
"_.3
"'
Qi
0:::
0.3
0.2
/ 4
0.1
0 ~~=-~~~~~~~----~----~
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 04 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Relative travel h
-
<G
;::,
I
t!::
">::::
= Max. Flow volume in m3/ h
"'""\::l
Q
a) Liquids Kv = a y y = Specific weight in Kg/dm3
F = Cross sec tion of pipe in cm2 "'""
~·
6p 6p = Pressure drop in bar ;::,
:::
Vn = Max flow volume in Nm3/h J::l..
Liquid sizing formula is o nly applicable for subcritica l f low (J
G = Specific weight in Kg/Nm3 0
:::
T = Absolute Temperature in oK "':;;::..........,
=
Kv=Vn_~
P1 Absolute pressure upstream in bar
b) Gases P2 =
Absolute pressure downstream in bar "'c;·......
51';) ~ p.P2 Having calculated the Kv, the figure obtained
:::!
In Figure 12 the seat ratings shown are based on data from API 609 and the
body ratings shown are from ANSI B16.5/BS 1560 part 2.
ANSI 300.3 16 SS
SOOPSI
a
V3
c..
"-'
<1)
..... 400PSI
:::1
"'"'.....
<1)
c..
_Body and Metal
300PSI
Seat Rat1ngs
-Soft Seat Rat1ngs
200PSI
lOOPS!
• Butterfly valves are compact, require less space, less weight, less raw
materia] and are generally less costly than other valve types.
• Butterfly valves are quarter-turn valves, easy to operate by lever, gearbox
or actuator. They have excellent gland integrity.
• Butterfly valves have few parts and are generally easy to maintain .
• Butterfly valves are suitable for control purposes with linear flow
characteristics between 30° and 70° of opening.
• Butterfly valves offer excellent rangeability from 30:1 to 100:1.
84 Valve Types Design and Construction
Pressure
Exhaust
~
Pressure
Figure 1.
86 Valve Types Design and Construction
Ro tating disc
Fi.qure 2.
Figure 3.
Rotor valves
This type of valve differs from the typical rotary valve in that the valve design
allows for transitional flow to occur when changing valve positions . Transitional
flow eliminates dead-heading problems associated with positive displacement
pumps .
Typically the rotor valve (Figure 5) consists of four flow types with many
flow-pattern combinations and 'piggable' versions. The stem and rotor are
Rotary Disc/ Rotor Valves 87
Mmirnum turbulence =
Minimum pressure drop
Figure 4.
2-Way
Tri-Ciamp
3-Way
CherryBurrell Carbon Steel
1-Line 4-Way 150# Flange
usually of a one-piece construction that can eliminate the source of wear and
repair common to the typical ball valve design . Full-port diameter reduces the
pressure drop across the valve, thereby increasing the flow. An independent
leaf seal design eliminates the large cavities common to the ball valve and also
the need for cavity fillers, which still create stagnant seams for product to
enter.
Position 1
0 ~ ~~~~~ c C B C B c
Position 2
~ ~ ~~~~~ **
c 8
Position 3
0 ~ ~~~~~ c c c 8 C B C B
·~
Position 4
~ ~~~~~ c B C B
5-WAY
PORTING 8- (with special porting)
B- BS BL BT
A,B,C&E A,C&E A,B&E
Position 1
~~~~
c® 8 C
~
B c 8 c
E
~ j Ci;
c
Position 2
~ ICIAJ cf}. ~
c
®
8 ~ C
®
B C B
~ 'I ~
Position 3
~ lj~ ljJ ~
C B ~ C B
~ ~ ~
c
Position 4
~~~~
c
~
8 ~ C
~
B c
~
8
C B fJ I ~;
Figure 6. Valve flow-pattern combinations.
Rotary Disc/Rotor Valves 89
Typical Parts
120• Ported "Piggable"
3-way Valve
(2'h " Valve Size Shown)
l Valve body
2. Roto r
3 Top co ver
4. Hat1dk
5. Washer
6. Hex nut
7 Hex head bo lt
8 Ported seal
9. Bod y o-ring
10. Stem o-nng
Bono m roto r washer
ll (not shown)
12. To p rotor washer
13. Co ver o-ring
14 . Sea l o-nng
15. Solid seal
0 (no t shown)
19. Bo ttom co ver
De-mountable rotary valves (Figure 7) are mainly used Cor sanitary duties
in dairy, food, pharmaceutical and chemical applications with powder or
granular product. This type of valve is usually produced in 316 stainless steel
with the rotor end-plate and shaft seals easily disassembled without tools and
the unit capable of being cleaned in place (CIP). Capacities up to 1500 cubic
ft/ hr in either drop-through or convey-through configurations are common.
[C.:.:~~~~JI ISO-~~OlQualityAssurance
([@~~)~ STAINLESS STEEUCARBON STEEL VALVES
.. . - -~ Certifted Factory
& FITTINGS MANUFACTURE
FIRE SAFE
API&o7
VALVES
Over the last 60 years, globe valves have been re-appraised in the light of new
materials available for use. They are popular as industrial valves because they
have fine adjustment and permit unobstructed opening through pipelines.
The globe valve is characterised by a baffle or partition separating the two
halves of the body. with an interconnecting part at the centre opened and
closed by a screw-down/screw-up disc or plug mounted at right angles to the
body (Figure l ). The name derives from the fact that original body shapes
were spherical, the more usual modern form being semi-spherical or even
substantially parallel-sided.
The globe valve offers good regulation characteristics but high resistance
because of the tortuous flow path. This can be reduced to some extent by making
the throat area equivalent to that of the pipe (calling for a more bulbous body),
~--2
l. Body.
2. Bonnet
3.Cover.
4.Giand packing.
5.Stem.
6. Handwheel.
I I
u
Figure I. Screw-down globe valve.
92 Valve Types Design and Construction
Figure 2.
Globe Valves 93
Seats
Globe valve seats may be cast integral with the body or take the form of
screwed-in, pressed-in, or spot-welded rings. A variety of materials may be
used for seats, depending on the application, including coated seat rings with
plastic inserts. Normally only screwed-in seat rings are replaceable.
Stems
Possible stem assemblies include inside screw and outside screw (both rising
stem) and sliding stem. Inside stem rising screw is usual. A stem seal (stem
gland) is necessary to eliminate leakage. This is normally a gland-type packing
or gland rings. A diaphragm bonnet seal or bellows bonnet seal may also be
used on globe valves, the former isolating the working parts of the valve from
the fluid as well as preventing leakage to the atmosphere. Metallic bellows
seals are often used on valves intended for high-vacuum duties.
The valve shown in Figure 3 is manufactured from malleable iron. This
valve is widely used on standard pipelines for steam, oil and water.
'Y '-pattern globe valve: bellows seal. inside screw and yoke.
Locking device
• Protecho:l !(Qm W11r\lent100al
acluat•on
- ·- Vibration-damped
thronle disc
• LOW-flOiSO UO'N f:GiliWI
pos.s•ble
Cone " ·,th Pl Fl ·<;p sket, ON 15·2m RQiil:i cone I rom ON 200 onwards Lead - s~alabte C.:l P
Malleable iron provides a high yield point, a more important property than
tensile strength for valve materials. It is also stable against temperature
change. Low-pressure valves of this type generally have PTFE seats. Valves
for use at higher pressures have the valve disc and body seat ring made
from hard-faced stainless steel. The hard face is an alloy containing cobalt,
chromium and tungsten. Valves of this type can also be fitted with replaceable
PTFE discs when used with liquefied petroleum gases. The gland packings are
usually of a synthetic rubber of butadiene-acryl-nitrile polymer V packing
design to provide for good oil and wear resistance. Over time, the V packing
will harden: tell-tale signs are: a friction sound when the valve is opened and
closed; the opening and closing operation becomes difficult to operate; and the
gland actually leaking. The packing must then be replaced.
An example of a standard globe valve for use in hot- and warm-water
heating and boiler installations is shown in Figure 4. This particular valve has
a metallic seat. The temperature range is from -1 ooc up to + 3 50°C, with
pressures up top= 2 5 bar.
The valve illustrated in Figure 5 is fitted with a soft seat for high-temperature
operation from -1 ooc to + 200°C. Typical applications included hot-water
heating systems, district heating plants and low-pressure steam plants. The
valve has a short face-to-face length which makes it particularly compact.
Globe valves are a traditional standard solution for many control applications
because of the ability to modify the trim design for different throttling purposes.
Oblique valves
The oblique valve or Y-valve is a hybrid globe valve characterised by the stem
being angled (Figure 6 ). As a consequence the flow path is less tortuous, with
reduced pressure drop compared with a conventional globe valve. It retains
the same good throttling characteristics as a globe valve and can be fitted with
similar types of plugs.
Construction is basically the same as globe valves with the option of integral
or fitted seat rings, stem options and stem seal gland treatment.
Gate Valves
The main feature that distinguishes a gate valve is the flat face or vertical disc
or wedge that slides in a track or seat which can be lifted in a direction at right
angles to the valve until clear of the flow path. Generally gate valves are used
for on- off non throttling service, i.e. they are intended to be either fully open.
when they offer little resistance to flow, or fully closed . For this reason , they
are the principal valves used in bulk pumping practice.
Large gate valves tend to be power operated. Throughout the water industry.
for example, automation with actuated valves has been introduced in response
to the requirement for lower manning levels.
Gate valves are divided into a number of classes, depending on the design of
the 'gate' and its seating faces.
Gate vnlves.
Gate Valves 99
6
IH-7'' ---- 5 I. Body . ! .Body.
2.Bonnct. 2. Di sc.
}. Wedge. J .Spring.
4.Scat ring. 4.Bonnet.
S.G iand packing. 5.Giand.
o.G iand follower . 6.Stem.
~~~L3
7.Stem. 7. Y okc.
3 ~. H r.~ n d wh eel. 8. H andwheel.
. -t -- -+- 2
4
~wJ)~~L1
Movable wedges
• Precise adaptation
body seats
• Wedges are easy to replace • Htgh reltability
• Long life
Wedge~gate valves
The gate is wedge-shaped and seals on corresponding faces in the faces of the
valve body. Wedges and seats can be made of, or coated with, resistant
material or faced with plastic such as PTFE. The plastic is often contained in a
groove to prevent it spreading. Figure 1 shows a wedge-gate valve with
external screw, and Figure 2 one with internal screw.
Flexible-wedge valves and split-wedge valves are similar to the aforementioned .
but with provision for slight seat misalignment.
Wedge-gate valves can be further described as inside-screw or outside-screw
patterns (see Figure 3). They are widely used for oil, gas and air services. and
also for handling slurries, etc.
Double-disc valves
In these valves the gate is in the form of two discs which a re forced apart
against parallel seats by a spring. This provides tight sealing without relying
on fluid pressure, making this type of valve particularly suitable for steam
duties as well as handling gases and light oils.
Parallel-slide valves
In 18 8 6, Joseph Hopkinson introduced the parallel-slide valve where sealing
of the valve relies on the upstream pressure acting on a flat parallel gate valve.
H a nJwhecl
Thrust rlate
Figure 3.
HANDWHl( L
STUFFING BOX
BONNET
GASKET
W EDGE NUl
SEATS
WE OG (
The system is still popular today and the simplest (and probably most effective)
layout employs two discs as valve members initially separated by a spring (see
Figure 4). The function of the spring is to prevent the discs from rattling and to
encourage a wiping action on the downstream disc when under pressure and
on both discs when there is virtually no pressure in the line.
This is to avoid-as far as is possible-grit or scale becoming trapped
between the vulnerable seating faces which might impair their sealing properties.
Parallel-slide valves are used extensively in the pulp and paper industry.
Sluice valves
Figure4.
_____L
r
-~'"1-
. --r-~---
Figure 5. Figure 6.
The bellows is a metallic device capable of sealing between the valve stem and
the bonnet to prevent escape of the system fluid to the atmosphere. The bellows
take the form of convolutions that can move linearly. A hermetic seal is
achieved by welding the bellows to the valve stem at one end and to the
r
....---~~ GATE, CLASS 800, 1f2''
GLOBE, CLASS 800, 3/4"
bonnet at the other end (Figure 5). The structural shape of the bellows provides
resistance to high pressure, even with thin wall thicknesses (Figure 6 ).
In operation, the bellows eliminates a leak path to atmosphere. The stem/
packing area is sealed from the medium being processed and the bellows
becomes the primary seal since the bellows assembly is welded to the stem and
to the bonnet as shown in Figure 7.
Replaceable bellows are gaining popularity with valve users in process
plants.
In replaceable bellows valves, the bellows is not welded to the bonnet;
instead, it is welded to a transition piece that is clamped between the body
with standard gaskets to seal the joint. The lower end of the bellows assembly
is welded to the disc which is attached to the stem by a threaded connection .
The gasket on the media side is generally a spiral-wound gasket. The gasket at
the top of the bellows assembly only comes into operation if the belJows fails.
Where maintenance is difficult, the welded bonnet valve may be the better
choice.
Gate valves are used mainly in general industry. power stations, process
engineering, pulp and paper and marine engineering for water. steam, gas, oil
and non-aggressive media.
Actuation
Small sizes of globe valves fitted with a finely tapered plug are known as needle
valves. This description also applies to any type of valve incorporating a
tapered needle having axial movement relative to the axis of a concentric
orifice and thus controlling the effective opening of the orifice.
Three basic configurations are shown in Figure 1: (A) is a simple screw-
down valve; (B) is an oblique version, offering a more direct flow path: (C) is
another form where the controlled outlet flow is at right angles to the main
flow (and may be distributed through one or more passages). In these basic
d l
I
[
c D
A
Figure I.
Oblique and 'T'-type needle valves typically used for process duties.
Pan BS A STM
versions a threaded needle is shown, the thread itself acting as a seal to eliminate
leakage past the needle. This is normally quite satisfactory in very small sizes
or needle, although a more leak-tight arrangement is to mount the needle in
an externally threaded end piece [Figure 1 (D)]. This end piece can also act as
a grip for adjustment of the needle. Sealing in this case can be further
improved if necessary by incorporating an internal seal. such as an 0-ring.
The other common form of needle valve is the float-controlled, carburettor-type
valve.
See also the chapter on Globe Valves.
Pinch Valves
capability of sealing
with entrapped solids.
be used for throttling as well as shut-off (full closure) (Figure 3 ). The particular
advantage of the fluid-operated pinch valve is that it will still close tight over
entrapped solids (making it particularly suitable for handling products with
solids in suspension). Also, because the tube is flexed under uniformly
distributed pressure, its life should be much longer than that or a similar tube
working with a mechanical pinching system.
In common with the diaphragm valve, the operating mechanism is not in
contact with the working fluid at any time, and nor is the body. In this respect,
pinch valves have the advantage over diaphragm valves, unless the latter are
ru bber-lined or otherwise surface-protected. This exclusion of the working
fl uid from all parts excepting the sleeve itself makes it ideal for the handling of
aggressive fluids and those which readily attack metal; and its straight-through
characteristics mean it is suitable for the handling of slurries, pastes and
semi-fluids generally, even those containing sizeable solid lumps in suspension.
Fig1u·e 3.
112 Valve Types Design and Construction
Flow pattern
The flow pattern of a pinch valve is streamline and laminar. The non
turbulent flow pattern even in the wide-open position means that wear on the
valve sleeve is minimised.
The linear characteristics of some control pinch valves result in flow rates
which are directly proportional to the amount of sleeve travel throughout the
stroke of the valve while under constant-pressure and pressure-drop conditions.
Typical valve sleeves are shown in Figure 4. These include standard, double
wall for very abrasive conditions, cone sleeve for throttling control and
variable orifice sleeve for improved flow characteristics where a high pressure
drop is required.
Another form of pinch valve is shown in Figure 5. In addition to a resilient
sleeve this also incorporates a streamlined core on to which the sleeve closes
to seal. This valve can be operated in a variety of modes. In mode 1, the valve
Control port
Control space
V c\IVC housing
Supporting beam
Core
Resilient sleeve
FigureS. Figure 6.
remains closed when no pressure is present, due to the resilience of the sleeve
(Figure 6 ). In the presence of pressure in the pipeline, the valve opens and
remains open (Figure 7). It closes again in the absence of flow pressure. Line
pressure of about 1 bar (14 lbf/ in 2 ) is sufficient to hold the valve in the fully
open position.
In mode 2, inlet pressure is tapped and fed to the control space between the
sleeve and body, closing the valve. The valve opens when the operating
pressure is relieved from the control space (Figure 8). At extremely low line
pressures, circa 0.5 bar (7 lbf/in 2 ), the valve remains closed and drop-tight,
even when operating pressure is relieved from the control space.
In mode 3, the operating principle is the same. except that the control space is
pressurised from an independent source, e.g. compressed air or a hydraulic supply.
In mode 4, the flow is tapped to feed the control space which is only partially
filled and then isolated, holding the sleeve in a partially closed position (Figure 9).
In this mode the valve operates as a throttling valve or pressure-regulation valve.
Various low-hardness, high-tensile elastomeric compounds are used for the
tubes, choice being made on chemical resistance and/ or abrasion resistance
required and service temperature. Typical materials used are:
Figure 7.
114 Valve Types Design and Construction
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Fluid performance
A pinch valve presents full-bore flow in the open position, with a straight,
uninterrupted flow passage. Pressure drop or head loss under such conditions
is thus minimal, related only to flow velocity and tube length. for a given fluid.
There is no slamming when the valve closes against back pressure and the
elastic nature of the tube tends to eliminate hammer (although this feature is
absent in a hydraulically-operated pinch valve).
Vacuum services
Pinch valves tend to have limited suitability for vacuum services because of
the tendency for the tube to collapse inwards. This is particularly true in the
case of pinch valves with simple exposed tubes. Where the tube is enclosed in a
body it is possible to adapt the valve for vacuum duties by applying a vacuum
within the casing to balance the internal (vacuum) pressure.
Sizes commonly available range up to 300 mm (12 in), with standard bodies
suitable for pressures up to 14 bar (200 lbf/ in 2 ), or steel or stainless-steel
HANDWHEEL
POSITION INDICATOR
Slatnless Steel
LINK S
Stamless Steel
TFE REINFO RCING JACKET
RADIU S CLAMP
Stamless Steel
bodies for pressures up to 28 bar (400 lbf/in 2 ). Larger sizes are also available,
those over 600 mm (24 in) diameter usually being individually made with
fabricated steel bodies.
Clamp valves
This type of pinch valve (Figure 10) consists of a flexible tube and clamp. The
flexible tube has a heat-shrunk reinforcing jacket with both made from virgin
TFE fluorocarbon resin. The clamping mechanism consists of a compressor
which travels down a stem with rotation of a handwheel or power operator.
and a yoke which travels up the stem at the same time.
Lrnkage
system
pulls
inward
• •
Actions of valve mechanisms when ope ning
Figure I 1.
Compressor clamps
closed
Linkage
system
pushes
outward
F i[fure 12.
Pinch Valves 117
Radius clamps are connected to the yoke and to the compressor by means of
links and pins. Working together, they provide a 'scissor-jack' action which
pushes the tube element inward during the opening cycle and pulls it outward
during closing. The actions of the valve mechanism are shown in Figures 11
and 12.
Pinch valves are ideal for use in many industrial applications including:
• Chemical plants- where there are corrosive chemicals and for pump
isolation.
• Power industry-FGD systems, ash handling and wet lime scrubbers.
• Mining industry-centrifuge control, solids separation, tailings systems.
coal washing.
• Waste water treatment-flow equalisation, polymer feed systems,
sludge control, grit systems, carbon slurry and raw sewage.
Diaphragm Valves
1. Body
2. Weir
3. Diaphragm
4. Diaphragm movement
5. Bonnet
6. Spindle
7. Handwheel
2. Operating mechanism,
protected from line fluid
Flexi ble, reinforced dia- corrosion; permanently
phragm supported in all lubricated bonnet neck
positions. (With a rubber
diaphragm, any small
solids present in the fluid 3. Compressor guide fingers
in the bonnet of finger
and trapped on closure
plate. (Finger plate in
between the valve weir
and diaphragm, just DN 40-50 only). Fully
embed themselves in the support d iaphragm in all
pliable material of the positions to give long
latter until the valve is diaphragm life.
opened, when they are 4. Weir or seat on which
released). the diaphragm beds
down.
applications, the type of elastomer being chosen accordingly. The body itself
can also be lined for corrosive duties.
Particular advantages of the diaphragm valve are the glandless construction
and absence of seating problems. Its main limitation is that the maximum
service temperature and pressure are limited by the temperature/ pressure
rating of the elastomeric material.
Typical body materials are cast iron, malleable iron, bronze, gun-metal and
stainless steel. Lined diaphragm valves normally have cast-iron bodies lined with
rubber, neoprene, polypropylene, PTFE or glass. Typical diaphragm materials and
their main uses are summarised in Table 1. Reinforced diaphragm materials may
be used for more arduous duties and are virtually standard for vacuum services.
Typical flow coefficients for weir-type and straight-through diaphragm
valves are given in Tables 2A and 2B.
120 Valve Types Design and Construction
mm in
Butyl rubber 15 to 350 0.6 to 14 -30 to 90 -22 to 134 Acids and alkalis
Nitrile rubber 1 5 to 3 50 0. 6 to 14 -1 0 to 9 0 + l4 to 134 Oils. fats and fuel s
Neoprene 1 5 to 3 50 0. 6 to 14 - 2 0 to 9 0 -4 to 134 Oils. greases. air and
radioactive fluids
Natural/ 15to350 0.6to14 -40to90 -40 to 134 Abrasives. brewing and
synthetic rubber dilute minera l acids
White natural 15tol25 0.6to5 -3 5to90 -3ltol34 Foodsaodpharmacenticals
rubber White diaphr<Jgm
White butyl 15to150 0.6to6 -30tol00 -22to212 Naturalcolour.foodstuffs
plasticisers and
pharmaceuticals
Vi ton* 15 to 350 0.6 to 14 +5 to 140 +41 to 284 Hydrocarbon acids.
sulphuric and chlorine
applications
Hypalon* l 5 to 3 50 0. 6 to 14 0 to 9 0 +32to 134 Acid-andozone-resistant
Butyl rubber 15 to 350 0.6 to l4 -20 to 120 -4 to 248 Hot water and
intermittent steam services.
sugar refining
Operation
(i) All iron and steel construction (for handling acetylene, ammonia and
other similar fluids).
(ii) All stainless steel (where there is severe atmospheric-corrosion conditions).
(iii) Gun-metal (for medical oxygen, turbine oils and certain water services).
(iv) Cast steel with rising spindle fitting (mainly used in oil refineries) .
Diaphragm Valves 121
ON C,. Kv Cv Kv Cv Kv
15 5.8 1.6 1.3 4.4 6 1.7
20 11.5 3.2 9.4 2.6 12 3.4
25 17.4 5 14.5 4 18 5.6
32 26.5 7.5 22 6 28 8
40 4.3 12.2 35 9.8 45.5 12.8
50 84 21.4 70 17 88 22.5
65 126 30.5 102 24.4 132 32
80 180 44.4 147 35.5 185 46.6
100 320 77.7 264 62 336 81.6
125 420 108 348 86.4 444 113
150 600 147 504 117.6 630 154
200 1260 305 996 244 1320 320
225 1630 388 1320 .310 1680 407
250 1990 500 1620 400 2076 525
300 2580 625 2088 500 2700 656
350 3840 833 3060 666 4020 875 .7
ON Cv Kv Cv Kv Cv Kv
position indicator, e.g. parallel with the pipeline in the fully open position and
at right angles to the pipeline in the fully closed position.
Diaphragm valves are particularly suited for rapid closure/ opening because the
cushioning action of the flexible diaphragm minimizes the shock throughout the
pipeline, compared with equally rapid but less resilient types of valve movement.
Double-diaphragm valves
16
15
14
- - 1-
1-
<
- -
I --
,-·r
IJ 1--
12 --r-·
t -~-
II
MSrNlOJ' f'I.C C ~ IOf
-1--~ - -
10
9 f'I.C-lJ f'N 101 \ K - 1--- -
~
8
P\C-Uf"'l7)1 \
I'\
\\
\ "~~~ -
r~ f
-- -
f'l.< U L)
0..~- ~ PIIC
Area of application 1-
'\' \ r\_ l
- --f- --
I~ ~
J.I'
PVC.U, PVC C. ABS.
DK1phrour" vulvPS ON 15 100
PVC-U
DJC•phroum volv<-'s DN 150 0 h
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
:t60 70 80 90 100
-
110
-
120
I
I
I.JO 140
Tempero lure in oc
Figure 4. and 5. Typical pressure-temperature diagrams for diaphragm valves.
16 - -+- 1
IS ~
-- -
14 - - t - _I_
13 -
12 -
11 t- -:-
- ABSJ'N 1ol 1 -
PIIC-ca"' '01
10
i
9
-
I
- 1-
PIIC-U.fN ~~
PIICU~Il' '\(
" I"
~
\\
--· -
1- - I
r\ \.
I"
\
1\\ ABS --- - =-r
~~
f'I.< U£\ ~ PIIC
Area of application
~
r
~-
PVC-U. PVC -C. ABS -
r
I
'
Doopnrogm valves DN I 5-100
~ PVCU
Doaphrogm valves DN 150 0 ). -
I
-•o~r
-30 -20 -10 o 10 20 30 40 50 60 10 so 90 100 no 120 1JO 140
Tempero ture in oc
Fiqun: 4. and 5. Typical pressure- temperature diagrams for diaphragm valves.
124 Valve Types Design and Construction
highly corrosive or ultra-pure liquids, when space is critical. This type of valve
has numerous applications in the electronics/semiconductor industry for use
with concentrated etchants and ultra-pure water.
Generally, the valves open with air pressure and close with a return spring.
Diaphragm valves play a significant role in air-pulse jet-dust control equipment
and valve performance has a great influence on the cleaning efficiency of the
generated air pulse.
Air-pulse diaphragm valves need to open and close very rapidly at high
flows. Fluttering of the diaphragm during opening and closing increases air
consumption and will affect valve performance. The opening time of the pulse
valve must be as short as possible, i.e. between 8 and 14 ms to achieve best
performance. Long closing times increase air consumption.
Slide valves are one of the many variations of the gate-type valve and were
originally designed for use in the pulp and paper industry to overcome the
problems in handling wet and dry fluidized solids in pipelines.
The slide valve, or knife or plate valve as it is sometimes called, in its original
form was a simple rattle-fit plate in a fabricated body. Opening or closing was
achieved by pushing or pulling the plate to give a crude shut-off. Although
design improvements have been made, this simple form of valve is still commonly
used as a diverter or hopper outlet valve on dry powders or solids where a
pressure seal is not required. In such applic ations the body of the valve will
probably be of square or rectangular bore to suit the hopper outlet or duct on
which it is fitted .
The logical advancement from this design was the fitting of resilient seals
and an operating screw and handwheel to open and close the slide. With the
improvement in sealing that this gives, the slide valve is suitable for a much
wider range of services and can handle solids suspended in liquids or gases.
Although they are simple valves, there are a variety of designs on the market
all sharing, to a greater or lesser degree. the following advantages:
(a) short overa II length
(b} no wedging action
(c) thin closing member to cut through solids in the line
(d) substantially full-round bore
(e) lightweight
(f) easy to power-operate
(g) stem/slide connection not in contact with line fluid
(h) slide exposed for visual inspection when valve is open
(i) good regulating characteristics when fitted with specia lly-shaped slide
and/or body bore
The resilient seals. which can be fitted in the body or on the slide depending
on individual design, are available in various materials to suit the fluid being
handled. For most applications they will be in rubber, e.g. Nitrile or Vi ton*.
but for higher temperatures or in the food and chemical industries it may be
necessary to specify PTFE or other special elastomers.
There are many individual designs of slide valve on the market. In some
ways, this is advantageous as it gives the valve user more scope for finding a
valve specifically designed to overcome a unique problem. Generally speaking,
slide valves are used on services such as:
'------10
in addition to which the seal is housed in the body of the valve and shrouded
by the body to avoid damage from solids in the line. [n this design the seal seats
on the edges of the slide, which means that the valve will seal equally well
with flow in either direction and the slide has a chamfered leading edge which
enables it to slice through any obstruction and seat effectively against the
body seal (Figure 2). These features ensure bubble-tight shut-off against
pressure or vacuum.
Figure 2. Features of the slide vnlve shown in Figure l. l. Built-in horizontal seal; 2. internal seal
located in vahw body; 3. valve slide with chmnfered end: 4. intl'rnal contours designed to ensure that
deposits arefhtshed into tlwflow.
0:
Bearing~ in bridge -
for ease of operation. Bonnet
pressure sealed
Stop ( crosshead) (as shown) on valves
e xternal to pressure ----- • to Class 900/PN 150
envelope, limits travel and above . Bolted on
a nd gives position Class 600/PN 100 valve~
indication Back scat
Spindle and ~eating , / Belt eye
components are free j Seat
to adjust dimensionally pressed-in (as shown)
in response to thermal ---_ on carbon steel valve~
changes within the ---- welded-in on alloy
pressure envelope steel valves
.~--=JJ
Figure 3. Venturi pnrnllel-slide valve.
130 Valve Types Design and Construction
Unlike conventional gate valves, the slide passes through the body and a
standard gland packing cannot therefore be used . In the design shown here.
profiled transverse seals are employed. These comprise two lengths ofV-section
rubber with the open sides of the V facing each other. During assembly, the
diamond-shaped opening is filled with an oiled-fibre packing which is forced
in and pushes the lips of the transverse seals into contact with the body and
the slide. In this way. leakage to atmosphere is prevented. Also. by removing
the screws on the sides of the body, more packing can be inserted at a later
date to maintain a tight seal even if the valve is on-stream and under pressure
or vacuum. An optional extra on this design of valve is a set of scraper blades
set below the transverse seals. During the opening phase, this enables the slide
faces to be scraped clean over their whole width before they are drawn
through the transverse seals, and damage to the seals is thereby prevented.
This is particularly important when handling sugar, sticky media such as
honey, chocolate compound. glues, tenacious powders. etc.
A venturi parallel-slide valve is shown in sectioned form in Figure 3. This
valve incorporates a pressure-sealed bonnet design and is used as a general
purpose stop valve for main steam and feedwater isolation on power sta tion
boiler plant. The parallel-slide action is shown in Figure 4.
A cutaway view of the internal cross-section of the valve is shown in
Figure 5.
When power operation is required, slide valves are particularly easy to
operate pneumatically as the pneumatic cylinder can be mounted directly on
Figurf 6. Slide valves used in (top left ) brewi11g. ( top right ) food processing rmd (bottom) dust control.
13 2 Valve Types Design and Construction
the valve pillars and the end of the piston rod connected direct to the valve
slide. Electric actuation is also widely used on slide valves and, to a lesser
extent, hydraulic actuation. In addition, a very useful alternative to hand wheel
operation is the lever-operated slide valve which gives a very quick open/ close
operation.
When powders and granular materials are stored in silos or conveyed by
belt and screw conveyors, actuated rectangular valves are often required, as
shown in Figure 6. This is particularly true for pulverised fuels. ash and grain .
as well as brewing, food processing and dust control.
See also the chapter on Gate Valves.
Screw-down Valves
(i) Inside screw, where the threaded portion of the stem is fully enclosed
within the bonnet.
(ii) Outside screw, where the threaded portion of the stem is exterior to the
bonnet and (usually) carried in a yoke (see Figure 1).
Handwheel Handwheel
Bridge
Gland
Bonnet Yoke sleeve
Stem
Pillars
Bridge Gland
Stem
Gasket Bonnet
Gasket
Wedge nut
Wedge
Body· - - --
lnside screw Outside screw
(a) Rising-stem valves. where the stem moves in or out of the bonnet as
the stem is rotated by a hand wheel. lever or actuator.
(b) Non-rising stem valves, where there is no displacement of the stem
along its axis when rotated.
(i) Inside-screw valves have the threaded length of the stem protected
from dirt, etc. However. the stem is fully exposed to the fluid being
handled. Also it is more difficult to provide lubrication for the thread
where the fluid handled is not itself a lubricant.
(ii) Outside-screw valves have the threaded length fully exposed to the
surroundings. hence they can readily collect dirt and/or be subject to
corrosion. Lubrication is easier because the threaded length is fully
10
9
8 No Part
7 1 Body
2 Valve Seat
5 3 Valve
4 Locknut
5 Bonnet
6 Stem Y2" - 1"
1 Jj.,"- 2"
4 7 Washer
8 Gland Packing
9 Gland
10 Packing Nut
3
11 Handwheel
12 Handwheel Nut
2
Operating range
u 260
0
~:; [;.;'{·:;.:,.:,;::=:. :i·)()";.:;
~
-
~
200 ~
ro ~
~team
(i)
0.
E 100
(j) Saturation
f-
r--- Curve
I
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Pressure bar g
~
L....___j The product must not be used in this region.
N0Part --·--- -
1 Body
2 Bonnet
3 Seat
4 Disc/Plug
5 Bellows
6 Stem
7 Handwheel
8 Stem Packing
9 Bonnet Studs
Bonnet Nuts
10 Body/
Bonnet Gasket
u
0
Q)
::>
E
Q;
i1l
a. 20o~hd--~q===mllfl
Steam
~ -f"C-----+---Saturation --+-----+-t----=~~
Curve
10 20 30
Spool valves embody two basic elements: a cylindrical barrel in which slides a
plunger or spool. Port blocking is provided by glands or full diameter sections
on the spool, with intervening waist sections which provide portinterconnection
through the barrel. This makes it easy to provide multi-way and multi-position
switching.
Sliding-spool valves are generally used in hydraulic and pneumatic fluid
power systems for directional and flow-control purposes. There must be an
annular clearance between the spool and the body, so there is always some
leakage flow across the spool and this must be taken into consideration.
Spool valves are relatively simple and economic to manufacture, although for
adequate sealing a fine surface finish is required on both the spool and the barrel
bore. with close tolerances to ensure practical minimum clearances. Glandless
spool valves thus normally require a lapped fit between spool and body.
Pneumatic-spool valves with static seals offer simpler construction in this
respect and also rather more flexibility in design with seals positioned between
valve spaces so that a seal is situated between each subsequent port and one
seal on the outside of each of the two outer ports (see Figure 1).
Spool valves operate on a sliding principle, so design normally follows the
basic requirement of all slide valves, i.e.:
2
2
3 1 4 5
3-way valve 4-way va lve
Parameters (v) and (vi) are largely controlled by the detail design of the
spool.
Spool-cushioning passages can be built into the valve as shown in Figure 2.
These equalise hydraulic forces on the ends of the spool and cushion the spool
shift. v\lhen the spool is shifted. the fluid displaced from one end of the spool is
transferred to the other end through the passage which is designed to provide
a cushioning effect and balance the spool.
Forces may also be set up due to the changes in fluid momentum through
the valve, generally described as Bernoulli forces. Thus, typically, there may
be a reduction in pressure on the valve spool at the controlling edge, leading to
a force being generated producing unbalance or tending to close the valve. At
the same time, if backlash is also present in the system, Bernoulli forces may
produce high frequency 'chatter' of the valve spool.
The hydraulic unbalancing effects of fluid momentum between the cylinder
and tank ports of a vale can be minimised by contouring the spool shape as
shown in Figure 3. Flow forces that are developed at the conventional square
land orifice lP to B) are partially compensated for by the force-balancing contour
on the outer spool lands (A toT).
Accurate sequencing of land opening and closing also provides maximum
axial stability. as shown in Figure 4. In this example, it is important that flow
path A toT is opened before the path P to B to prevent pressure intensification
which could upset axial balance and limit valve function.
The spool can be moved manually, mechanically, by pilot pressure or by an
electric solenoid. Directional-control valves usually have finite spool positioning
to change the direction of flow from one port to another.
...
Figure 2.
140 Valve Types Design and Construction
Figure3 . Pigure 4.
Servo-valves
A servo-valve is capable of providing continuously variable flow with changing
input signal. The latter is normally a n electric signal to a torque motor. but
feedback signals may also be derived hydraulically or mechanically.
The simplest form of spool valve to control both the direction of flow and
flow rate is the three-way valve, but this will control the flow to only one side
of the load and a differential-area spool must be used . A more common design.
shown in Figure 5, is the four-way valve whose symmetry results in improved
linearity. However, there are three critical axial dimensions of the spool and
the sleeve. To reduce some of the manufacturing difficulties , designers have
used the following different designs.
I .Surply.
2. Ex hilust .
1 .T orque moto r .
C l il nd C2 to load.
Split-spool valves
To reduce the number of critical axial dimensions of the four-way valve, two
separate three-way valves may be linked together, as shown in Figure 6, and a
means of zero adjustment can be provided in the links. Although manufacturing
problems associated with porting are reduced, further difficulties are introduced
in that two parallel bores have to be made, and there may be additional backlash
in the linkage. Furthermore, its weight is usually more than that of the simple
four-way valve .
A design in which manufacturing difficulties associated with axial tolerances
are eliminated is the Elliott adjustable lap valve. This is a split, three-way
valve in which the two spools are mounted back-to-back and are actuated by a
central ram against restraint. The correct valve lap is obtained after assembly
by axial adjustment or the sleeves.
Sliding-plate valves
This design . shown in Figure 7. may be likened to an unwrapped spool (that is,
two-dimensional). or even to the original D-type steam valve. It overcomes the
difficulties associated with the manufacture of the bores in spool valves, and
hole-and-plug porting techniques may be used. However, some manufacturers
consider. the difficulties associated with the production of flat and parallel
plates greater than those or making spools and sleeves. Various methods are
used to reduce friction forces; in some valves the sliding member is suspended
on spring plates to prevent metallic contact, and others achieve hydrostatic
pressure balance.
Rotary-plate va lves
An alternative form of the plate valve is the rotary type shown in Figure 8.
Reaction-force compensation may be fairly easily introduced by the use of
deflector vanes which have the added advantage of being adjustable.
!. Supply .
2. Exhau~t.
3.Torque motor
Cl and C2 to load .
! .Input.
2.Exhamt.
3. Torque motor.
CI anJ ('2 to load.
!.Input.
2. Exhaust.
3.Torquc motor.
C! and ('2 to load .
Askania-type valves
The main advantages claimed for this type or valve, sho·wn in Figure 9. are
that it is less susceptible to contamination clogging, and the ease or rna n u facture .
Although it has been fairly extensively used [or control purposes in low-
pressure applications, its design for medium- and high-pressure systems
presents a far more difficult problem because it is based on empirical methods.
A comment has been made that large reaction forces leading to serious
instability can occur, although the reasons for this are not known. This
valve, whose action depends upon the conversion of kinetic energy of the jet
into static pressure at the spool or ram, is referred to in the United States as the
'jet-pipe' design. However, it is probably preferable to avoid this term to
prevent confusion with other nozzle or jet designs used in two-stage valves.
Two-stage valves
4 6
--oo-c- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----,
I
I
-----
~----------, II
I
I
I
I
I
!.Supply.
+I
2. [xhausl.
}.Torque motor
4. 1nput force.
5 First stage I
I
6 .SeconJ stage posit1on feedback. I
- - - __ j
7. SeconJ stage.
I( Restrict or
C I and C2 to loild.
2 C! C2
t t
~~--------------------~
6
4 ---------------------,
I
I
I
I
! .Supply .
•
I
I
I
2. Exhaust.
3.Torque motor
4.Jnput force.
I
I :'i. First stage.
__ JI 6.Sccond stage position feedback.
C! and C2 to load.
causes an increase in the pressure in the chamber between the nozzle and the
restrictor which causes the second stage spool to move and thus deliver oil to
the load. Movement of the flapper in the other direction will reduce the chamber
pressure, causing the spool to move in the opposite direction and produce
reverse motion of the load. Thus the nozzle and flapper act as a variable
impedence, and a variable percentage of the supply pressure acts on the
right-hand end of the second stage spool.
I. DLtncing roll .
2. Lever
3. Driver roll or in-winder.
4.Servo-valvc .
."i.Boost pump.
Figurl' 13. Corrtrolli11g weiJ tension wit/1 hydraulic servo-operated variable delivery pump and hydraulic
motor drive.
both ends of the second stage spool and thus the operation of the first stage
may be likened to that of the four-way valve. Although a fairly high quiescent
flow is inevitable with this design, the power loss is not significant for most
applications.
The introduction of the nozzle-flapper device as the first stage. with its low
inertia and short stroke, was a major contribution in the field of two-stage
valve design. The design shown in Figure 13 is basically one of the earliest of a
family of valves having nozzle- flapper as the first stage.
For more detailed information on spool valves, refer to the Pneumatic
Handbook also published by Elsevier Science Limited.
Solenoid Valves
So /maid valves.
Solenoid Vnlves 14 7
SLIDE DISC
CORE DISC
FLAPPER DISC
IJ
FLOATING DIAPHRAGM
LEVER
HUNG DIAPHRAGM
POPPET
PISTON
SPOOL
T·wo-way valves have one inlet and one outlet pipe connection (see Figure 2).
They are of either
• normally-closed construction-valve is closed when de-energised and
open when energised, or
• normally-open construction- valve is closed when energised and open
when de-energised.
Three-way solenoid vales have three pipe connections and two orifices
(when one is open the other is closed and vice versa). They are commonly used
alternately to apply pressure to and exhaust pressure from a diaphragm valve
or single acting cylinder (see Figure 3 ). Three modes of operation are available.
...
.. 3
Manual reset valves must be manually latched into position and will return to
their original position only when the solenoid has been energised or de-energised
depending on construction (Figure 5 ). Four modes of operation are possible:
Valve classifications
Direct-acting valves
When the solenoid is energised in a direct-acting valve, the core directly opens
the orifice of a normally-closed valve or closes the orifice of a normally-open
valve (Figures 6a and 6b ).
The force needed to open the valves is proportional to the orifice size and
fluid pressure. As the orifice size increases, so does the force required. To open
large orifices while keeping the solenoid size small, internal pilots are used.
Pilot-operated valve
This type of solenoid valve is equipped with a pilot and (smaller) (bleed) orifice
and utilises the line pressure for operation. When the solenoid is energised.
the pilot orifice is opened and releases pressure from the top of the valve piston
or diaphragm to the outlet of the valve.
15 2 Valve Types Design and Construction
Solenoid coil
Bonnet
Hung spring
Body
Disc
FLON . . FLON o+
Df·EIIERGIZED EIIERCliZfD
This results in an unbalanced pressure which forces the line pressure to lift
the piston or diaphragm off the main orifice and open the va lve.
When the solenoid is de-energised, the pilot orifice is closed and full line
pressure is applied to the top of the piston or diaphragm through the bleed
orifice. producing a sealing force for tight closure. There are two common
types of construction:
Solenoid Valves 153
Pressure-operated valve
OUTLET
DE·ENEROIZED ENERGIZED
FLOW- FLOW-
DE-ENERGIZED ENERGIZED
Return-spring effect
vVith a two-way normally-closed valve, both the spring force and the fluid
inlet pressure act to close the valve. As a consequence, the return spring can
be made relatively weak, and in some designs eliminated entirely. The latter
would require mounting the valve so that the solenoid was vertical. return
action being by gravity plus fluid pressure.
\!\lith a two-way normally-open valve, the spring holds the valve open,
assisted by fluid pressure. The solenoid force must be sufficient to overcome
both spring pressure and inlet pressure to close the valve.
Three-way valves require an upper and a lower spring. The lower spring
presses the valve against its seal opened by inlet pressure. The upper spring
acts in a direction to force the valve open. The following are the combination
of spring strengths required:
Lower spring Upper spring
Three-way normally-closed Strong Weak
Three-way normally-open vVeak Strong
Mixer valve Medium Medium
Divider valve Strong Weak
15 6 Valve Types Design and Construction
Operator
Operator
Exhausted
Exhausted Normally
Normally
Closed
e;;;;E~~~ Closed
Operator
Operator
Pressurized
Pressurized
Figure II. Flowdiagram:direct-acting valve. Figure I2. Flow diagram: pilot-operoteri valve.
Solenoid enclosures
Various types of enclosures may be used for solenoid coils, ranging from
general purpose enclosures to protect from indirect splashing and dust. through
dust and watertight enclosures to full explosion-proof enclosures. Requirements
in this respect are specific to the application and selected accordingly.
By arranging the solenoid armature to work in a sealed tube with the solenoid
coil enveloping it, the sealing glands can be dispensed with, so simp lifying the
construction and eliminating one possible point ofleakage.
This principle has been applied extensively to smaller valves. A typical type
is shown in Figure 13.
This valve is T-shaped with two ports opposite each other. while the third is
at right angles to them. The plunger, usually of a corrosion-resistant ferrous
material, is spring-biased so that when unenergised it closes the lower orifice
while leaving the other open . When energised. the plunger is pulled up so that
the lower orifice is opened and the upper closed. rr desired. the spring can be
arranged to bias the plunger in one direction.
The plunger is provided with plastic valve discs, usually of synthetic rubber
or nylon. Because the plunger is unbalanced. the force due to the pressure
must be limited and the size of orifice, and therefore the flow and pressure
drop, is usually related to the pressure.
Solenoid Valves 1 57
!.Plunger.
2.Synlhetic seats.
3.Sieeve .
4.Coil.
A. Cylinder.
B. Pressure.
T.Exhaust.
The maximum pressure is also related to the type of valve and may be as
high as 210 bar (3000 lbf/in 2 ) with an 0.85 mm e/-
32 in) orifice. Flow
depends on the allowable pressure drop and this in turn depends on the orifice
size and the fluid.
Sealing is normally 'bubble-tight' but this is to some extent dependent on
the cleanliness of the fluid . Lubrication is not essential but if used with air the
valve life is increased by air-line lubrication.
Glandless valves can be installed in any position and will withstand appreciable
shock loads. Response time is extremely short, 5 ms on a.c. and 10 to 15 ms on
d.c. and it is said that speeds of up to several hundred cycles per minute are
possible.
For hazardous atmospheres, most manufacturers supply explosion-proof
materials which are slightly heavier and bulkier than the standard type.
Although these valves were originally developed for aircraft and missile
application, there is no doubt that they have many uses in hydraulics, both as
main valves for low-power systems and as pilot valves.
Where pressures do not exceed 17.5 bar (2 50 lbf/ in 2 ), a 1. 6 mm e/
16 in)
diameter orifice is suitable and this gives a flow of 2.31l/min (0.50 gal/min)
for 3.5 bar (SO lbf/ in 2 ) pressure drop. On a 50.8 mm (2in) diameter cylinder,
this would give a piston speed of 760 mm (30 in) per minute, while when used
as a pilot valve for 2 5.4 mm (1 in) diameter spool with 12.7 mm (2 in) movement.
the operating time is about half a second.
When acting as pilot valve, the actual flow would almost certainly be
greater than that for a 3 .5 bar (50 lbf/ in 2 ) pressure drop, as for a large part of
the time the pressure drop will be nearer 14 bar (200 lbf/ in 2 ), until the
resistance to piston or spool builds up .
158 Valve Types Design and Construction
A B
Figure 14. Small solenoid valve used as pilot. employing pr£'ssure-reiease prirtcip/P.
Solenoid Valves 159
1. \Vet solenoid.
2. Encapsulated units.
3. Plug a nd socket connectors.
4. Valve body.
5. Spoo l.
6. 0-ring sea ls.
7. Mounting s urfa ce.
bar (2000 lbf/ in 2 ) and has a flow of9ljmin (2 gal/min) for a pressure drop of 2
bar (30 lbf/ in 2 ) on light hydraulic oil at 2 7 to 38°C (80 to 100°F). It is gasket-
mounted and when used as a pilot valve is bolted on top of the main valve.
Another example of a glandless valve with a 'wet' armature is shown in
Figure 16. All seals are static 0-rings.
Selection
• Pressures
Maximum operating pressure differential (MOPD). i.e. the pressure the
electrical solenoid has to overcome to open the valve and allow flow to
occur.
Safe static pressure, i.e. the maximum pressure the valve can be subjected to
in normal service.
Proof pressure, i.e. 5 times the safe working pressure.
• Temperatures
Normal ambient temperature
Maximum ambient temperature
Minimum ambient temperature
Maximum fluid temperature
• Viscosity
Viscosity is greatly dependent on temperature and to know the actual
viscosity of a fluid, the real temperature of the fluid must be considered.
Oil grades-both hydraulic and fuel oils are classified relative to
viscosity and are roughly distinguished in heavy and light oils.
• Response time
This is the time lapse after energising (or de-energising) a solenoid
valve and depends on the valve size and operating mode, the kind of
electrical supply, a.c. or d.c., fluids handled by the valve, temperature,
inlet pressure and pressure drop.
Approximate values for a.c. valves on air service under average conditions are:
Small direct-acting valves: 5-10 ms
Large direct-acting valves: 20-40 ms
Internal pilot-operated valves:
Valve sizing
Excessive foreign matter jamming core in core tube Clean valve: install strainer close to val\·e inlet.
"'"'
~
::;
Binding core or damaged core tube Replace parts. ~
0
c
Excessive fluid pressure Reduce pressure to valve nameplate pressure rating or ::::
install suitable valve.
....
"'....
~
....
Valve will not operate when Same causes and solution as for direct-acting \'alve. plus: c;·
:::
valve circuit is energised
(pilot-operated valve) Low pressure drop across valve Valve might be oversized: replace valve with one having a
smaller orifice. lncrease pressure if possible.
Valve will not close or shift Coil not de-energised Check electrical control circuit.
when valve circuit is
de-energised (direct-acting Excessive foreign matter jamming core in core tube Clean valve: install strainer close to valve inlet.
valve)
Damaged disc or seat causing internal leakage Replace with nevv parts.
Valve will not close or shift Same ca uses and solution as for direct-acting valve. plus:
when valve circuit is
de-energised (pilot-operated Plugged bleed orifice Clean orifice.
valve)
Damaged pilot seat or pilot disc Replace with new parts.
Insufficient pressure drop across the valve Valve might be oversized: replace valve with one having a
smaller orifice. Increase pressure if possible.
Wire drawing Dirt or foreign matter is lodged on seat Replace valve body or install new valve; install suitable
strainer close to inlet or valve.
Coil failure Overvoltage Check voltage at coil: voltage must conform to nameplate
rating.
Damaged core or core tube causing inrush current to be Check for damaged core and core tube. or damaged spring.
drawn continuously Check for scale or foreign matter on the core or inside the
core tube. Clean thoroughly. and replace any damaged
parts.
Excessive foreign matter jamming core in core tube and Check for damaged core and core tube. or damaged spring.
causing inrush current to be drawn continuously Check for scale or foreign matter on the core or inside the
core tube. Clean thoroughly. and replace any damaged
parts.
Excessive fluid pressure causing inrush current to be Reduce pressure or install suitable valve.
drawn continuously
Excessive ambient or fluid temperature Class A coils are limited to ambient temperatures of 77°F.
For temperatures up to 16JOF. use Class F coils: for
temperatures up to 2l2°F. use Class H.
Missing solenoid parts Install missing solenoid housing and other metal parts or
properly install incorrectly assembled metal parts. The
housing and other metal parts form part of the magnetic
circuit and are required to provide the impedance needed to
limit current draw.
V:J
Moisture inside solenoid enclosure Waterproof the entrance conduit to prevent entry of 0
moisture. If va lve is mounted outdoors. check to see that ~
:::;
enclosure is weatherproof and that gaskets are in good 0
~
condition: use appropriate sealant where required .
If general purpose enclosure is used in a damp or humid ~
~
atmosphere. use watertight. moulded coils. ~
' [n explosion-proof solenoids. a binding core. high-input voltage. or excessive ambient or fluid temperature may cause the solenoid's non-resettable thermal fuse to open. I-'
0'
If this occurs. the solenoid must be replaced. w
Swing Check (Flap) Valves
'Swing check' valves is the preferred description for non-return valves consisting
of a hinged disc, although they are also commonly called flap valves because
of their geometric action. Their mode of working is obvious. With flow in one
direction the disc hinges upwards to permit flow through the valve. With
reverse flow the disc is held closed. Equally, spring pressure or mass effect
normally holds the disc closed in the absence of flow. In some cases closure is
also assisted by the use of a weighted lever.
Small-size swing check valves for low-pressure services may use an elastomeric
disc with a square end clamped in position, eliminating any need for a
separate hinge. A back-up plate is added to assist closure and also provide
rigidity to the unsupported area of elastomer when the valve is closed. Without
this the disc would tend to collapse and extrude through the port. Larger versions
of flexible (elastomeric) flap valves are made in sizes up to 1500 mm ( 60 in).
Larger swing check valves are more usually made with discs or flaps of
metal or composite materials, hinged at the top and sealing on a metal seal.
The sealing surface is inclined at a small angle to the vertical to assist opening.
provide more positive sealing under back pressure and reduce shock when
closing under high pressure. A typical valve design is shown in Figure 1. In
larger valves the disc or flap may be double hung. Flap shapes are normally
(but not necessarily) circular.
Swing check valves present relatively high resistance to flow in the open
position as well as creating turbulence , because the flap 'floats' in the fluid
stream. They may also tend to chatter in systems having frequent flow reversals.
Swing check valves are normally used in horizontal pipelines. They can also
be used in sectional pipelines with upward flow. They are not suitable for
use in systems with pulsating flows. However, weight added to the flap or disc
Door hinge
bracket
Door
Anchor bolt
Lifting handle
Flexible seal
01
Materials
Body materials used for swing check valves include cast iron. bronze. cast
steel, forged steel, stainless steel. high-duty alloys and also plastics . Valve
discs may be in similar materials or composites.
Applications
Main application areas for swing check valves are the water industry, including
pumping and water treatment, irrigation, and the petrochemical industry
including hydrocarbons and industrial processes. Other applications can be
found in air conditioning and general industry.
Penstocks
(i) Penstocks for operating against pressure , i.e. pressure forcing the door
onto the frame.
(ii) Penstocks for operating against off-seating pressure, i.e. pressure
forcing the door away from the frame.
(iii) Penstocks designed to accommodate both seating and off-sea ting
pressures.
-
I
DO•
Ill
...
•
t-
'== F=
~
=·
Sid e Wedg es Sid e. Bo tt o m an d To p W edges
IM---+11------ SEALING
FACES
the time of installa tion being the determining factor as far as leakage is
concerned .
Penstock frames may be circular or rectangular. In the latter case a preferred
proportion of width to depth is 2:3 for vertical form, and 4 :3 for horizontal
form. Frames and gates are commonly made of cast iron, although plastic
materials (usually reinforced steel) are also used for gates operating in
aluminium. stainless steel or epoxy-coated frames for corrosive applications.
Frames may be for channel or wall-mounted application (Figure 3 ). Sealing
faces in suitable materials are embedded into both the frame and door
surfaces.
Handwheel operation of the gate is normal, using a rising stem supported
by a suitable headstock or bracket. The advantage of a rising stem is that
the screw thread at the bottom of the stem is not usually immersed and is
readily accessible for lubrication. A non-rising stem eliminates the need for a
headstock and merely rotates through a nut in the penstock door (see Figure
2). The threaded portion at the bottom is then usually immersed in the
product being handled . Different systems for raising and lowerin g the gate
may be employed on modulating penstocks used for flow-control purposes
(Figures 4 and 5).
170 Valve Types Design and Construction
Spindle
/ Gusset
Door
lifting
bracket Chased-Invert
Adjustable
Type.
/ seal
Fixed
/ top seal
Door wedge
Frame
Concreto
wall
Anchor
bolt
Reinforcing
gusset
/ Spindle
/ __. Gusset
/' Door
lifting
bracket
fiKed
top seal
Door
Flush-Invert Frome
Type.
Fixed seal
pindle
Adjustable seal
Anchor bolt
/
Concrete wall
Door
lifting
bracket
Adjustable
seal
Frame
End cap
Fixed
vertical
seal
/ Door
/ Shroud
/ angle
Flexible
/ seal
Figure 5. Chnnnelpenstock.
Miscellaneous Valves
Stop plate
Provides posrlion adjust-
ment and posrtive stop
lockrng locatron
Integral handle
• No tools Balance valve
• Fast operation For balancing pressure
• Short operatrng stroke (76°) i!c.ross closed seat to
• Rotary motion provide low actuation
• Highly vrsible posrtron torque
indicator
• Green ·safety indicator"
shows operator proper
alignment
Locking arrangement
• Cannot be locked until
all components are
transferrea and properly
aligned
• Tamper-proof handle
and locking mechanism
Closure member Spool seats
Load ring • Partrally sphencal closure member • Spnng-loaded. floatrng seats provrde
• Three-ported/two-way ball easy marntenance, and are pressure-
Provides controlled seat
• Flow path never completely closes actuated for rn srtu testrng
loading at assembly
• High Cv values • Cannot be overloaded by operator
• Overpressure protection at all times • Seats protected from media
a single header. One valve mounts on the riser, the other on the outlets of
the relief valves. The valves are operated simultaneously through a simple
linkage. This type of valve can also be adapted for remote actuation, still
maintaining the single movement rotary change-over action.
Typical areas where the valve is used include chemical plants, fertilizer
plants, offshore platforms, refineries, pulp and paper mills, gas distribution
systems, toxic service, environmental protection. chlorine storage tanks,
refrigeration, dual filtration and process systems.
Typically, this type of valve is best suited for controlling the flow of fluids ,
gases, steam and other substances apart from explosive substances (Figure 2).
The valve is equipped with a position indicator. Generally the material
of construction is either AISI 316, bronze or brass. Although the valve can be
fitted in almost any position, it must be fitted so that the direction of flow is
opposite to the plunger-closing position, otherwise water hammer can result.
This valve is designed for use in pressure or vacuum systems to divert or converge
pellets: granules, fine powders or abrasive materials. Two types of sea ls are
174 Valve Types Design and Construction
used: 0-ring seals for applications conveying pellets and granular materials.
and air-assisted seals for conveying powdered or abrasive materials ·where
three air inlets introduce compressed air into the diverter-valve housing.
An unusual design of check valve is shown in Figure 3 . This features a lipped
elastomeric membrane as the working element, offering virtually unrestricted
flow in the open position with a capability of passing suspended solids up to
the full bore diameter. The membrane itself is held open to a full circular form
by the flow. the circumference of the membrane in this condition being D. Loss
of head is thus minimal (e.g. directly comparable with that of a swing check
valve).
With reverse flow. the membrane assumes a closed position ·with the lips in
mating contact (Figure 4), i.e. the natural 'unloaded' form of the membrane.
Closure is further assisted and maintained by the reverse flow impinging on
the sides of the now wedge-shaped membrane. The length of seal in this case is
rc.D/2, or substantially half that of a conventional check valve (i.e. the
potential leakage path is reduced by half).
The membrane itself is not subject to elastic deformation. merely flexure.
and thus has a long life. particularly if the fluid does not contain abrasive
solids in suspension. When servicing is required, replacement of the membrane
Miscellaneous Valves 1 75
1TD
~I
I
I
I
I
Figurr4.
176 Valve Types Design and Construct.ion
Eccentric valves
Figure 5.
Miscellaneous Valves 177
100
80
3:
0_.J
......
2
:::>
~
x<X:
~
......
0
~
20 60 80 100
VALVE% OPEN
Open Position
Polymer valves
Polymer valves are used to drain feed, changeover, sample, inject. distribute
and control polyester (including PET), nylon, PVC, PP, PU, HOPE. LDPE and
related polymers.
The difi'erent types of valves used in the polymer processes include:
• Feeding valves-disc valves are better suited than ram valves for feeding
low viscosity feedstocks into reactors (Figure 10). Typical feeding valves
are used to regulate the flow of polyester into esterification and
polymerization reactors. For vacuum service. bellows are generally
used. These should be of the external type due to the possibility of failure
in a crystallising environment.
• Discharge valves-ram and disc-type bottom outlet valves are used to
drain reactors or control access to the transfer lines between reactors
and crystallisers (Figure 11).
Miscellaneous Valves 179
Rather than emptying the reactor when an exothermic reaction goes out of
control, the injection and stripping valve (Figure 12) injects a stopper.
Another injection valve injects protective colloids. This type of valve is a lso
used to inject steam to heat a reactor.
In general terms. check valves are intended to prevent reverse flow in a line
e.g. after a pump has stopped and to prevent water hammer. They are also
known as non-return valves. reflux valves, flap valves. retention valves and
foot valves in different services. The basic principle of the valve is to only allow
flow in one direction only and with non-return valves, the check valve is self
actuating when flow is reversed. Discs, wafers or membrane diaphragms are
used in this type of valve.
There are numerous types of closing systems in check valves but basically
the check valve can be categorised as follows :
Q{-1o
2
2
!.Body.
2.Body connector
3.Seat housing.
4.Retaining plate .
5.Ciack.
6.Seat.
7.Bodyseal.
8.0rientation pin.
9. Body connector bolt.
IO.Body connector nut.
Swing check valve,
ll.Optional clock spring .
(exploded view). 12. Body label.
13. Identification label.
18 6 Pressure Falves and Services
Buttweldmg End
(ii) Tilting disc check valves, similar to swing-type check valves but with a
profiled disc.
(iii) Guided or lift-type valves where the check mechanism incorporates an
element which lifts along an axis in line with the axis of the body seat.
These may be further sub-divided into:
(a) disc check valves.
(b) piston check valves.
(c) ball check valves.
(iv) Foot valves: specifically check valves fitted to the bottom of a suction
pipe.
(v) Spring-loaded check valves.
(vi) \t\lafer check valves: includes swing-type, sprung disc twin plate.
(vii) Check and surge-suppressor valves: including multi-door check valves
for larger pipelines. and electrically- and pneumatically-operated
surge-suppressor valves.
(viii) Hydraulic and pneumatic check valves.
The basis of the tilting disc check valve is a 'lifting' section disc. pivoted in
front of its centre of pressure and counterweighted and/ or spring-loaded to assume
a normal closed position. With flow in one direction the disc lifts and 'floats' in
the stream. offering minimum resistance to flow. The balance of the disc is such
that as flow decreases the disc will pivot towards its closed position, reaching
this before flow has actually ceased, sealing before reverse flow commences.
With reverse-flow, reverse-flow pressure and the counterweight system hold
the disc closed (Figure 2). Operation is smooth and silent under all conditions.
Valves of this type normally have resilient sealing rings mounted on a metal
face. Metal seals may be used for high-temperature applications.
Lift-type disc valves are similar in configuration to globe valves except that the
disc or plug is automatically operated, i.e. is capable of floating in its seat. The
disc or plug is lifted by flow in one direction, permitting through flow. With
reverse flow the disc or plug is held on its seat by reverse-flow pressure. giving
shut-off. A typical standard check valve is shown in Figure 3.
Valves of this type are further categorised by geometric configuration, i.e.
horizontal. angle (oblique) and vertical.
The piston-type lift check valve incorporates a dashpot applied to the check
mechanism (Figure 4), otherwise it is basically similar to a lift-type disc valve. The
advantage of the dash pot is that it provides a damping effect during operation.
Lift-type piston check valves are commonly used in conjunction with globe
and angle valves on piping systems subject to surge pressures or frequent
changes in flow direction.
Check valve for high-duty pressure wat.er systems. Horizorrta/lift check valve.
CheckValves 189
lit-~+---.- 2 l.Body.
""'*~~ 2. Disc.
3.Disc holder .
4.Cover.
Foot valves
Foot valves, which often include a strainer, are fitted to the end of a suction pipe
and prevent a pump emptying when it stops and therefore not needing priming
when restarting. They should have a minimum resistance to flow, with the
Figrtre 5. Ball rlrl'ck valve. The closing system is a ball lifted up by thefluid and guided ton lateral housing.
190 Pressure Valves and Services
Figure 6. Foot valve for p11mping installations Figure 7. Menrbrane foot valve for irrigation
with substantia/flow. and drainage pumps.
Lift-type check valves may be spring-loaded for more positive shut-off action,
particularly as regards more rapid-response cessation of flow. i.e. they can be
adjusted to close before flow has fully ceased rather than having to rely on
reverse-flow pressure. They can be of disc, plug or ball-type and can work in
any position. i.e. horizontal, inclined, upward or downward flow (Figure 8 ).
Spring-loaded check valves can be made in the widest variety of materials
with stainless steel or high-duty alloy springs as necessary. Opening
characteristics are governed by the spring rate.
The advantages of valves of this type are that they can be installed in the line
in any orientation and typically they do not rely on gravity or reverse flow to
close. Instead, as the forward velocity of the fluid slows, the spring assist starts
to close the disc.
Due to the spring assist and short travel distance of the disc, by the time
forward velocity has decreased to zero, the valve disk has reached the seat and
the valve is closed. With reverse flow eliminated, the forces necessary to
produce water hammer on both upstream and downstream sides of the valve
are substantially reduced.
CheckValves 191
In-line check valves of this type are probably among the most popular types
and are used in many industries including chemical, food and beverage. mining,
oil and gas. pulp and paper, building services and general industry duties .
A basic in-line check valve is shown in Figure 9.
A list of typical applications for spring-assisted in-line check valves is
shown in Table 1 .
Water hammer
DISC
BODY SEAL
"O"AING
Applications
NUT
in-line check valves directly to the outlet of such devices as it can result in
decreased life due to turbulence caused by the fitting. Some manufacturers
recommend that in-line check valves be installed a minimum of five pipe-
diameters downstream of any fitting that would cause turbulence. The flow
arrow on the body casing, if shown, must be pointed in the direction of the flow .
01 DO
~v v ~
Q)
~ ... I' 5
~ I--' 3:
3: .L' ~~:;..;- .... 3 2.....
0
c;:
10
..... 2 Q)
2 7
5 ..... ~~~ ..t!.
-<;;;
:s::
3"' I if" L--' L--'
, j_ ~~~ ........ ~
3
2
/
lLr"
~
~
v ,;'"",..
~\':>
v--
...-'
-- 0.5
1
0.7 0.2
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5
Pressure loss rn bar
Pressure loss diagram with open valve at 20'C
The values indicated are applicable to spring loaded valves with
horizontal flow. With vertical flow, insignificant deviations occur only
within the range of partial opening.
The curves given in the chart are valid for water at 20'C. To determine
the pressure drop for other fluids the equivalent water volume flowrate
must be calculated and used in the graph.
Vw-~ xV
Figure 12. Typical wrifer-type check valve and pressure loss diagra111.
CileckValves 197
Water hammer. loud noise, Slow-closing check valve. In-line spring assisted
vibration, ruptured piping. check valve.
equipment damage.
-
Steam wear (pointed stem). Low flow. pulsating flow, Custom sizing of the check
elongated seat guide. bushing wear. improper sizing. valve intervals.
PDC for reciproca ting air or
gas medium.
-
Excessive seat leakage Dirt. trash. foreign Clean out the valve. Install
(greater than MSS-SP61). substance in the valve. strainers if it is a
recurring problem.
Install a soft seat if bubble
tightshut-offis required.
Noise. clicking. tapping. Low flow . pulsating flow , Custom sizing of the check
improper sizing. valve internals.
PDC fo r reciprocating air or
gas medium.
- - -
Reverse flow. Slow-closing check valve. In-line spring-assisted
check valve.
Component breakage. valve failure. Reciprocating compressor. PDC for reciprocating air
or gas medium.
--
Missing internals. Valve not full open. pulsing Custom sizing of the check
flow, improper sizing. valve internals.
PDC for reciprocating air or
gas medium.
Various types of hydraulic and pneumatic check valves are shown in Figure
13. The distinguishing feature of these valves is their zero leakage achieved by
a flexible seal seat (Figure 14).
The flexible seal seat design allows the poppet in the check valve to impact
only slightly on the '0' ring in the closed position. The metal-to-metal contact
between the poppet and the end cap serves as a mechanical seat. Under
reverse pressure, the '0' ring flexes only as much as is needed to seal around
the nose of the poppet and to expel any foreign particles. As a result the '0'
rings are protected from excessive wear.
Five flow holes drilled into the poppet core are positioned to provide a
streamlined flow path through the valve. The combined area of these holes is
greater than the area of either the inlet or outlet parts. The flow is directed
through the centre of the spring.
Typically, hydraulic and pneumatic check valves incorporate ball-type,
poppet, cartridge shuttle and split-flange designs and are used in a wide variety
198 Pressure Valves a.nd Services
Figure 13. Hydraulic and pneumatic check valve 1vithjlexiblP spa [ seat. design.* Flexible sC'al sl'at.
Figure I 4. Hydrau lic and pnertmn.tic check and relief valvrs. *Flexible seal seat.
Check Valves 199
Valves that are vital for the protection of people and plant are termed Safety
and Relief Valves. These valves operate automatically when a predetermined
pressure level is exceeded by releasing an adjustable spring which holds a
valve disc against a valve seat.
There are. however, distinctions between safety valves and relief valves
that lead to the following definitions and terminology.
• Safety Valve-A valve which automatically discharges gases and
vapours so as to prevent a pre-determined safe pressure being exceeded .
It is characterised by a rapid full-opening action and used for steam,
gases or vapour service (Figure 1 ).
Safety valves can be further categorised as follows:
(i) Low-Lift Safety Valve-A low-lift valve in which the disc lifts
automatically such that the actual discharge area is determined by the
position of the disc.
(ii) Full-Lift Safety Valve--A valve in which the disc lifts automatically
such that the actual discharge area is not determined by the position of
the disc.
(iii) Pilot-Operated Safety Valve-A safety valve, the operation of which is
initiated and controlled by the fluid discharged from a pilot valve
which is itself a direct loaded safety valve.
Materials of construction
Item Component Ma1enat · SV 57 7 SV54
I S00y________________G
~G~G_·_40~t~~~G7S~C~·25
-?-- Seat 1.4507-
3 Bonnet GG G-4 0.~GS-C25
4 Cap GGG-40.3
5 DISC _________________::_ I 4SOi
6 ----...
D~ ISC:-:9::-:U:-:;I
d: .. : : - - - - - - -
GGG-40 3
7 Sk1rt t.4031
s----~
sp~~n~d~
te----------------------,~.4~0~
34
9 Body Botts DIN-931 5.6 ZNIOIN-933 CK-35
10 _ sgnng washers CK 45
-1-t - Retatner ung t 4034
t2 Guide steeve t .403 t
13 Sprtng adjustment screw 1.4034
--:1-i-
4- - - -, L'-'-
oc =k--"n'--
u·t Carbon steel DIN 1651 95 Mn 36 -Zp
15 Sprtng Carbon Steel DIN 17225 so crv4-
--:1i-
6 ------7c<':::a~
p .::
bolt OIN-931 5.6 ZN
17 Collar Carbon steel Zlnc
18 Lever GGG 40.3
19 Ptn Carbon steel Zmc
~ ciiCiip DIN-4 71 Carbon steel
-21 P1n OIN-7343
22 Dra1n Role l'l SSP-
23 Sp1ndle Bail 1.4034
~ ldeniiilcatton plate Alum1mum
25 Cock1ng Screw OIN-913 A~
26 Rmg ptn OIN-t48t
v- Lever stem 1.4034
28 Cam GGG-40.3
29 l'ack1ng Grapfitte
30 Gland 1.4305
31 Nut i51N-t471
32 0 - 1'\mg relatner 1.4031
33 O - l'i1ng Accordmg 10 SeiVICC
9 34 Gland nut C. steel
35 Gasket ! rellel only ) Asbestos lree
-36 Gasket ( rehel o~ Asbestos lree
34 30 29 28 27
32
33 -
31 --~=-~~~--~
0-rlng seal
Figure I . Safety valve suitable for steam, gas and liquid service.
I toOY
T ~ o~
J GUIDE
-.~-- ---·-
o· ~
5
- -SPIIING
- PIAU
SPIIING
COVlR
S"NOU
ADJU$11NG SCRIW
- - IOCKHUI-
OOMt
12 NAMEPLAU
13 RlNEWAIU SEAl
VALVE INLET
•
Figure 2. Liquid relief valve.
Safety Valves
Typical operating parameters for safety valves are given in Table 2. Safety
valve set pressure and temperature limits are governed by a number of factors
and may not always coincide with manufacturers' published limits for the
applicable materials and flange ratings. Particular limits may be based on
spring limitations. specific material selection or other design considerations.
With boiler applications, for example, set pressures and total capacity
requirements for safety valves are usually established by the design agent or
boiler manufacturer.
Safety valves are intended to open and close within a narrow pressure
range; therefore, valve installations require careful and accurate design, both
as to inlet and discharge piping. The higher the operating pressure and the
greater the valve capacity. the more critical becomes the need for proper
design of the installation.
Safety valves should always be mounted in a vertical position directly on
nozzles having a well rounded approach that provides smooth, unobstructed
flow from the vessel or line to the valve.
A safety valve should never be installed on a nozzle having an inside
diameter smaller than the inlet connection to the valve, or on excessively long
nozzles. The pressure drop occurring in the inlet piping should be calculated
at actual flow of the valve. Where safety valves are installed to protect
piping systems, as on the low pressure side of a reducing valve or on a turbine
by-pass, the pipe or header must be or sufficient size to maintain flow under the
safety valve while it is discharging . A typical design of a pop-type safety valve
is shown in Figure 5.
204 Pressure Valves and Services
American National Standards Institute 816.34 Steel Valves. Flanged and Buttwelded
1430 Broadway Ends
New York, NY 10018. USA 816.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B3l.l Power Piping
831.3 Chemica IPlant and Petroleum Refinery
Piping
B31.4 Liquid Petroleum Transportation
Piping Systems
89 5.1 Terminology lor Pressure ReliefDevices
ANS[/ ASME PTC 25.3 Performance Test Code.
Safety and Relief Valves
-
American Petroleum Institute API RP 510 Pressure Vessel Inspection Code
2101 LStreetNorthwest API RP 520 Recommended Practice for
Washington, DC 2003 7. USA the Design and Installation of
Pressure Relieving Systems in
Refineries: Part 1- Design;
Part II- Installation
API RP 521 Guide for Pressure Relief and
Depressuring Systems
API Standard 526 Flanged Steel Safety Relief
Valves
API Standard 52 7 Commercial Seat Tightness
of Safety Relief Valves with Metal to Meta l
Seats
API 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low
Pressure Storage Tanks
API Guide for Inspection of Refinery
Equipment Chapter XVI-Pressure
Relieving Devices
Table 1 (co11Unued)
- - -----~ -,---
Regulatory body Codes and standards
-~-- ---------------------------
Association Francaise de Normalisation NFE 2 9-410 to 420
Tour Europe
Cedex 7
F-9 2049 Paris La Defence. France
Heal Exchange Institute. [nc. HEI Standards for Closed Feed water Heaters
1300 Sumner Avenue
Cleveland. OH 44115. USA
Table 1 (continued)
Japanese Industrial Standard Committee JIS 882 .l 0 Spring Loaded Safety Valves
Japanese Standards Association for Steam Boile rs and Pressure Vessels
1-24, Akasaka 4-chome. Minato-k u
Tokyo 107 Japan
Den Norske Trykkbe holderkomite (TBK) TBK General Rules for Pressure Vessels
Norsk Verkstedsindustris
Standardiseringssentral
Oscarsgate 20, Oslo. Norway
Set pressure (also known as (i) Uquid services: iolet pressure at which valve starts
crack pressure) to discharge under serv ice conditions.
(ii) Gas or steam services: inlet pressure at which
the valve pops under service conditions.
Differeo tia I set pressure Difference between set pressure and back pressure
(where present).
Overpressure Pressure increase over the set pressure of the va lve or relief
device.
No PART MATERIAL
1 SEAT GUN METAL
2 VALVE DISC GUN METAL
3 BODY GUN METAL
4 SPINDLE H.T.BRASS
5 SPRING END PLATE BRASS
6 SPRING STEEL·ZINC PLATED
7 ADJUSTING SCREW BRASS
8 LOCK NUT BRASS
9 LEVER BRONZE
10 DOME GUN METAL
11 SLOWDOWN RING GUN METAL
12 SETTING SCREW H.T.BRASS
13 BALL STAINLESS STEEL
The discharge piping from safety valves should be equal in size to, or larger
than, the nominal valve outlet and should be as simple and direct as possible.
Good practices must be observed with discharge manifold lines. All discharge
piping in the discharge system must be vented to a safe disposal area to prevent
personnel injury when the valve discharges.
The valve shown in Figure 6a is typically used for steam generators and
steam systems. It is a high capacity reaction-type valve designed specifically
for saturated steam service on boiler drums having design pressures above
103 bar(l500lb/in 2 ).
A typical valve operating cycle (Figure 6b) is as follows:
As pressure in, say, a boiler increases to the safety valve set point the valve
will pop open. After the valve opens steam passes through a series of annular
flow passages (A) and (B) which control the pressure developed in chambers
(C) and (D) . The excess steam is exhausted through guide ring openings (E) to
the valve body bowl (F).
As pressure in the boiler decays, the dynamic forces on the lower face of the
disc holder assembly are reduced and the safety valve disc begins to close.
Assisted by pressure in chambers (C) and {D), the valve at this point closes
sharply and tightly.
Figure 7. Basic safety valve for process applications (closed bonnet type).
210 Pressure Valves and Services
Relief Valve
A basic difference between the design of spring-loaded safety valves and relief
valves is that, in safety valves. the poppet or disc overhangs the seat to
promote faster lift whereas, in a relief valve, the area exposed to overpressure
is the same whether the valve is open or closed. As a consequence, a safety
valve pops open while a relief valve lifts gradually with increasing pressure
until it reaches its fully open position.
The relief valve shown in Figure 10 is a standard type suitable for relieving
excess pressures of water oil, air, gases or steam where high discharge rates
are not required. Duties include the protection of pipelines against overpressure
and protection against thermal expansion. It is filtered in the upright position.
A spring-loaded side-discharge version is shown in Figure 11.
Other spring relief valves have cartridge-type assemblies for easy cleaning.
They are usually suitable for use with positive displacement pumps of the rotary
or reciprocating type. They can also be used as combined relief and by-pass valves.
The relief valve (Figure 12) is manufactured from plastic -PVC, PVDF and
CPVC with solid Teflon'!{)* shaft, intended as a chemical-resistant relief valve for
corrosive and pure liquids . The relieving pressures can be adjusted by screwing
the adjusting bolt up or down to decrease or increase the pressure setting.
This type of valve is not a pop safety-type valve.
Emergency relief valves of the type shown in Figure 13 are designed to meet
the stringent conditions of container, rail, road and static tanks for emergency
venting under total fire engulfment conditions. Usually manufactured from
316 stainless steel, these types of valves can incorporate a manually operated
vacuum vent button.
The type of relief valves shown in Figure 14 is ideally suited for air, acetylene,
ammonia, freon 12 and 22. hydrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, aromatic
fuels, synthetic oils, tetrachloride and toluene, at operating pressures up to
2400 lb/in 2 . It can be mounted in horizontal and vertical positions.
In closed operation, the spring load is carried by a metal-to-metal seat. An
0-ring provides a tight seal and the sealing efficiency increases as the pressure
increases up to cracking pressure. At cracking pressure the ports in the poppet
open fully and eliminate the rapid increase in pressure. Flow is throttled
between the poppet shoulder and seat and a regularly increasing flow area is
212 Pressure Valves and Services
/
/
'
provided with increasing flow rates. When fully open, the inline construction
and full flow ports permit maximum flow with minimum increase in system
pressure (see Figure 15).
High pressure variants operate at pressures up to 10,500 lb/ in 2 .
ADJUSTING ADJUSTING
DOLT~ ..,..-- BOLT
----
LOCK NUT
PLUNGER__ ( .
~-
SPRING ~
PLUNGER r -- § VENT
"U" CUP
SEALS (3)
VALVE TEFLON SHAFT
SEAT RESILIENT
SEAT
INLET VALVE SEAT
The basic spring-loaded pressure relief valve (Figure 16) has been developed
to provide overpressure protection.
• Overpressure may be defined as a pressure increase over the set pressure of
a pressure relief valve, usually expressed as a percentage of set pressure.
• Set pressure is the pressure measured at the valve inlet at which a
pressure relief valve should commence to lift under service conditions.
• Popping pressure is the value of increasing static pressure at which the
disc moves in the opening direction at a faster rate as compared with
corresponding movement at higher or lower pressures.
CLOSED
CRACKING
OPEN
Figure l S. High-pressure relief valve method of operatio11.
Safety and Relief Valves 215
;:s::GPS~- SPRING
~~ ~- BONNET VENT
PLUGGED
DISC
r ..1
Figure I 7. Pressure relief valves: top left- standard valve: top right- screwed valve with single tr im:
lower-sanitary valve for foodst.uffs and plumnnceuticnls.
PILOT
MAIN VALVE
Figure 18. Rupture disk device. Figure 19. Snap-acting pilot-operated pressure relief valve.
~ Control sp11ng
Flow_.
Mam
~~._- diaphragm
Figure 20. Standard pilot-operated pressure-reducing valve(or steam. air and industrial gases.
Modulating pilot valve designs limit fluid loss and system shock. However.
this type of valve is generally only recommended for clean service and is found
in a broad range of applications and industries including steam. air and
industrial gases, petroleum-refining offshore applications, chemical processing,
pulp and paper mills and general manufacturing. There are numerous styles
and designs available from many manufacturers.
Safety and Rdie.fValves 219
~
[@]
@] @]
8 ~0
0 ~
[I] OJ]
OJ [I]~
~
[2]
.
r•~•••••· •-••• .. t '
...
; ' -...... .
'
....... ....... ........... . ··--....... ·---·· ·········-····· ...
When such a discharge system is adopted, the safety relief valve must be
designed in such a way that the effects of the variable back pressure on the set
pressure are minimised. This requires the use of a balanced bellows valve.
The safety relief valve should be as maintenance-free as possible.
Proper sizing and selection of safety and relief valves is critical. The first step in
applying overpressure protection to a vessel or system is to determine the type
of fluid, set pressure. back pressure, allowable overpressure and required
relieving capacity; the next step is to establish inlet temperature, compressibility
factor, gas constant or isentropic coefficient, molecular weight, specific weight,
specific gravity and viscosity.
Sizing equations are available from manufactures and regulatory bodies.
e.g. British Standards BS 6759. American Standards to ASME Code Section
VIII and European Standards A.D. Merkblatt A2. All capacities can be calculated
in accordance with the internationally accepted sizing equations using the
certified coefficients of discharge. Typical sizing equations in accordance with
specific standards are, for example:
In accordance with
BS 6759: 1984
Modified for the effects of set pressure below
[ 3.0 bar, back pressure and superheated steam
l
For steam:
A= E or E = 0.525 P.A.Kdr.Fp.Fb.FsH
0.52 5 P.Kdr.Fp.Fb.FsH
For gases:
A= ,{M
Q2 or Q2 = P.A.C.Kdr.Fp.F b.v ZT
P.C.Kdr.Fp.Fb.[f~
For liquids:
A= Q2 or Q2 = 1.61 A.Kdr.Fv.Fw.V{JM
1.61 Kdr.Fv.Fw ..JPXP
Key to equations
= Office area mm 2
= Required capacity of steam kg/hr
= Required capacity of compressed air ljs
= Required capacity of gas/liquid kg/hr
= Required capacity of hotwater kW
= Absolute inlet pressure (set pressure+ overpressure+ 1.013) bar abs
= Relieving pressure- Back pressure
(set pressure + overpressure- back pressure) bar gauge
T = Inletten1perature oK (°C + 2 73)
p = Liquid density kg/m 3
M = Molecular weight kg/kmol
z = Compressibility factor
z
= 10 5 P.V.M.
R.T.
where
R = Universal gas constant-8314 N.m./ krnol.k
V = Specific volume of gas at STP conditions
C = Gas constant
Use the following formula
K = rr
Isen tropic exponent at the relieving in let conditions. the value of K is not avai Iable at
these conditions the value at 1.013 5 bar abs and l5°Cshould be used
Note:- When sizing valves in accordance with ASME Code Section VII, the
certified capacity may only be calculated at 10% overpressure or 3 psig,
whichever is the greater and without the use of correction factors Fp, Fb, Fv,
Fw and Fsh. Set pressures below 15.0 psig may not be ASME stamped.
222 Pressure Valves and Services
For steam:
w
or W = 51.5 Pg.A 1 .Kdr.Fp.Fb.FsH
51.5 Pg.Kdr.Fp.Fb.FsH
For liquids:
38A 1 )PLKdr.Fv.Fw
or v," -- ---------==-- - -
JG
3 8v'3]\ Kdr.Fv.Fw
Key to equations
AI = Office area in 2
Q = Required capacity of air/gases SCFM
w = Required capacity of steam lb/ hr
VL = Required capacity of liquid usgpm
Pg = Absolute inlet pressure (set pressure+ overpressure+ 14. 7) psia
~pL = Relieving pressure- Back pressure
(set pressure+ overpressure - back pressure) psig
Tg = Tnlet temperature OR (° F + 460)
G = Specific gravity
z = Compressibility factor for the gas or vapour at PorT conditions
(if not given use Z = 1)
Cg = Imperial gas constant. Use the following formula
Cg = 2 )W
K( K+l
K = Isentropic exponent at the relieving inlet conditions. If the value of K is not available at
these conditions the value at 14.7 psi abs and 59°F should be used
For steam:
Qm.x
Ao = --------,-- or
Qm = Ao.Kdr.P.Fb.Fp
Kdr.P.Fb.Fp X
For liquids:
0.6211 Qm Ao.Kdr.J/]XP Fv.Fw
Ao = -----===--- or Qm- - -- - - - - -
Kdr.J/]XP Fv.Fw 0 .6211
Key to equations
Ao = Office area mm 1
Qm = Required capacity of steam. air, gases or liquids kg/hr
P = Absolute set pressure (set pressure+ 1.013) bar abs
fl.P = Relieving pressure- Back pressure
(set pressure- back pressure) bar gauge
T = Inlettemperature °K(°C+273)
p = Liquid density kg/ m 3
M = Molecular vve ight kg/ kmol
K = Isentropic exponent at the relieving inlet conditions. If the value ofK is not available at
these conditions the value at 1.01 3 5 bar abs and l5°C should be used
1/1 = A.D. Merkblatt outtlow function for air and gases
x = A.D. Merkblatt pressure medium coefficient for steam
= O.fi2ll JPV
1/1
V =Specific volume in m 3 /kg for supercritical pressure relief
Fp = Capacity correction factor for the effects of low set press ure
Fb = Capacity correction factor for the effects of back pressure (balanced bellows valves only)
Fv = Capacity correction factor for the effects of viscosity (liquids only)
Fw = Capacity correction factor for the effects of back pressure (liquids only: balanced bellows
valves only)
Kdr = De-rated coefficient of discharge. Select Kdr appropriate to the tluid
224 Pressure Valves and Services
Safety valves should be tested regularly to ensure that they have retained
their capability of operating at design lift-off pressure. Two basic methods of
testing are:
On-line testing by deliberate overpressure of the system to determine the
actual pressure at which the valve lifts off its seat.
Off-line testing by removal of the valve from its line or position and
determination of active lift-offby hydraulic test.
It is also possible to apply a hydraulic test for on-line testing using a
portable hydraulic test pack.
Self-Acting Reducing Valves
Self-acting reducing valves generally fall into two main categories: (i) direct-
acting valves and (ii) relay- or pilot-operated types.
An example of a direct-acting pressure reducing valve for steam, compressed
air and other gases is shown in Figure 1. The valve is designed for point-of-use
installations. On start-up, the upstream pressure, aided by a return spring.
holds the valve head against the seat in the closed position. Downstream
pressure is set by rotating a handwheel in a clockwise direction which
compresses the control spring and extends the bello·ws. This downward
movement is transmitted via a push rod which causes the main valve to open .
Liquid then passes through the open valve into the downstream pipework and
also surrounds the bellows. As downstream pressure increases, it acts
through the bellows to counteract the spring force and closes the main valve
when the set pressure is reached. The main valve modulates to give constant
downstream_pressure.
Materials used for the bellows include phosphor bronze and stainless steel
with nitrile main valve. Other diaphragms used include rubber, synthetic
rubbers, stainless steel and phosphor bronze materials.
The direct-acting reducing valve shown in Figure 2 is designed for use with
liquids and incorporates a balanced piston design providing accura te control
of pressure under stable load conditions. The valve is installed in a horizontal
pipeline. Typical applications include laundry equipment and reducing pressure
at the point of use on Injection Moulding machines.
Pressure reduction in water systems aids both the efficient design of the piping
network and protects consumers from excessive noise from high velocity
within buildings. high-pressure discharge at taps and other outlets, and
climbing overnight pressures when the distribution network is lightly loaded.
The ability to control water-entry pressures ensures a balanced distribution
network and also limits the maximum supply volume and so reduces water
waste.
Cost-effective steam distribution depends on keeping pipe sizes to the minimum
and having the highest acceptable distribution pressure between the boilerhouse
and the areas of steam usage. then dropping pressure at the working area to
the levels for the highest heat transfer, efficiency and safety.
226 Pressure Valves and Services
16- -
- 16
2 --
6
- 6
- 9
- 17
-10
- - - -12
- 11
- -13
- - - - t4
- - - - - - t5
Materials
No Par1 Mateml
1 Spnng housing --:-:-:-::--=-~~7
A;-
I~-=m:in
u ='"o~ um
=--"e:::p-::-ox:::y-:-c::o:::a::1ed
:-:;-;L--;M-.--;;-24
2 Ad1us1men1 Hand Wheel PlastiC - Polypropylene
3 Top Spring Plate Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 20
4 Pressure Adjustment Silicon Chrome BS 2803 685 ASS
Spring Spnng Steel Range 2
5 Bellows Assembly Phosphor bronze/brass - - -
BS2872 CZt22
(Siainless Steel oplional 31 6Ti/
316L)
6 Bellows Assembly GaSket Reinforced Exloloated Graphofe
7 Sprong Housong Bolts Steel - Zone plated
BS 3692 Gr 8.8 MS x 2Smm
- 8- Body Gunme1a1 BS 1400 LG2
9 Guode 7-;B ;;;-u- s7h_ _ _ Graphite lolled PTF E
10 Pushrod ------;:S,.-ta~onless Sleel ASTM A276 3 1Gl
11 va·:-,v-o-;::
Sc:-,a - :t, - - - S1ainless Steel BS 970 43 I S29
12 Valve Seal Gasket Staonless Steel BS t449 3t6 S1 I
i3"Pi5ton Staonless Steel BS970 431529
14 Valve Ht>ad Notnle Rubber
tS Poston Retur-n--=s=-p_n_n_g __ S,.-te-e71--=B=-=s=-=20=s-=-6-::G:-::
Stainless-;; r302
S26
16 Straoner Screen Staonless Steel BS t449 304 Sttf
~Cap Brass BS 2872 Cf122
-;a-
Cap Gasket Reonforced Expholoaled Graphote
t9 Spnng Range 10 Plale Polypropylene
Pressure adjustment - - -
-""",~......._
Pilot diaphragm
Downstream
external sensing
_ p1pe connection
Pilot valve ------
Control
C+ - t- - port
Main
- diaphragm
~~-~-"'
Under stable load conditions, the pressure under the pilot diaphragm
balances the force set on the adjustment spring. This settles the pilot valve,
allowing a constant flow across the main diaphragm. This ensures that the
main valve is also settled to give a stable downstream pressure. When the
downstream pressure rises, the pilot valve closes and pressure is released from
the main valve diaphragm through the control orifice, to close the main valve.
Any variations in load or pressure will immediately be sensed on the pilot
diaphragm which will act to adjust the position of the main valve. ensuring a
constant downstream pressure. In order to achieve the most stable operating
conditions an external pressure sensing pipe is used. This becomes more
important as the valve is used near its maximum capacity or under critical
flow conditions.
A solenoid will provide for remote on/off control and a fully adjustable set
point is possible using an air-driven pilot. The set point can then be adjusted
via a compressed air regulator situated away from the valve. For example, the
valve may be high up in a pipeline but adjustment can be made from an air
regulator at ground level.
The characteristics of both pilot-operated and direct-operated reducing
valves are shown in Figure 4. Both curves are shown for 25 mm (l in) valves
reducing from 10 to 3.5 bar (150 to 509lbf/ in 2 ).
It should be noted that in the case of the direct-acting valves (including
those with balance pistons) the outlet pressure falls as the flow through the
valve increases. Thus if the valve is set at a no-flow setting of 3. 5 bar (50 lbf/
in 2 ), the outlet pressure falls by about 0.35 to 3.15 bar (5 to 45 lbf/ in 2 ) when
Values given arc for I inch valves re ducing from 100 !o 50 lb/in'g
55
Dead en d
I
_Jlbflin pressure drop_. _
I
seuing .....
i"
50 PILOT-OPERATED VALVE
~ . , pressure
5 lbf/tn' I d rop !
~
I ' ...
5
f""o
I I '...
...
I D,l? I ! '
l
I ~0:-1 I I
I
i ~IJV, I i
Cv I
5
~- !'...
... ...
... ...
i
I
I
I
- r----
... I
Th1s corTc<ponds to the
average now through a
... I M axomum capaci1y o
1 in bore pipe at 100 lbflin2 1 • pil01 -opcrated valve
30 Lt
I
200 362 400 600 BOO 1000 1200 1400 1500 1600 1800
VALVE CAPACITY lbfhr
passing an average flow for this type of valve. The direct-acting valve is
usually made equal in size to the inlet pipe.
In the case of the pilot-operated valve it will be seen that apart from an
initial pressure drop of 0.03 5 bar (2 lbf/ in 2 ) from the dead-end setting of 3. 5
bar (50 lbf/in 2 ) the outlet pressure remains constant until maximum-rated
capacity is reached.
It should also be noted that. in the examples shown, the 2 5 mm (1 in) pilot-
operated valve is capable of passing a flow of more than four times that of
the direct-acting valve, and with only 0.035 bar (2 lbf/in 2 ) pressure drop
as compared with a drop of0.35 bar (5 lbf/ in 2 ).
Reducing valves are used for reducing one pressure to another. control being
via throttling of the fluid through the valve and its seat. Reducing valves
should never be deliberately oversized as if the valve is too big then the lift of
the valve will be small and wire drawing or erosion of the valve and seat can
result. Additionally, small variations in valve opening cause large changes in
flow which at small flow demands can lead to pulsating pressure being generated
in the downstream flow.
The following notes designate the main fields of application of self-acting
reducing valves.
Air or gases
This application includes all compressed air systems for use with power
tools, pneumatic control systems, etc., and control valves for the storage and
distribution of industrial gases. etc.
Both direct-acting and pilot-operated reducing valves may be used for these
duties and are selected according to the accuracy of control required and whether
or not the valves are intended to give a dead tight shut-off under no-flow
conditions.
Water
Other liquids
In this field, reducing valves are used for such applications as: controlling ram
pressures on hydraulic presses; bearing lubrication systems in rolling mills
and heavy industrial equipment; and for pressure control in fuel-oil systems.
Again valves are normally used for these applications. In many applications
the flow is relatively constant and the outlet pressure from the reducing valve
therefore remains constant.
In fuel-oil systems the flow variations are normally of the order of 50 to
100%, in which case the outlet pressure variation would probably be of the
order of0.14 to 0.21 bar (2 to 31bf/in 2 ), depending on the size of valve used.
The variation would be in the order of 0 .3 5 bar (5 lbf/ in 2 ) between full and
no-flow conditions.
Steam
This particular category covers by far the majority of reducing valve applications
and in general there are two broad sections.
Power
Process
\t\fith saturated steam, temperatures and pressures are strictly related and,
because of this, it is frequently found convenient to control temperature by
controlling the steam pressure. Applications in the process field includes space
heating, kitchen equipment, sterilizing equipment, curing processes in the
rubber and plastics industries, etc., industrial cooking equipment, etc. In fact,
anywhere steam is used as a heat-transfer medium, reducing valves will
invariably be installed.
In general. only low pressure steam. usually below 3. 5 bar (50 lbf/ in 2 ), is
used for process purposes. At such low pressures the latent heat content of the
steam is relatively high and is easily transferred from the steam to the product
being processed.
The inlet and outlet pipes should be sized to suit the maximum steam demands
of the system, e.g. see Table 1. Pipe sizes should always be determined in terms
of pressure drop and not by such rules as arbitrary steam velocities.
Correct sizing ofpipework and fittings associated with all valves is extremely
important in order to obtain the best possible operation. Specifically:
(i) Strainers should always be equal in size to the inlet pipe.
(ii) When globe valves are used as inlet and outlet stop valves , these should
also be equal in size to the respective pipe, into which they are fitted.
(iii) When parallel slide valves are used as stop valves, these can be fitted
equal in size to the reducing valve for reduced pressures between 30
and 70% of the inlet pressure. They should be equal in size to the
respective pipe when the pressure difference between the inlet and
outlet is 2 bar (30 lbf/ in 2 ) or less. When they are connected directly to
the reducing valve the length of distance pieces between value and
fitting should not exceed three pipe diameters.
(iv) In order to provide a streamlined flow at the approach to the reducing
valve , a straight length of pipe equal to 10 pipe diameters should be
provided between the fitting and the reducing valve (this does not
apply to parallel slide valves) . Typical reducing valve layouts are
shown in Figures 5 and 6.
lbf/in 2 ]h >;4 1 1 1 /4 1 1h 2 2 1 /2 3 4 5 6 8 10
bar
5 12 32 63 106 163 320 536 813 1560 2550 3820 6180 100.000
0.35 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3
10 15 40 79 113 206 404 676 1055 1962 3220 4810 8000 12.950
0.09 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0. 5 0. 5 0. 5 0.4 0.4
20 18 '54 107 182 300 586 980 1400 2680 4390 6550 11 .300 lS.nSO
1.38 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0. s
- - -
30 24 69 137 245 377 740 1240 1880 2600 5900 8810 14.700 22.300
2.07 0.8 0.9 0.90.9 I.() 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7
50 35 98 203 357 582 11401910 2640 4880 8000 12.000 2] .450 33.400
3.45 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.3 7.3 1.3 1.2 1.1
75 47 136 284 495 780 149 3 2500 3800 7100 11.600 16.900 30.600 48.400
5. I 7 1.6 1.8 2.0 2. I 2.2 2.1 2. I 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.8 7.7
90 53 157 332 581 896 1755 2940 4460 8280 13,57019.450 35.400 54.500
6.21 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.5 2.5 2. 5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9
- -t-- -
100 59 173 362 615 984 1928 3220 4840 9040 14.820 21.800 38.900 fil. 500
6.90 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.2
-
120 68 204 431 75 5 1182 2320 3900 5710 10.920 17.910 26.000 46.900 73.000
8.27 2.3 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.7
ISO 83 252 539 945 1420 2900 4770 7100 13.600 22.300 32.500 59.100 93.000
10.34 2.8 3.5 4.1 4.4 4.5 4.4 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.6
- -- --
180 96 296 642 11311748 3440 5890 8750 16.680 27.300 40.000 71.500 112.000
12.41 3.3 4.2 5.0 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.7 5..5 5.4 5.4 5.2 4.8 4. 5
200 107 324 708 123 8 1942 3880 6530 9750 18.880 31,000 44.300 80,000 126.000
13.79 3.7 4.6 5.6 5.9 6. I 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.3 5.8 5.5 5.2
-
220 116 354 770 1350 2120 4200 7150 10.850 20.800 34.000 49.000 90.000 141.000
l5. I 7 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.5 6.3 5.9
250 133408 871 1525 238 5 4760 8100 12.360 23.800 39,000 57.000 105.000 J 68.000
17.24 4,5 5.7 6.7 7.1 7.3 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.0 8.0 7.6 7.8 7.0
Note: Figures in italic show pressure drops (lbf/ in 2) for equivalent lengths equal to 360 pipe
diameters.
When u sing this table. allowance should be made for the effects of bends and fittings in the pipeline.
Self-Acting Reducing Valves 233
In order that the valves can deal effectively with minimum capacity variations
of less than 10%, two unequally sized reducing valves having a maximum
capacity equal to the required capacity should be connected in parallel with
the outlet pressure of the smaller valve set 0.14 to 0.21 bar (2 to 3 lbf/ in 2 ) higher
than that of the large valve. In this way the larger valve would shut at low
demands leaving the smaller valve to handle the low flows. As the demand
increases the larger valve will open automatically as the reduced pressure
falls. and share the load with the small valve. By this method capacity ratios of
up to 100:1 can be obtained.
Superheated steam
Superheated steam is less dense than saturated steam and, therefore, for the
same pressure drop the reducing valve will have slightly smaller capacity. The
reduction in capacity is dependent on the amount of superheat. Capacity
figures quoted in manufacturers' catalogues are normally for dry saturated
steam. vVhen steam is superheated above 2 8°C ( 50°F) before it enters the
reducing valve. dry steam capacities should be multiplied by the following
factors:
Steam traps
A B c D
pressure of the incoming condensate until it seats on the inner ring and closes
the inlet. The disc also seats on the outer ring and traps pressure in the chamber
(C). Pressure in the chamber is decreased by condensation of the flash steam
and the disc is raised by the incoming pressure. The cycle is then repeated (D).
Air or gas trapped in a pipeline carrying a liquid can cause problems. e.g. reduce
the effective flow, aggravate the effects of surge. and cause pump cavitation.
Possible causes of air/ gas entrainment are:
(i) The pipeline was fully charged with air/ gas when empty.
(ii) Air is entrained at pump suction.
(iii) Air is drawn in through faulty joints or glands.
(iv) Air/gas is trapped in pockets during pipeline filling.
(v) Air/ gas in solution is released due to changes in pressure and temperature.
Single orifice valves (Figure 1) are capable of performing functions (a) and
(b). They are normally used where only relatively small volumes of air/ gas are
to be released, or where it is desirable to provide additional ventilation at operating
pressures. Dual-orifice valves are capable of performing all four functions.
They can normally provide complete protection against air/gas entrainment
under all system-operating conditions.
The type of fluid product being handled also affects the design requirements or
the air release valve (especially automatic valves) . With sewage or industrial
Air Relief Valves 23 7
Cowl
Orifice
bracket
Sealing
face
Fulc
pin
Float and I
effluent. for example. the solids content may block the release passage(s)
periodically. causing unreliable operation . This can be overcome by using
large-volume auxiliary float chambers to contain the fluid under all operating
conditions so that it can never come into contact with the air valve elements.
An example of a dual-orifice air valve suitable for water systems is shown in
Figure 2.
The valve combines small and large orifices. The small-orifice valve comprises
a composite float a nd lever assembly sealing off a small-orifice vent. When the
Components
Large Oriflce
Sedhng Rmg
Small Onhc e
T uppet
Ele v ato r
Guide Sleeve
Mam Cov e r
Float Chamb er
Opcrahng Float
I
Air valve I
Tank
with VNRV
I
I
~
Point of Ouid separation ~
~----'*','
~~~
,'
Pump
house _, , , "
,," t
/'--'~ ,,_- ---- --------
.-
---•- --
... Transient pressure wave
float chamber is fiJling with water, the orifice is closed initially by the float
working through a lever ratio of 5:1.
When the chamber is filled with water under pressure. the orifice is held
closed by the combined upthrust of the float and the differential pressure over
the orifice area. On air accumulated in the system entering the chamber under
working pressure. the water level in the chamber is depressed until it reaches
a point \•vhen the weight of the float is sufficient to uncover the orifice and
exhaust air. Air is expelled until the water level rises again and causes the
float to close the orifice.
The large-orifice valve consists of a float sealing off a large-orifice vent to the
atmosphere. The float is held at a predetermined height in its casing by a
ribbed cage which also guides the float onto the seat. During the pipeline
filling or emptying, the 'aerokinetic' feature holds the float off the seat and
keeps it completely stable under all air outflow or inflO\v conditions. The valve
cannot close prematurely during outflow. It closes only when water enters the
casing and raises the float onto the seat.
An example of the working of dual-orifice air relief valves designed for
handling sewage and similar effluent is shown in Figure 3. When the pipeline
is empty, the spherical operating float is suspended from the elevator within
the main chamber and the cylindrical float element of the air valve is
supported by the guide cage. The operating lever of the small-orifice valve is
held open by a tappet on the elevator. Air/gas having been inhaled or expelled
from the pipelines is able to flow freely through both orifices. the design of the
valve being such that the air flow creates a positive down force to hold the
cylindrical float element stable within the guide cage.
As the air/gas is exhausted from the pipeline, liquid enters the main
chamber and the operating float then rises with the liquid. The elevator.
raised by the float, releases the small-orifice valve and engages the base of the
cylindrical element, which rises until seated on the rubber face of the large
orifice.
At this point air/gas outflow ceases and further inflow of liquid to the main
chamber under pipeline pressure compresses the air/gas until maximum
working pressure is reached. The proportions of the main chamber are such
that the fluid level will not rise above the bottom face of the main chamber
cover.
When the pipeline is emptied and pressure falls. the valve main chamber
will drain into the pipeline and the operating float. following the liquid level.
releases the cylindrical float to allow the large orifice to open. As the pipeline
pressure falls to atmospheric, it opens the small-orifice valve. The pipeline is
then able to ventilate freely and sub-atmospheric pressure conditions are avoided.
Air Relief Valves 241
During normal operating conditions. air/gas will be released from the liquid
and will collect under pressure in the main chamber, depressing the liquid
level. The operating float falls with the liquid but system pressure will hold
the cylindrical valve element on the large-orifice seat. As the operating
float approaches the limit of its travel, the tappet on the elevator opens the
small-orifice valve, releasing the accumulated air/gas under pressure. This in
turn allows the liquid level to rise again and the small-orifice valve to close.
thus completing a cycle.
In systems handling water, air relief valves would normally be placed at all
high points, i.e. where a rising section changes to a falling section. In systems
handling sewage or industrial effluent, rather more extensive treatment is
necessary. as illustrated in Figure 4.
Where the fluid is pumped through the pipeline it is desirable that a dual-
orifice valve (valve A) be located just downstream of the pump-delivery valves.
Dual-orifice-type valves are also required at all peak points which are
defined relative to the hydraulic gradient and not necessarily to the horizontal.
In practice a peak may be considered as any pipe section which slopes up
towards the hydraulic gradient or runs parallel to it. In the latter case the
Rising section
--- ----
-~
----- Hydraulic
--- gradie nt
E
E
Datum line
Falling section
D a tum line
minimum requirement is a dual air valve at each end of the section (valve B);
any additional valves may be of a single-orifice type.
Positions where an increase in down slope occurs will require ventilation
by a small orifice valve which should also be installed at points of decrease in
up slopes (valve D) .
Pipeline sections of uniform profile also require ventilation and dual-orifice
units should be installed at about 800 m (2500 ft) intervals on these sections
(valves E).
I
Foot Valves
A foot valve is basically a check valve fitted to the end of a suction pipe leading
to a pump. Its purpose is to keep fluid trapped in the suction pipe when the
pump stops. thus maintaining a suitable prime for the pump. When the pump
restarts. the suction created opens the valve, giving full flow to the pump inlet.
(Foot valves are unnecessary on self-priming pumps.)
Foot valves may be of a simple flap-type, or more usually lift-check or ball-
check valves. They are commonly combined with an integral strainer. Some
examples follow.
In the example shown in Figure 1, the poppet assembly consists of a plastic tripod
which can be displaced along a bore above the seat valve. The travel of the
poppet is controlled by a stop on the end of the poppet legs acting as supports
for the return spring shouldered onto a washer. This spring ensures that the
valve will work in any position. The main characteristics of this design are low
head losses with good sealing provided by a nitrile rubber 0-ring.
Figure 2 shows a design with the tripod in cast iron and with a cast-iron
poppet head with streamlined tripod hub. Sealing is provided by a flat gasket
shouldered by the poppet head and placed on a collar-type seat. This is a simple
and robust design suitable for general applications.
Figure 2 . Foot valve with tripod and poppet head in mst iron.
FooL Valves 245
Figure 3. Foot valve with all metal poppet and Figure 4. Ball foot va.lve.
profiled head.
Figure 3 shows a further design where the all-metal poppet with profiled
head is guided by three legs and restrained by a downstream stop. Sealing is by
a flat seal on a flat bearing surface. Valve travel is limited by the stop. A spring
can be added to ensure that the valve will operate in any position.
An example of this type is shown in Figure 4. This is a simple ball valve guided
by an inclined cylindrical chamber and seating on an 0-ring. Note that the
ball is displaced laterally along its chamber with inward flow , but it runs down
the chamber onto its seat when the flow rate decreases. [t is particularly
suitable for use with contaminated waters or more viscous fluids.
All examples illustrated are of the type with integral strainer.
Numerous types of devices exist for the remote operation of valves. These
range from simple gearboxes to highly sophisticated motorised valves with
automatic control. programmable logic controllers. microcomputers and field
communications networks.
In basic terms, an actuator can be described as ' A device supplying force
and motion to the closure member (ball. disc. plug, etc.) of a valve'.
There is a distinction between the actual requirements but, in general, the
vast majority of applications are concerned with the opening and closing of
Bushes inserted
t.r~m i'!S!C!~ cvJ.!'!.der
valves. Certain systems may call for continuous modulating control which
can set limits on the usefulness of both mechanical and energy systems.
In 1992, the world's first non-intrusive 'intelligent' enclosed actuator. that
could be commissioned and interrogated without removing electrical covers,
was launched.
All actuator settings and diagnostics are made through a sealed indication
window using an infra-red setting tool, avoiding the use of penetrating shafts.
Solid-state torque and limit measurement is used throughout, eliminating the
use of springs. switches or levers.
The separation of the setting tool from the actuator provides a most effective
method of security of the settings.
Manual operators
Apart from the obvious job of providing a means whereby a person can open
or close a valve. the requirements of a manual valve actuator may encompass
any or all of the following:
Valves of the gate. globe, diaphragm and pinch type utilise linear motion of
the obturating members to achieve a seal. Handwheel operation implies
rotary motion, and conversion is generally by nut-and-screw, which may be
part of the valve or of a separate manual actuator.
Withstand thrust
When the threaded nut forms part of the manual actuator, it will have to
withstand the operating thrust developed and incorporate suitable thrust
bearings.
2 52 Control and Automation
For valves operated by linear screw thread, position locking is achieved by use
of an irreversible, (i.e. low-efficiency) thread. Butterfly valves must also be
restrained against self-operation as a result of dynamic flow, and again this is
customarily ensured by using irreversible, low-efficiency, gearing such as
worm and wheel between valve stem and hand wheel.
In each case the efficiency must be Io·w enough so that the valve does not
move from an intermediate position if pressure is applied to the stationary
valve, and it will also stay in position if manually-operated with flow present.
There have been many occasions when valve slamming has occurred under
high-flow conditions with a gear ratio which was thought to be irreversible,
but proved not to be when the handwheel was started under heavy-flow
conditions and the valve took over.
This dynamic effect is less of a problem with plug and ball valves which have
a higher ratio of static friction to dynamic torque and, in any case, are not
suited in standard form to flow regulation.
Whatever manual means is adopted for the operation of valves, the main
constraint is always the human muscle power available. It is difficult for a
person to exert more than about 75 vV (1 / 10 hp) continuously for any length
of time by hand.
Size and type of valve. line pressure and other factors will determine the
power required. For larger valves, this will nearly always mean the introduction
of an intermediate gearbox with a handwheel capable of operating the
valve comfortably with a human's strength-i.e. with a rim pull below 2 7 kg
(60 lb).
The average male can exert up to three times this force momentarily. by
pulling his weight on a handwheel, so that the extra force required to seat
or unseat a valve is not a problem if the gearing is adequate. However. the
RIGHT-ANGLE DRIVE
Manual operators.
2 54 Control and Automation
gearing for torque reduction is then usually provided by spur gears. although
a further change of direction via a bevel gear may sometimes be needed.
Hypocycloidal gear-train manual actuators have been especially developed
for the operation of centred-disc butterfly valves mainly used in the heating.
ventilation and air conditioning industry (HVAC).
Other manual actuators with worm wheel and screw kinematics are used
with 1 / 4 -turn valves including centred or double-eccentric disc butterfly
valves. ball valves, etc. They are designed to deliver a constant output torque.
Signalling
All the aforementioned points apply to auxiliary manual drives for power
actuators. However. the fact that the drive is auxiliary only and not the main
Driving dev1ce in
zinc-alumin1um alloy Interchangeable insert
Cylinder actuators
This type has an actuator using a piston moving inside a cylinder by pneumatic
or hydraulic pressure. It can be single-acting, i.e. equipped with a return
spring, or double-acting, using air or oil pressure for movement in both
directions .
The piston and cylinder can be practically any length or diameter and readily
converts pneumatic or hydraulic pressure into linear force. This can be further
converted to part-turn operation by rack-and-pinion or linkage, i.e. scotch
yoke .
Pneumatic actuators for industrial valves are predominantly applied in
continuous processes. WhiJe one actuator may pass through hundreds of
cycles, 24 hours a day. another may open and close just once a month. Pneumatic
actuators can be applied to ball valves. plug valves and butterfly valves.
Vane actuators
Electric solenoid
The electric solenoid tends to be limited to very small powers, i.e. to pilot duty
rather than actuation duties for other than the smallest valves.
Diaphragm actuators
Electric-motor actuators
Spring-diaphragm actuator.
Valve Actuators 2 57
in microcomputers and with the desire to trace system hazards quickly. These
factors have caused an acute need for automatic controls for entire piping systems.
Generally. electric-motor actuators are designed for use on baH valves. gate
valves. butterfly valves, plug valves and any mechanical equipment calling
for 90° rotational control. including dampers and ventilation grids. etc.
The development of the smart valve accessible by a digital communications
link means that commands can initiate a stroke check of the valve. recording
pressure versus valve travel as the valve is stroked. With an additional sensor
for stem and shaft position, the data can then be used to evaluate the
condition of the actuator and accessories under various parameters based on
an investigation of the valve's stored history. Digital communications to the
valve can measure input signal, pneumatic pressure and valve travel. comparing
the data with stored expected value's and recommending corrective action.
The electric motor will become a serious challenge to pneumatic power when
its inertia matches that of a piston or a diaphragm and when gears have zero
backlash. It must also rid itself of thermal overloads. limit switches, cams,
heaters and thermostats, duty-cycle limitations and explosion-proofhousings.
The trend. though. is definitely towards electronics and micro-electronics
and for the future there is the possibility of an actuator that emulates a
biological muscle-a fast. powerful mechanism that uses stored chemical
energy and is controlled by weak electrical pulses. This device might consist of
polymer strands that contract on signal and take their energy from a chemical
bath that is recharged electrically, as needed by a continuously connected
power source.
The electric-motor actuator is particularly suited where the stroke is long,
because a motor with gearbox has unlimited stroke. However, there are different
mechanical virtues between the electric motor and the piston and cylinder. As
Position indicator
with protective cover. ~
Pneumatic systems
This actuator develops a variable torque and is well suited for the operation
of larger size quarter-turn valves (butterfly and ball valves) when a significant
torque is needed near the closed position or near the open position. A typical
standard type of double-acting and spring-return piston-type actuator is
shown in Figure 3.
This style of pneumatic actuator also employs a self-contained spring cartridge
to protect against failure in either the open or closed position. Actuators of
this type offer an extremely long cycle life and are well suited to operate almost
any rotary valve in both modulating control and on-off service. Most actuators
of this type are located in fully-closed housings, sealed against humidity and
dust, and should not need regular maintenance. Another versatile unit is the
positioner-actuator which consists of a double or single actuator, a pneumatic
or I/P positioner and conventional or inductive limit switches. This is mainly
used with small. segmented ball valves.
Normal operation of pneumatic actuators is generally accomplished by
pressurising the appropriate supply ports by means of an air-control valve.
Most solenoid and control valves perform better on lubricated air which may
be added with an air line lubricator. Clean, dry air extends the life of pneumatic
actuators and, if this is not available, an in-line filter should be used. Before
hook-up, air lines should be purged to remove scale and other particles which
could damage the control valve, positioner and actuator seals.
Vane systems
Pressure equalizing
passages in the upper Carbon Steel
and lower heads. Upper Head
Vane Seal
Bronze Rotor
Bearing
Carbon Steel
Body
Carbon Steel
Lower Head
SEQUENCE 1
SEQUENCE 2
SEQUENCE 3
are generally not required in the power supply circuit. The operating
sequence of a typical rotary-valve actuator is described in Figure 5.
Hydraulic systems
Figure6. 1 5.000 lv!in 2 COII(fuiL-gate valve with hydrarliu spring-return acwawr and emergency shut-
down control panel.
Valve Actuators 265
and control of the hydraulic actuator are virtually unlimited, i.e. the only
method of operating a large valve in seconds is to pump up a hydraulic
accumulator first. Unless these particular virtues are needed. the system is
uneconomical and. for this reason, is not commonplace.
Furthermore. the hydraulic system is very expensive for operation over
long distances. A pneumatically-operated valve is vented to atmosphere but,
with the hydraulic system. the hydraulic fluid has to be returned through a
line of greater suction to avoid pressure drop. For some special situations.
such as tanker-cargo valves, however, hydraulics provide the only acceptable
means of centralised control. Hydraulic systems are still used for fail-safe and
standby duties.
Electric systems
There are two main factors to be considered here: an electric motor as the
power source, and electricity for the control system. Undoubtedly , full electric
operation and control offers the greatest flexibility. and best suitability. to
centralised automatic control. Remote indication by electrical position feedback
and provision for stand-by manual operation are inherent if the system is
totally electric.
Electric control
Thermostat
ConiJguration Monllor Motor The rmostat 1r1p
swuches relay runn1ng
AC illput
n emcte Opto
inputs ISolators Translorrr<:r
Reversing l imit
Open A- Swilch,ng
conftgurauon
.,;
relays SWIIChes
Stop A- 0 CMOS
logiC
~
0
CtoSA A- 0 c rcut ~
0
A-
Local I t I I
Jnputs
Open A-
Close 6-
Torque lflp
Local/ ~
Soli star~-~
Stop/ cr o -
Remote Opllonal hm1t SVIIICh lflP
Infra-red setting
The infra-red programming and setting device is a handheld setting tool that
allows the valve actuator to be configured, interrogated and commissioned in
a completely non-intrusive way. This allows, for example. the possibility of
making adjustments to a 'live' actuator within hazardous and wet areas
(operational conditions permitting). A liquid crystal display on the actuator
shows its status digitally. LEDs also show, for example: green-fully closed,
yellow-any intermediate position and red-fully open. The handheld
infra-red setting tool can confirm torque settings and perform simple
diagnostic procedures to reveal why an actuator may not be functioning
correctly. Power-supply faults, interlocks and other interruptions can be
identified. Torque levels, limit settings and the configuration of the actuator
may also be changed. Each time the actuator is powered up, it automatically
tests its operational circuit's memory devices.
N
'l
0
(")
c
::s
~
-
cs
!::>
::
~
:;t.
3 phase ~
induction ~
a·
motor ::s
Set position
Position limits
limits
~ ....
I~
Flux
Torque
Current
Figure 12. Handheld computer gives acress to valve-actuator diag11ostics and configuration.
2 72 Control and Automation
request from the master station. The host system may be a DCS, PLC or SCAD A
system. The information is typically passed using a universally accepted
fieldbus communicator standard, e.g. Mod bus, HART, INTER BUS, etc., protocol.
Information is continuously gathered by the master station from the field
units, so ensuring that information requests by the host system are serviced
with an intermediate reply from the internal data base.
Command instructions from the host have priority and are processed
immediately by passing the message to the field unit concerned.
Advances in this technology also provide for high levels of system safety
and security, including hot standby, cable fault protection and field unit
failure protection, as well as logic and sequencing capabilities of a PLC. and
Direct Operator Panels where operatives require push buttons and indicators
for valve positions and graphical interfaces to the valves and plant using
mimic diagrams to show the plant layout.
Any valve may be controlled and navigation through the application is by
mouse control. Systems ofthis type can operate with a single network covering
240 devices over a 20 km loop length, without restriction on inter-node distances.
Some examples of layouts showing the control of actuators by Bus system
are shown in Figures 14 and 15 .
Electronic controllers have reached a high stage of development and sources
within industry consider that the Field bus specification may be too complex in
attempting an all-embracing standard. Problems are possible in migration
between Fieldbus variants and integration with distributed control systems.
DJ
1/)
(.)
ch.
:J <I>
....I llllii
~~
Q.
=t::::~
(_ ~
,_ ........J
....... . .. -
3 3 3
DREHMO-Mat•c I DREHMO-Mat1C I
Fig 1.1re 14. Controlling the actcw tors IJy BUS system: In terlms-S.
Valve Actuators 2 75
Distributor box
3 ph AC power SUPply. e.g. 400 Vi50 Hz
OREHMO-Malic I DREHMO-Mai1C!
Valve positioning
There are two basic requirements in the opening and closing of valves: when
closing. to be sure that the valve is properly and tightly seated, yet without
excessive force being applied; when opening, to be certain that the valve is
fully opened without excessive overrun or strain on the backseating.
A positioner is a device for varying and maintaining an actuator position in
control valve applications. The positioner compares the actual actuator
position with respect to the given input signal and adjusts the pressure applied
on the actuator until the desired position is attained. Positioners can be
pneumatic or electropneumatic, single- or double-acting and capable of being
used on both rotary and linear actuators. Typically. a pneumatic positioner is
a single-stage, force-balance device that can regulate virtually any actuator
step less from 0 to 100%. In basic form it consists of a flapper and nozzle, spool
276 ControlandAutomation
Limit switches
Gear operators
There are three main types of gear operators. These are of worm gear. bevel
gear and spur gear design. Gear operators are generally suitable for both
manual and motorised use (Figure 17).
Input reducer
Motorised input flange
IW4 I IR1
(70:1 I 4:1)
280:1
Baseplate
Worm quadrant
Thrust bearing
Worm
Worm-gear operators tend to be used with butterfly and ball valves and
dampers, as well as other applications where keyed shafts are used to operate
equipment.
Spur, bevel and multi-turn worm-gear operators are for use on gate. globe.
sluice and penstock valves, as well as other applications where screwed or
keyed shafts are used to operate equipment. Applications include low and
high temperatures. submersible duties, buried service, marinised duty, water
works specification and special indication.
Efficiency
It has been said already that some valve motor drives are mechanically
inefficient-giving only 10% useful energy when, for instance, they are
driving through a worm gear and the nut-and-screw of. say, a gate valve, and
not much higher when driving a butterfly valve through self-locking gears.
Wearing of inefficient gears or stem nuts is the primary limitation on
frequency and continuity of operation of such drives, and this also limits the
practical speed of operation of large screw-operated valves and penstocks.
Nevertheless, the many advantages of control, power source. interfacing with
supervisory control and instrumentation and so on compensate for the
mechanical inefficiency, provided the actuator duty is properly considered.
Butterfly
Ball
Cv
Segment ball
or rotary plug
Globe
Rating
Control valve.
_____ ..,.
DIRECTION OF FLOW
digital link receive and transmit commands that can indicate a stroke check of
the valve, recording pressure vs valve travel as the valve is stroked. With an
additional sensor for stem and shaft position, the data can be used to evaluate
the condition of the actuator and accessories under various parameters based
on an investigation of the valve's stored history. Digital communications to
the valve can measure input signal, pneumatic pressure and valve travel,
comparing the data with stored, expected values and recommending corrective
action.
Current difficulties arise over the fieldbus communications standard . While
the concept of valve intelligence does not depend on digital communications.
the reality is that some form of digita l field bus is essential.
The selection of a control valve of optimum size and type begins with the valve's
flow characteristic. This has been defined as the curve relating percentage of
flow to percentage of valve travel. i.e. rotation of the ball or the butterfly disc
or linear movement of the globe valve disc .
'Inherent flow characteristic' applies to situations when constant pressure
drop is maintained across the valve.
'Installed flow characteristic' takes into account the variations in the pressure
drop caused by conditions in the system where the valve is installed.
There are two common flow characteristics for control valves. In the equal
percentage characteristic, a given fraction of valve opening changes flow by a
certain percentage of previous flow. In the linear characteristic, a given
fraction of opening changes flow by the same fraction of maximum flow.
Figure 2 shows the most common valve inherent flow characteristics as a
function of the relative flow coefficient (¢)and the relative travel (h).
A typical installed flow characteristic curve for a butterfly valve in a process
application is illustrated in Figure 3.
Overshoot
An important function of control valve performance is 'overshoot'.
As the control valve responds to a step change in signal, overshoot is the
amount of travel beyond the final steady-state position. While in most systems
it is important that a control valve responds quickly to changes in signal, it is
equally important that this response does not destabilise the operation.
Excessive overshoot can contribute to loop nonlinearity. as well as increase
loop instability and affect control-loop performance.
With a signal of 5%, a control valve with zero overshoot will travel directly
to the required position. A valve with up to 20% overshoot will pass beyond
the proper position by 1% and require time for adjustment to the new position.
A control valve with the least amount of overshoot will provide the system
with the best opportunity to respond to changes in process demands.
Percentage overshoot should be less than or equal to 2 0 % of the step magnitude
for steps ranging from 10% of travel down to steps equal to the backlash /
stiction limit + 1%. Speed of response needs to be viewed in conjunction with
how accurately the control valve responds to a change in input signal and
the percentage of valve overshoot. Quick response by itself without a high level
of accuracy and with too much overshoot will destabilise system performance.
Control valve speed of response is typically determined by four major criteria:
• Dead time (Td)-the time it takes to respond after the signal is initiated.
It is measured in fractions of a second .
• T63-the time it takes the valve to reach 63% of its new position.
It is measured in seconds or fractions of a second.
284 Control and A11tomation
1.0
0.9
0.8
~
.....
0.7
I
c 0.6
<1) 2
u
~0 0.5
u
~
0
;:;::::
0.4
<1) 3
> ~
·~
0.3
"'
Q)
a::
0.2
4
0.1
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Relative travel h
0
Trim: S1C
Size: 150
0
Q 0
Specified Q
max. flow: 96 % 0
min. flow: 22 %
0
• T98-the time it takes the valve to reach 98% of its new position.
It is measured in seconds or fractions of a second.
• Band width-the frequency at which the plug position amplitude is
diminished by 6 dB (difficult to verify).
The control valve shown in Figure 4 has been designed for highly erosive
services and with simple maintenance procedures without special tools . The
valve can be used with sodium chlorate, wet chlorine, terepthalic and hot
acetic acid because it has a tiodyed titanium seat and plug, a ceramic-coated
titanium shaft and titanium bearings with Kalrez H•* seals.
The plug and seat are self-aligning and bi-directional flow capability helps
to prolong valve life. The valve operates over a 90° range of motion and can
withstand high pressure drops. Typical products being handled include digester
gas off, Kaolin slurry, Ely-ash slurry, titanium dioxide slurry and steam.
When the valve is opened. the contact is released and the seat ring returns to
its original circular shape.
Double-seat valves
This type of valve (Figure 11) employs two seats with an optimally dimensioned
leakage chamber between them so that any seal leakage drains directly to
atmosphere.
upper seat
closed
leakage outlet
Figurel2 .
Control Valves 2 91
pipeline A
(cleaning solution)
leakage chamber
between the seats
pipeline B (product)
leakage outlet
pipeline B
(cleaning solution)
Figure I 3.
2 92 Control and Automation
Inlet
Control valves of this type are generally available with a comprehensive range
of options.
They have a vertical pneumatic piston-type actuator with integral electronic
controller/positioner housed in the head. The control head consists of an
electronic processor that enables the valve to operate in either a 'positioner' or
'controller' mode (Figure 1 5).
Curve characteristics and signal scaling are set by means of dip switches.
The electronic controller's built-in software generates an adoptive response
to changing process conditions, reducing hunting and overrunning.
The pneumatic-diaphragm type provides conventional mechanical control.
Control valves are used for a multitude of applications, e.g.:
Control Valves 293
Pressure-operated and solenoid air poppet and spool valves are extensively
covered in the 'Pneumatic Handbook', also published by Elsevier Science
Limited, which should be referred to for information on this subject. The valves
covered include 2- and 3-port. direct and pilot-operated and pressure-
operated valves as well as 4- and S-port solenoid air-operated valves.
Pressure- and solenoid-operated air control valves (Figure 19) are used in
general and specialist services including steam. combustion gases. cryogenics.
vacuum. dust collector systems, engineering. proportional. and explosive
atmospheres, etc.
Figure 20 shows how pneumatic-distribution spool-valve islands can be
connected with a PLC or PC control system through a multi wire cable or with
a fieldbus through a communications protocol. These systems meet the needs
for automated installations and allow the transmission of any control signal
to the spool valves and any information signal from the position detections. A
typical connection structure is shown in Figure 21.
See also the chapter on Actuators.
( 1) - lnterbus-S input
(2) - lnterbus-S output
(5) - Pressure supply 1
(6) - Exhausts 3 and 5
(8) - Ports 2 and 4
(9) - Detector ports
(13} - 24V DC supply
PLC - -- / \
1- ' [] Microcompuler
~C I I~ _..-__-;-~
__~
I ,1 J. I
I ~ ,......_,., 0000 ,....._., OQOO_QOQQ_ -~OQOOOOOQ()Qli
I I -
c-- -
I
= .__
I._
-~ 8x ~8 "! go 0 '---
'! g
""/
0 0
8~
-
xo
6 ~
6 """" - 6
hoo
.00'00 00000000 0' )000
Two basic designs are on-off isolation valves and modulating control
valves. Operation of the valve occurs when the solenoid is energised to
develop a magnetic field. This lifts the plunger and pulls a pilot off its seat to
open an internal vent port. vVhen the differential pressure between the top
and bottom surfaces of the main disc changes sufficiently, the main disc follows
in servo motion to the pilot and allows the fluid at the inlet to flow.
In modulatory designs, an electronic positioner controls electrical power to
the solenoid to match disc position with desired flow.
An electromagnetic control valve is shown in Figure 22. Typical applications
include storage and handling of hydrocarbons.
The increasing use of rotary valves proceeds hand in hand with the widening
application range, improved reliability and cost-effectiveness of control
valves. It is also becoming standard practice to combine globe valves in small
sizes with rotary valves in larger sizes. In on-off applications, the rotary types
are used throughout the size range. The availability ofmanufacturers' software
programs for sizing control valves provides a valuable tool (or the engineer
who needs to evaluate the true performance of the control. valve. It can also
give information on how to program the controller to achieve the required
control characteristic and thus to improve control accuracy and overall
process-cost efficiency.
490 Pipelines/ Pipework
Modern pigging systems now operate with a 'captive pig' and the pipeline is
opened up only occasionally to check on the condition of the pig. At all other
times, the pig is shuttled up and down the pipeline at the end of each transfer,
for example.
Today's pigging systems can also be operated by a Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC) or other computer-based control system.
System types
1. Open system: where the pigs are forced into and expelled from the system
whenever necessary. The system works on a one-way principle.
2. Closed system: the pigs remain 'captive' in the system for their entire
operational life and do not need to be forced into and expelled from the
pipe.
3. Single-pig system: has only one pig in the pipe which goes into action
when. for example, product residue needs to be cleared out of the line. This
can be a cost-effective answer for simple tasks.
4. Two-pig system: probably the pigging system chosen most often. It has two
pigs in a pig launching and receiving station. \1\lhen the pumping process
begins, the first pig is pushed into the line and the product then pumped in
after it. The second pig pushes the product out of the pipe, cleaning any
residue from the pipe as it moves along.
Smart pigs
Smart pigs are generally deemed to be any series of pigs used for internal
inspection of a pipeline. Smart pigs can detect bends, dents and other reductions.
inspect for corrosion and other damage and photograph the internal walls of a
pipeline. Sophisticated electronics and computers in sealed containers take
and record various internal measurements.
These pigs are specially designed to be more aggressive than standard cleaning
pigs.
• Magnetic cleaning pig for dealing with loose debris in both gas and
liquid lines.
• Pin wheel-type pig for removing hard scale and wax deposits adhering
to the pipe wall , usually in liquid lines.
Pipeline Cleaning 491
• Brush wheel pig which is run after a line has been enhanced and cleaned
using a magnetic cleaning pig, a pin-wheel pig, or a combination of
both.
disc on the rear pressure face. On some types the outside surface is coated with
elastomeric polyurethane to increase the resistance to abrasion from the pipe
wall. Abrasive foam pigs, in addition. have bands of abrasive grit around the
circumference to improve the cleaning action. While normally made with a
circular cross-section, foam pigs can be fabricated with other profiles for
cleaning ductwork.
Steel pigs are, in comparison, relatively complex, consisting of a steel frame
which seals against the pipe wall by means of two or more elastomeric cup
seals. Except in the case of gauging and bi-directional pigs, cleaning is
achieved by a series of scrapers or brushes arranged around the outside of the
frame. Gauging pigs consist simply of the frame and seals, while the seals of
bi-directional steel pigs are placed in opposition to each other to enable the pig
to be driven in either direction.
Table 4 summarises the principal applications of each type and Table 5
gives recommendations for certain pigs in a given application.
Table 4.
Abrasive foam Removal of h eavy or h ard deposits Rust; slag; hard sca le in water:
effl uent and hydrocarbon lines .
Geometry survey. e.g. proving that the inside Gauging or calipe(' pig.
diameter of the line has a minimum clear bore
Dewatering
Higher cost: maximum dewatering Cup swabbing, bi-directional
Lowe(' cost: less dewatering foam pigs.
Valves
• location and type ofbranches, valves, flow meters and other obstructions
• location of access points
• material of construction
• pressure rating of pipelines
• constraints on propellant type
• physical properties of material to be removed
• distribution and thickness of material to be removed
• · health hazards
Nominal pipe bore. actual bore and bend radii are of crucial significance in
selecting the sizes and types of pigs to be used. Very tight bends or changes in
direction can be negotiated only by foam pigs. vVhere there is a possibility of
the pig becoming stuck. it is necessary to use a bi-directional pig so that it can
be withdrawn from the blockage.
The physical properties and distributions of the material to be removed
influence the type of cleaning action required and hence the choice of pig. In
many cases, a range of different pigs will be used in succession to provide the
optimum cleaning action at each stage of the operation. Unfortunately, it is
often difficult to determine in advance which pigs will be needed, and it is
sometimes necessary to make the choice of pig types as the operation
proceeds.
It is essential to identify berorehand all intersections of pipe runs, change of
bore and obstructions in the bore from valves, pumps and monitoring equipment.
and to plan the pigging operations carefully.
ln complex process pipework it may be necessary to break the operation
into separation sections. On long pipelines there is no reason, however, why a
pig should not be sent many kilometres (miles). If desired it can be followed
electrically or magnetically by the use of tracking equipment.
Applications
Pigging as a technique is suitable for cleaning the walls of pipes and removing
sediment from the invert. It is particularly suitable for long runs of pipework
having many bends and few access points, which cannot easily be cleaned by
Table 6.
D(mm) D (in)
1
Foam 12-1220 / r48 No limits Bi-directional
any other method. Pigging is not suitable for unblocking pipes which are
completely closed.
With the correct choice of pigs and equipment, pigging can be successful in
dealing with a wide variety of materials of which the following are examples:
Equipment
Table 7.
275-550 bar Boiler scale, carbon. potas h. asphalt, cement. plaster. mastic. PVC.
(4000-8000 lbf/in 2 ) unbonded paint. rust, oils.
550-1380 bar Polymer. bonded paint. resin s. plastics, synthetic rubber. coke,
(8000-20,000 lbf/in 2 ) concrete, silicates, mill scale.
Applications
Large-diameter iron and steel pipes are normally cut by mechanical saws or oxygen
(flame) cutters in the manufacturer's shop. Special cutting machines are used
for accurate production of profiles for pipe branch'"-'Ork, saddles and square cuts.
Pipe-cutting machines and tools for genera l or on-site use range in size from
powered tools capable of handling the largest sizes of pipes down to hand-
operated cutters. The actual cutters may be circular saws (or cutting discs),
reciprocating saws. wheels or knife edges. Hacksaws may also be used for
hand cutting smaller pipes. A power-driven abrasive disc is one of the most
widely used method s for cutting ductile-iron pipe of all sizes.
Circular-saw cutters are usually robust bench- or stand-mounted machines.
but differ appreciably in detail design. Some employ milling cutter wheels,
others conventional circular-saw blades. The majority encircle the pipe to be
cut in a se lf-centring vice, but some are designed to travel around the pipe as
they make the cut.
Pipe bends
Tube bending
Pipe bending by hand is only practicable in the smaller sizes of tubes. and then
is not always satisfactory. On larger sizes, or with tubing with thin walls. it is
difficult to prevent local collapse of the inner wall unless a pipe bender or filler
is used. Provided the tube material is reasonably ductile, all such bends are
made cold.
The general rule for a minimum radius of bend is that this should not be
smaller than three times the o.d. of the tube. A more generous figure is to be
preferred. particularly in the case of the smaller sizes which are usually hand
bent. Bent radii larger than the minimum values should always be used as far
as possible because these produce less frictional loss and are less liable to
result in deformation of the pipe section through wrinkling or stretching or
introducing ovality. The latter is a common fault, even with pipe benders,
unless extreme care is taken, and can materially reduce the working strength
of the tube at the bend.
The four basic methods of machine bending are:
Instead of pipe benders, filler may be used to support the inside of pipes and
tubes for manual manipulation, or even be used with pipe benders to prevent
distortion. The best type of filler for the pllrpose is a low melting point alloy
which can be removed by gently heating after the bend is completed. The use
of low melting point metallic fillers is not, however, generally recommended
for bending hydraulic tubes as it is difficult to remove completely all traces of
the metal. The only effective way of ensuring complete removal is usually to
blow through the pipes with steam. Sand is not generally used as a filler as it is
difficult to ensure its complete removal after forming, unless elaborate
pressure-cleaning methods are used.
The quality of the bend produced, whether manipulated by hand or
machine, is very much dependent on the operator. Jerky or irregular actions
may produce kinks or wrinkles. Wrinkling may also occur on the inside of the
bend due to the compression of the material in this region, unless the machine
compensates for this by applying tension to the inner radius.
Thickness of bends
The minimum thickness (tb) of a straight pipe from which a pipe bend to a
radius in accordance with Table 1 is to be made shall be determined from
equation (i) or equation (ii), except where it can be demonstrated that the use
of a thickness less than tb would not reduce the thickness below tf at any point
after qending.
For pipes 219.1 mm o.d. and below. and for pipes above 219.1 mm o.d. bent
to the radii specified in the table. column 2:
(i) tb = 1.125 tf
For pipes above 219 .1 rnm o.d. where tf is 3 2 mm or more. bent to the radii
specified in the table, column 3:
(ii) tb = 1.1 tf
The value of tb is the minimum thickness and provision shall be made for
minus tolerances. Manufacturing considerations may make it necessary for
pipes thicker than this minimum to be used .
Radii of bends
Pipes complying with the requirements ofBS 1387 andES 3601 shall not be bent
to radii less than those given in Table l. Other pipes of a thickness determined by
BS formulae shall not be bent to radii less than those given in Table 1 unless:
(a) It can be demonstrated that the use of this thickness will not reduce the
thickness at any point after bending to below tf, and
(b) where the design tempe~ature of the piping is higher than 430°C in the
case of alloy steels and the radius is less than three times the i.d. it can be
additionally demonstrated that the thickness at the internal radius of the
bend is not less than resulting from the following:
2R- r
ti > tf - - -
- 2R- 2r
where
Rigid PVC and CPVC plastic pipe can be readily cut with an ordinary hacksm·v
or power saw. A cutting speed of 6000 r/min using ordinary hand pressure is
recommended. With band saws, a cutting speed of 3600 ft/min using hand
pressure is recommended. Under some circumstances a lathe can be used. Best
results are obtained with fine-toothed saw blades (16-18 teeth per inch) and
little or no set (max 0.02 5 in).
Cuts should be square and smooth, particularly if the pipe is to be threaded .
A mitre box or similar guide should be used when cutting by hand . The cut
ends can be bevelled with a hand file and the interior deburred with a regular
tool or knife. Dust and chips should be removed to prevent fluid-stream
contamination. The pipe should be well supported during cutting and
protected from nicks and scratches by wrapping in canvas or similar material.
Use of wheel-type pipe cutters is not generally recommended since they
tend to generate heat and can produce a raised bead or ridge which increases
the bevelling effort required.
Bending may sometimes be advantageous in fabricating PVC and CPVC
pipelines. However, bending should be limited to non-critical applications at
room temperature or lower where maximum operating pressures are not
utilised. With the procedure normally used in bending, some stresses from
bending are retained in the material in addition to those caused by the
pressure of the medium.
If bending has to be done, the pipe should be heated from 120 to 135°C (250
to 2 7 5° F) by use of a flame less hot-gas torch, hot-air oven, or by immersion in
hot oil. Uniform heat distribution is required and localised overheating must
be avoided. Care should be taken to avoid holding the pipe at bending
temperature for too long as the pipe may lose its form. The pipe should be bent
around a regular pipe bending form of the required radius. grooved to the
proper diameter and having a radius at bend not less than five times the pipe
outside diameter (to prevent flattening). Other proven methods include filling
the pipe with sand or the insertion of a coiled pipe spring before bending.
Because of the recovery characteristics of the pipe. it should be bent slightly
beyond the desired radius and allowed to spring back, then quickly cooled in
water or with air. It is recommended that the pipe manufacturer or supplier be
consulted regarding the bending suitability of plastic pipe. Thermoplastic
piping is a general term applied to a variety of different plastics.
Hot tapping is the procedure for cutting an opening into cast-iron. ductile-
iron and steel pipe which is carrying a product under pressure. A fi tting is
welded or mechanically attached to the line and a valve is attached to the
fitting . A tapping machine is installed and the tap made through the valve.
Pipe Cutting and Bending 507
After the tapping is made, the cutter is withdrawn and the valve closed. If a
completion plug is to be installed in the fitting, the valve can then be removed.
In the petrochemical industry, for example. it is often necessary to isolate a
section of piping without interrupting the service the line provides. Lines must
be kept in service to avoid the shutdown of an entire unit. Hot tapping and
plugging equipment is designed to meet these requirements.
Plugging occurs after the tap is made. Typically a STOPPLETM plugging
machine is installed on the valve and a plugging head inserted into the line.
The plugging head serves as a block valve and seals the line retaining the
pipeline pressure.
[f two plugging machines are used, or one plugging machine and an
existing in-line valve. a section of pipe can be isolated and drained, making
possible necessary repairs or modifications in the isolated section. A bypass
can be installed around the isolated section. keeping the line in service. If a
new section of line is being installed, it is possible to use the new section for a
bypass while the old section is being removed. When all repairs have been
made. the job is completed by installing a completion plug in the fitting.
The plugging head is removed, restoring service through the line. The
tapping machine is then fitted with the completion plug, inserted and locked
into the fitting to provide the seal. The tapping machine, bypass and tapping
valve are removed and a blind flange installed on the fitting. In most cases the
blind flange can be removed and the line re-entered at a future date after the
completion plug has been removed.
One of the most common hot tapping and plugging applications is used
when a valve in a piping system no longer works properly or is damaged.
~
d /
2·· THREAD-0-RING ~~ -::,....-
Purge & EqualizatJOn-:>1 !l ..- "'
Frtlrngs / /.-- _,
~--:/
Tapping Machine
L
-~-<V
STOPPLE((~
B~ass
Fr rn
Fit1ing
A ·
? '
SANDWICH
Valve
B
PLUG LINE \ '/----------------~~
RECOVER VALVES g-/ /
c D
If it is not necessary to keep the line in service, the line can be tapped and
plugged upstream of the valve using only one plugging machine.
Where it is necessary to keep the line in service while repairs are made, two
plugging machines are set, isolating the faulty valve. The use of a three-way T
or an adapter with a side outlet eliminates the need for additional tops.
In plugging many types of product lines, slight seepage across the plugging
head can sometimes occur. In the case of hazardous products. a better seal
must be obtained with the plugging head before the work is commenced.
f-irst. two STOPPI..F." Fillings arc installed on The plugging heads arc lowered into
the pipe. sealing position. diverting now through the
temporary bypass.
4
Once the new section is tied in, the
plugging hemls are retracted. returning full
flow to the main.
The ST OPPLECI<' Pluggi ng Machi nes arc The plugging machines and bypass Jines
installt:d. arc removed.
Typical example ofa t.apping and pluggiltg application using n temporary bypass to maintain flow.
510 Pipelines/ Pipework
Tile 96-in plugging head. in its folded position. is retracted into tlze 60-in housing. It is lowerrd tlrrougll
the tapped hole into the pipe. When the guide wheel. shown at the top. toudws the !Jottom of thr pipe. the
plugging head opens cmd the elastomer sealing element smls agai11st tile wall of tile pipe. assisted by
differential pressr1re.
Welded fitlings
Inspection logs can vary considerably in their content. A good log should be
identified to a corresponding video tape, with both tapes and logs indexed and
referenced as to exact location.
Some logs contain much more information than just defect data and
location. More sophisticated logs incorporate contract information, line
location, pipe size, pipe type, line gradient (or slope) and other conditions.
Logs are typically stored on a reproducible medium such as a floppy disc.
Software is available to classify and catalogue defects by type and severity of
defect. These programs allow the automatic sorting of defects in order of
severity and rehabilitation requirements. This information then serves for
scheduling repairs and budgeting projected costs.
For a classification program to be effective, continuity in defect
classification is mandatory. When a single operator performs defect
classification. there is less of a problem than when different crews, operators
or contractors perform inspections and defect classification. Photographs of
each defect or problem should be taken and, if possible, this should be carried
out using digital equipment to avoid the possibility of picture degradation due
to ageing. A digital picture will not fade or degrade with age, humidity or
temperature and can undergo enhancement and reproduction without much
limitation, using a standard computer and ink-jet or similar colour printer.
Stand-alone inspection vehicles are particularly useful with municipal
waste-water collection systems. They typically have a data system that will
measure the pipeline gradient (slope), label a defect, insert its distance location
(distance from entry) and label an operator-selected defect classification . This
alphanumeric data will display simultaneously on the video monitor and be
recorded on the video tape and stored on a magnetic disk.
The addition of a graphics computer and picture-capture software makes it
possible to store a still-frame digital picture of a defect or other significant item
simultaneously on a magnetic disk. It is possible to copy all the data including
the captured photograph to a removable disk for integration into a master
database or geographical information system (GIS). Inspection reports and hard-
copy photographs of captured defects should be placed in a master defect log book.
Information and data from each collection vehicle or base should then be
ultimately stored in a central library to provide easy access to all available
historical data.
TV surveying
Built-in sondes transmit radio signals from within even cast-iron pipes to
provide accurate location of the camera in the pipeline.
Sewer camera systems generally comprise a choice of camera size, 60. 90 or
120 m of flexible rod wound onto a rotating frame, a high-resolution VCR
monitor and a locator. Power for the system is usually mains supply or
12 v d.c. for remote operation.
Various lighting attachments may be used for illumination of pipes of
different diameters, including the use of a rotating mirror in front of the lens at
90° to the line of the pipe so that ports and branch lines can be screened
circumferentially.
An umbilical cable of suitable length connects the camera to the control
console. This carries lighting power, rotating-mirror power and vision signal; it is
stored on a 12-\•vay slipring drum or similar device that contains a trip-measuring
device plus an electronic pulsing unit which relays back to the monitor the
distance the camera has travelled down any one line. This distance can be
zeroed or preset to any measurement at any one time.
The control unit. which is basically the power unit for the camera, controls
lighting intensity, remote focusing capability, and rotating-mirror positioning.
Lighting heads are normally low-voltage lamps of different sizes and
wattages housed in intrinsically-safe. glass-fronted housings for attachment
to the front of the camera.
Various items and relevant information need to be shown on the monitor
screen during a survey. such as: site address, date, pipe diameter, run number,
location and description or faults. etc.
The equipment used to produce the characters shown on the screen can
come in various shapes and sizes with differing capabilities. but it is normally
known as a word processor or screen writer.
Ancillary equipment carried by the unit may include: generator, winches,
steel rods. drain stoppers, lifeline, harness, hydrant stand pipe. hoses and key,
extension leads, gas detector, road cones, cable rollers, field telephone set with
up to 365m (400 yd) of cable float lines. etc.
Survey methods
A tried and tested method used to carry out a TV survey is that shown in
Figure 1, whereby a line is passed through the run and a camera is towed by a
winch from chamber 'A' to chamber 'B' . \,Yinch 'A' is purely a safeguard, so
that if the run being surveyed is damaged to such a degree that camera
progress is impeded, the camera can be retrieved by winching back on a steel
WINCH METHOD
CABLE DRUM
SKID CAMERA
Figure 1.
516 Pipelines/Pipework
PUSH METHOD
RODDING EYE 1
~
Figure 2.
Pipeline Inspection and Evaluation 517
Several techniques are used for inspection of long pipelines and tunnels.
Varieties of autonomous underwater vehicles (AUV), ranging from the dumb
pig swept through by water flow to smarter systems capable of recording their
progress and the state of the pipeline or tunnel as they pass, operate with
variable success rates. The problem has always been whether to have free-
swimming vehicles in the pipeline or tunnel. Remotely operated vehicles
(ROV) are a viable proposition if cable drag can be kept within acceptable
limits. Good cable needs to be neutrally buoyant and carry sufficient copper
and fibre-optic links. It also should be under 15 mm in diameter with a
polyethylene outer jacket to provide a low coefficient of function. ROVs
operate on tethers of 10 km without problem. Remotely operated vehicles have
Figure 3 . Remotely-controlled duct tractor capable of tackling severe bends in small-diameter pipes.
518 Pipelines/Pipework
anumberofthrusters, (usually 12, eight forward and two each for vertical and
lateral movement).
Control software typically includes the standard diagnostic features and the
unit is capable of handling up to four video cameras. In addition to those used
for inspection work, one usually faces rearward to help vehicle retrieval.
Sonar fitted to the vehicle are used for collision avoidance and scanning
(e.g. short-range profiling).
As the vehicle progresses down the pipeline or tunnel, it rotates and scans a
helical path. The sonar screen displays the tunnel cross-section. Flattening at
the bottom indicates sediment build-up and features elsewhere show either
wall corrosion or a build-up of mineral deposits, usually around flanges. Two
forward-looking cameras look at abnormalities thrown up by the sonar.
The biggest problem usually encountered by ROVs is the amount of debris
in the water in spite of trash rakes and sieves. Plastic-material debris can snag
the propellers in the thrusters and plastic bags or similar objects can become
wrapped around the sonar head, for example. The chances of traversing a 10 km
tunnel or pipeline without encountering any obstruction are probably very small.
Position surveys
Metal detection can be used to trace the path or buried metal pipelines, and
also plastic pipelines where a metalised identification strip has been buried
with the pipe. Simple hand-held units of this type are efi'ective up to depths of
2 m (6ft) . More powerful units may be used for detection at greater depth, and
also for surveying wrapped or coated pipes. In the latter case the instrument
may also be capable of detecting flaws or breaks in the pipe wrap.
Such instruments may work in the inductive or conductive mode. In the
inductive mode, a linear or circular aerial is used as a 'direction finder' to
establish a small signal which identifies the exact location of the pipeline run
relative to the aerial. With conductive mode operation, no aerial is used and
direct contact is made with the pipe to be traced to feed the signal directly into it.
Cable-avoiding tools (CAT) and transmitters offer advantages in terms of
accuracy and speed for pipe and cable location equipment. This type of
equipment can be used in all weather conditions.
An innovative plastic water pipe tracing tool operates by connecting a
'transonde' transmitter to a running tap or stand pipe. The pressure-wave
signal produced in the pipe can be located on the surface using a hand-held
receiver. Battery-operated versions are used for tracing service pipes.
Leak detection
Line protection
Line protection systems are pipeline monitoring and line-break detection devices
controlled by a dedicated microcomputer. The system is normally located at a
pipeline valve site to provide supervisory control of the valve and actuator.
Line protection systems continuously monitor the pipeline pressure at a
point near the valve site. Once armed, and when abnormal pressure
conditions are sensed, the protection system strokes the valve to a fail-safe
position. The system operates in various modes including:
Data collection mode-pressure is sampled at 32 second intervals and 30
minutes of pressure history is stored in a temporary rolling memory. Memory
capacities are usually quite large.
Valve control mode-pipeline pressure is sampled every 8 seconds. The
pressure magnitude and rate of drop are continuously compared to the user-
set values. When pre-set values are exceeded for the specified time duration,
the control will cause the valve to stroke the fail-safe position. Internal relay
contacts interfaced with telemetry or SCADA systems send a warning signal
back to pipeline operations personnel.
Communications mode-used when the system is connected to a portable
computer.
between the magnetometer sensor and the object (pipeline). For this reason it
is necessary to lower the magnetometer 'fish' as close as possible to the seabed.
With a seismic profiler, a piezoelectric transducer or 'pinger' emits pulses of
acoustic energy with single frequencies in the range 1.25 to 1.4 kHz at a high
pulse rate. The 'fish' is towed at a height of 5 to 10 m ( 15 to 30 ft) above the
seabed, concentrating the downward-directed energy beam over a small area
or seabed. A proportion of acoustic energy penetrating the seabed is reflected
back by the lined pipeline, producing a characteristic deflection on a graphic
recorder.
Jacketing and Dual Containment
Standard jacketing
Process
Jacket-Size Flange
Swaged jacketing
Also referred to as capped or partial jacketing, this system is often used where
protection against cross-contamination is required and where temperature
discontinuities at flanges can be tolerated. Swaged jacketing can be less expensive
than standard jacketing because small in-line flanges can be used (Figure 2).
Hybrid jacketing
Figure 2. Swaged jacketPCI pipe spool with stainless core and carbon jacket. The jacket has an integral
staittless expansion joint to relieve cyclic heaL sl.ress.
LINE-SIZE
FLANGE
\c
SWAGED
JACKETIN G
REMOVABLE
JACKETING
jacketed valves
Practically all types of valves can be fully jacketed by fabricating techniques,
including many valves not available with integrally-cast jackets (Figure 4).
Standard fabrication includes modifying the valve to accept oversize
flanges. extending the body as necessary to ANSI standard. then adding the
full jacket ensuring that the interior tolerances remain the same as the original
unjacketed valve. Typically, there are four basic types of jacketed valve:
• unit construction
• high rates of heat transfer from the heating medium to the process
• ability to maintain processing temperatures within close tolerances
Dual-containment piping
Flow velocity
ZZZZZZZ(?.ZZZZZZZZZZ?Zt
--.
Temporal r-
mean profile"
Figure 1.
5 34 Performance and Calwlations
Flow velocity Vis not necessarily a significant parameter except that it governs
frictional losses. For general design work. arbitrary flow-velocity limits are
normally assumed, e.g. for water supplies normal design flow velocities are:
Example:
Pipe sizing
gal/min
*General formula: pipe diameter {in) = .j .
20
Flow velocity Pipe bore (mm) for Pipe bore {in) for
flow rate in flow rate in
m/sec ft/sec 1/ rrtin gal / min
since relatively larger pipe sizes are normally involved, recommendations are
commonly based on flow rates only, viz:
Suction lines: pressure drop 0.0115 to 0.23 bar per 100m (0.05 to 1lbf/in 2
per 100ft) depending on the available NPSH.
Delivery lines: 0.115 to 1.38 bar per 100m (0.5 to 6 lbf/in 2 per 100ft)
depending on the flow rate, viz:
(a) 0.46 to 1.4 per 100m for flow rates up to 450 lfmin
(2 to 6 lbf/in 2 per 100ft for flow rates up to 100 gal/min)
(b) 0.33 to 1.15 bar per 100m for flow rates from 450 to 900 l/min
(1.5 to 5 lbf/in 2 per 100ft for flow rates from 100 to 200 gal/min)
(c) 0.23 to 0.92 bar per 1200 m for flow rates from 900 to 2250 lfmin
(1 to 4lbf/in 2 per 100ft for flow rates from 200 to 500 gal/min)
(d) 0.11 to 0.46 bar per 100 m for flow rates above 2250 lfmin
(0.5 to 2 lbf/in 2 per 100ft for flow rates above 500 gal/min).
mm in m/sec ft/s<:c m/sec ft/sec m/sec ft/sec m/sec fl}sec m/scc ft/sec m/sec ft/sec
50 2 1.80 6.00 2.10 7.00 2.30 7.5 1.50 5.00 1.70 5.50 1.80 6.00
75 3 2.10 7.00 2.40 8.00 2.60 8.5 1.70 5.50 1.80 6.00 2.00 6.50
100 4 2.40 8.00 2.75 9.00 3.00 10.0 1.80 6.00 2.00 6.50 2.15 7.00
150 6 2.75 9.00 3.00 l 0.00 3.65 11.0 2.00 6.50 2.15 7.00 2.40 8.00
200 8 3.00 10.00 3.40 11.25 4.00 13.0 2. 10 6.75 2 ..30 7.50 2.60 8.50
250 10 3.25 l 1. 00 3.65 12.00 4.20 14.0 2.15 7.00 2.35 7.75 2.75 9.00
300 12 3.50 11 .50 3.80 12.50 4.40 14.5 2.15 7.00 2.40 8.00 2.80 9.25
350 14 3.60 11.75 4.00 13.00 4.50 15.0 2.15 7 .00 2.40 8.00 2.90 9.50
400 16 3.65 12.00 4.00 13.00 4.60 15.0 2.15 7.00 2.40 8.00 2.90 9.50
and over
53 8 Performance and Calculations
Flow through pipes can be either laminar or turbulent, the flow condition
being significant in affecting both the velocity gradient and the frictional
losses. With laminar flow, frictional losses are due to viscous drag and are
independent of the condition of the pipe bore. With turbulent flow, viscous
shear forces predominate and the condition of the boundary surface can
materially affect the total friction.
The actual flow condition can be established by reference to a non-dimensional
parameter, the Reynolds number (Re), determined as:
dV
Re = -
V
Flow velocity
Type Size of solids (mesh no.)
ft/ sec m/ sec
In engineering units:
Re = 7740dV or Re = 930dV
v v
Pipe bore
Per l gal/min* 3800 2500 1900 1270 950 630 475 380 120 210
'"'0
I I I I I I II I ""<::> '
~
~ f 3
t- m·-tt 1t 1t t r r 1 11! :::,
.07 ~· -t-t- 1, 1 1111 ~ 4 +-+-++H-1 , , H - ;:s
r,
.06
T
' ' '
""
:::,
;:s
s::...
Q
OS ;:;-
·-~~~-~ - ;::;-
'""
c;·
.04 ;::
""
J
Friction
03
factor=
__ L
·r
hL 075 ~ I I
( ~) ~ .OZ
-)'-..
=~~~~ ~
1(}'
ffftlllllill f=fl l l~mlf:: : ::: ::: ::~, , . . .
2 3 4 5 6 8 10' ? 3 1 ) 6 8 10 3 4 ) 6 8 10'
a.k ' ' ' ' "" '"N
Dvp
Re - Reynolds number =
Jle
Figure 2. Frictionfactorsfor pipes. Example:frictionfactor for pipe with relative roughness 0.001 at flow Reynolds number of 30.000 =0.026.
FlowofLiquids through Pipes 541
Frictional losses
In the case oflarger pipes (e.g. 25 mm (1 in) bore and above), and expressed
in terms of flow rate (Q) rather than flow velocity (V), the following simplified
formulae can be used:
Q2L
.6.P = r- -5 X specific gravity of nuid
KtD
It must be noted that before these formulae can be used the Reynolds
number must be determined to:
(i) Establish that the flow is laminar (Re ~ 2000)
Turbulent flow
In a majority of practical cases of pumped fluids, flow is turbulent (i.e. Rc > 4000)
and simple calculation of flow losses no longer applies. Basically. the D' Arcy
formula can be used. but with a different friction factor (fturb). the value of
which is dependent both on the Reynolds number and the surface roughness
of the pipe bore.
Specifically, when the Reynolds number of flow exceeds 2000 there is a
critical zone into which laminar flow may extend (but flow conditions are
unpredictable and may change from laminar to turbulent, and vice versa),
followed by a region of developing turbulent flow where the friction factor
decreases with increasing Reynolds number but increases with increasing
bore-surface roughness. Finally. full turbulent flow is established. when the
friction factor is a constant regardless of increase in the Reynolds number and
is dependent only on surface roughness.
For smooth-bore pipes, the following formulae can be used to calculate the
friction factor directly:
0.3164
fturb = Re 0 _25 for Re values between 4000 and 10,000
' 0.221
lturb = 0.0032 + Re 0 .237 for Revalues over 10,000
Working data for friction factors for turbulent flow are usually presented in
chart form (Figure 3) where these zones are clearly seen. Effectively. turbulent
flow friction factors are bonded by a lower curve, representing the friction factor
for smooth-bore pipes, surmounted by a series of curves for pipes with increasing
surface roughness. Roughness is defined in terms of relative roughness or E/0.
FlowofLiqLiids through Pipes 543
02 " ~
~
"' r'\.
~,
"' ~
'
f- . 05
-
r-... r"r-.
' ' t\ I
h U4
.01 ~
.008 "'
' ......
' r.......
' ......
' !"-
035
.006 "\.. ' ''
,"-. '' [..-
R~ V T CD
ST Eo.EL
"'
005
004 ~ '""' " '
...... ~
" ,.__ "' . ' - .03
' 1'-1'.
N RE E
I
-- I' " I'\.
.003
~~ ""
........
-~
WOOD
'
r-~,- ' V,- G25
' "K
1-- TAVE
t"\ N'u>
' "'0.
C)
.OlJ2 ['.
"'I' ~~ '~
~
' ~r-. 'r-.. 'r"\.. 0.
..c
I o. ~
r'\
'"'~ "' ~'
~
'\ !
"' ', 1'-.t-.Oi' !>I)
::l
0
....
'
l1J
I .001
""" ' f'-
~ ~~
-~" ~
~
~
'-«-,, C).
"
(_)
I .0008 ~ --..,.o/. c
"'
0-1'\.1'\.. lJl8 ~
;g"' .0006 ' "'>- ~ . . .
' ~
!'..
~ "-. li>o~ ' ' ['. ' ~ .D
~
2 .0004
0005
' ' ~-,..
' ,~,'1'.
- 1'1 <I)
(I)
~ a.
' '' x,,
........
.
"'-<>,y .,-). :"\..
-~ .0003
r-- :!< .>-~~~'
-
['. E
a:;
0:: "' . 0002 ' 1'\. ~0 (' -?0~'
1- ~ N0"' .._,014 c
~
"
~ 01- , r"'
',
....
.00002 1-- . 009
.0000 1
"~
\ ['\,
' oo
~
1-- .008
.000008
~ ,,
1\..·o
' !"-
~0 i"\..
.000006 ~,r
.000005 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 4G 50 60 80 100 200 30u
Pipe diameter, in inches- d
Figure 3. Frictionfactors and relative roughness for commercial pipes wit.hfully turbulentj]ow (based on
ASTVIJ:: dat.a originated by L. F'. Moody). Example: for 10 in diamPter cast-iron pipe, relati ve roughrwss
( r=/ D) =0 .0008 5. Friction factor= 0.0196.
544 Performance and Calculations
.6-HP pV 2
- - = fturb X - -
L 2Dw
w Re = 0.482 Q ~J.l-SG
Re=6.3ldJ.l,
Energy grad,enr
.
6 h
Hydraulic gradient ~-++---+-V 22
~-----.j.d---J-- 2 g
p2
Horizontal datum
dV
Re= ~ Re = 7740 dV
v v
for din ft for din inches
V in ft/min V in ft/ sec
v in ft 2 /sec v in centistokes
Q Q
Re = 1,419,000 dv Re = 3160 dv
wv
Re = 394 dv
Re = 92 .9 dV
v
Re=2274~
for din millimetres for Q in mm 3 / hr
V in mm/sec dinmm
v in centistokes v in centistokes
Q X SG Q
v= 0.00389
p.
d2 v= 0.340 d2
Q
v= 3350-
d2
for Q in m 3 /hr
dinmm
LW~-t LQJ.-L
HL (ft) = 0.0049 d4 p2 HL (ft) = 0.0328 d4p
LVJJ, LQJ.-L
HL (m) = 107 d 2 p Ht (m) = 2670 d4 p
LWJ.J- LQ/1-
~p (lb/in 2 ) = 0.000034 d4 P ~p (lbjin 2 ) = 0 .0002 73 d4
LVJ.1 LQJ.J-
~P (bar) = o.030 crz ~p (bar) = 9.05 d4
for Lin inches for Lin inches
Win in/sec Q in 1/ min
din milli-inches din milli-inches
LV 2 LQ2
HL (ft) = 0.1863 f d HL (ft) = 62 60 [ (IS
102 LQ2
HL (ft) = 0.0311 f d HL (ft) = 0.02 6 f (IS
lvhere f= friction factor where f =friction factor
Lis in ft Lis in ft
Q is in US gal/min Q is in Imperial gal/ min
dis in inches dis in inches
548 Performance and Calculations
LW 2 V2 LB 2
HL (ft) = 0.000483 f 5 HL (rt) = 0.01524 [ (f5
d
where f= friction factor where f =friction factor
Lis in ft Lis in ft
W is in lb/ hr B is in barrels (42 US gal)/hr
V(specific volume) is in ft 3 / lb d is in inches
d is in inches d is in inches
2
LV 2
HL (m) = 0.041 f d HL (m) = 641,2 70 f Ldq
Note: These formulae may be used for both laminar flow and turbulent flow.
with appropriate friction factors.
~p (lbf/in L~~
2
~p (lbf/in L~~
2
2 2
) = 0.000216 f ) = 0.00018 f
LV\72 V L 82
~p (lbf/in 2
) = 0.00000336 f d 5 ~p (lbf/in 2
) = 0.0001058 f ~5
where r=friction factor where f =friction factor
Lis in ft Lis in ft
Flow of Liquids through Pipes 549
W is in lb/ hr pisinlb/hr
V(specific volume) is in ft 3 / lb B is in barrels (42 US gal) ph
dis in inches d is in inches
Note: These formulae may be used for both laminar flow and turbulent flow,
with appropriate friction factors .
Other formulae
Other charts or friction factor data may show substantially different values of
friction factor for similar values of relative roughness. This is because the
general formula is one of the form:
.6.H Q2
L=fxkDS
which includes the Reynolds number as a factor. The value of the friction
factor (f) derived is thus adjusted accordingly.
Colebrook-White equation
- 1 = -2log 10 ( --+
ks -2.51)
-
JJ: 3. 7D ReVJ:
2gDi
where A.= friction coefficient ~
V = -2
V(2gDl. log10 ks
?D +
( 2. 51 V )
~
3. Dy (2gDI
The Hydraulic Research Paper No. 4 recommends values for the linear
measure of effective roughness for the commonly used pipeline materials in
various conditions. The values appropriate to ductile-iron pipelines are given
in Table 7.
Generally, there is no significant deterioration with time of the linear
measure of effective roughness ks where cement mortar-lined or bitumen-
lined pipes are conveying treated potable waters. However. conveying certain
raw waters can lead to a build-up of slime in the bores of all pipes and this will
cause an increase in the value of k 5 • The formation of these slime deposits is
not deleterious to the linings, and periodic cleaning of this type of main will
restore the hydraulic performance virtually to that of the pipeline in its new
condition.
The empirical Hazen-Williams formula has the advantage of simplicity
and, for determining the flow of raw or potable water at normal temperatures,
it can be relied upon to give results of sufficient accuracy for all practical
purposes. It is widely used for calculating flow in raw- and potable-water
pipelines.
The formula can be conveniently expressed as :
v= 0.4 s 7 x 1 o- 5 cD0 ·6 3 i 0 54
or
By selecting the appropriate value for the coefficient 'C', the Hazen-Williams
formula can be used for all types of pipe materials. Table 8 gives values of 'C'
for ductile-iron pipelines. The values shovvn are based on case studies and
consequently account is automatically taken of losses due to irregularities at
the joints.
FlowofLit]uids through Pipes 5 51
Pressure drop (or equivalent head loss) due to flow is the same in straight pipes
whether the pipe run is horizontal, vertical or inclined. With vertical or
inclined flow, however, pressure drop is modified by the difference in actual
head involved. Here, the Bernoulli theorem applies in defining the total energy
at any particular point above any arbitrary horizontal datum plane. Total
energy is equal to the sum of the elevation head, the pressure head and the
velocity bead, i.e.:
p vz
Total head = 2 + - + -
p 2g
The total head (H) will be a constant for any point. Thus. if the friction loss between
points 2 1 and 2 2 on an inclined run (Figure 5) is expressed as a head loss ~H :
H at point 2 1 = H at point 22.
Thus:
., P1 Vt 2 P2 Vz 2
21 + - + - =2z + - +-+~H
PI 2g P2 2g
Confusion can be caused by reference to hydraulic gradient rather than
head or pressure loss. Fundamentally, steady flow conditions through a system
can be analysed in terms of a series of Bernoulli equations appropriate to
specific lengths of the system. from which may be derived energy curves and
pressure curves, as shown simply in Figure 5. The energy curve, normally
referred to as the energy gradient. shows the total energy at any point in the
system. The pressure curve. normally referred to as the hydraulic gradient,
shm".rs the (pressure) head at any point in the system. The energy gradient will
always drop in the direction of flow in the discharge side of the energy into
potential energy, e.g. at a sudden expansion. Over a section not subject to
changes, e.g. a straight length of pipe, the hydraulic gradient effectively
represents the friction head loss and may be referred to as such. The term is
rarely used in practical engineering calculations, however.
Water hammer
'Water hammer ' is the name given to the distinctive 'knocking' noise which
can develop in a closed pipe system when the flow velocity is suddenly changed,
55 2 Performance and Calc11lations
Pressure sensor
Pressure at end o f la~e ral Satu rday 5/1 101 145 P.ba r
I
-
8
v """
A
~ ......... _,
~
-
v- v , - ._.... L"'\.
...,s_,..._
v
"
........... '-../
I 4
'- L- -
10s
-- t
I I I I
i :+-
Press ure at e nd of lateral Saturday 511 l0H30 P .bar
~ ~
-
..,.,., 6
v v "- vM v
1ft. .A.
t..-.
~
~
- ·rv \I ..,...............
J' '1'\
r4 '
f- - - _2 _, I - -
10s t 0
-1
8
I/'\ /"'
""' ....,- / \ lM.. ,...- ~
"V
.-. ~ A §... ~
\l 'v I'
\i \/ I'V \)
\I 'V
I¥""
"'
4
1_(5
- t
-- ~
0 rl
Fig11re 5. Typical recording of pressure at e11d of lateral.
Flow of Liquids through Pipes 55 3
The cause of the 'hammer' is a sudden pressure rise in the liquid, caused by
the rapid acceleration or deceleration imparted to it, which travels as a pressure
wave along the length of pipe, and is reflected backwards and forwards . In
addition to generating knocking noises or 'hammer', if the pressure rise is
excessive it can cause damage to the piping or system components.
The pressure. velocity and time for the pressure wave to travel from one end
of the pipe to the other can be determined from first principles, viz:
' 4660
Velocity ol pressure wave (v) = ( I)
1 + 1(0 t
Pipe material K
Steel 0 .010
Wrought iron 0.0107
Cast iron 0 .025
Asbestos/ cement 0.088
Note that L is the length from the appliance concerned (producing the
velocity change) to the ends of the pipe.
There are various methods of reducing the intensity of the pressure wave
and thus the shock or degree of hammer. The magnitude of the pressure wave
is directly proportional to reduction in flow velocity. so it follows that:
(i) Lowering the flow velocity will be effective, i.e. reducing the How rate
for a given size of pipe or increasing the pipe size for a given flow rate,
because!:::. V must then be less.
(ii) Decreasing the rate of closure will have a similar effect if the flow
stopping time is increased to several times the value oft (times of travel
5 54 Performance and Calculations
Other methods which can provide a cure for water hammer. rather than
designing for the system parameters to avoid hammer. are:
(i) air-injection, and
(ii) introducing a flexible element into the system.
Air aspiration is mainly applicable to larger pipelines, the entrained air so
supplied acting as a cushion to absorb pressure surges. Air-relief valves can
also be installed to relieve air and water during a surge.
Chatter
Laminar flow of
thi xotropic fluid
t
SHEAR RATE -
Figure 1.
Flow of Mixtures through Pipes 55 7
(iii) Colloidal fluids which behave like thixotropic fluids but will not
recover their original viscosity when agitation is stopped. Fluids of this
type include colloidal solutions of soaps in water. and oils, lotions,
shampoos and gelatinous compounds.
(iv) Dilatent fluids where viscosity increases as agitation or shear rate is
increased. Fluids of this type include clays and some slurries.
(v) Rheopectic fluids where viscosity increases with increasing agitation
in shear rate up to a maximum value at any constant rate of agitation.
(vi) Plastic and pseudo-plastic fluids where viscosity increases with
increasing shear rate. but initial viscosity may be so high as to prevent
start of flow in a normal pumping system. These are also known as
Bingham fluids.
Strictly speaking, only plastic fluids are true Bingham fluids and include
such products as drilling muds. thick mineral slurries and sewage sludge.
Pseudo-plastic fluids exhibit a different shear rate-shear stress relationship.
Fluids in this category include paper stock, detergent slurries, some paints and
lacquers, some mineral slurries, mayonnaise, and cellulose acetate in acetone.
A further sub-category or such fluids is known as yield pseudo-plastic, typical
products orthis type being clay-water suspensions and polymer solutions.
SINGLE-PHASE MULTI-PHASE
fGAS-UQUID. GAS-GAS. LIQUID-LIQUJn.
I GAS OR LIQUID) SOLID-GAS. SOLID-LIQUID)
FINE COARSE
DISPERSIONS DISPERSIONS
PSEUDO-HOMOGENEOUS HETEROGENEOUS
HOMOGENEOUS
~COMPLEX 0-HETEROGENEOUS
highly dispersed form with almost uniform dispension in the carrier phase.
The whole mixture then tends to behave as a single-phase fluid.
With increasing size and/or quantity of solids, dispersion is coarser.
yielding hetergeneous behaviour, i.e. with a pronounced solids concentration
gradient along the vertical axis of the pipe. The actual velocity of flo'"' then
becomes a critical parameter.
With complex flow, some of the solids content behaves heterogeneously in
pseudo-homogeneous flow, i.e. the flow can be described as homo-heterogeneous.
These are thus two separate sources of friction and pressure drop .
Figure 3 shows the likely regimes for heterogeneous and homogeneous flow
with typical slurries related to particle size and solids specific gravity for flow
velocities in the range 1.2 to 2.6 mjsec (4 to 8ft/sec).
Homogeneous flow
Common practice with slurries is to use the Fanning friction factor to estimate
frictional losses. This is a quarter the value of the D' Arcy-Weisbuck friction
factor . However. this straightforward approach does not take into account the
fact that solids present have the effect of suppressing turbulence which can
reduce the actual friction factor by up to 15%, depending on the type of slurry.
Empirical formulae can thus be more realistic.
Pseudo-homogeneous flow
Heterogeneous flow
PA RTICLE DIAMETE R
(Largest 5 %. )
TYLF.R
MESH IN CH ES MICRONS
( Ve locit y - -l to 7 !t/s)
HOOO :::j
10000 ~====~===~====l====~
;-------~--------+--------+------~
p 250 oOOO -+-------lf-----+-----+------t
-l 0 1H5
41)()() +--------+ HETEROG ENEOUS
21Xl0 4~""'"---+-----f-----t------t
600 +------~'":-------+------+-------1
1·.
-+-•.::..;•::----+--......::~~ '
Based ton thick s lurries _
400 ~ '
wtth fmc (IU25 m esh)
'~vehicle
-+--··'"':-·--f--- -
'••••• ~
200 -+----"~'r.·.:-.-+----+----'""'1111..:::~-------j
•.. C'OMPLEX~,...,.---..._...._-1
'··· Based o n th in slurrie" -
··~ o r s lurries with g raded
I 00
HO
~====t==='~part icle. • ·~
size
••••
- ==:::::!
n'nr':':':"~-:-----1
'· · ••u u n u...&.uJ
~~-------+------~~------+-------~
40 -+-----+-----+-----r------t
20 -+-------+- HOMOGEN EO US
I'
I 0 +-----1----+------T--------1
I .0 2.0 3.0 4 .0 5. 0
SOLIDS SPECIFIC GRAVITY
Friction losses for heterogeneous flow are commonly based on the Durand
formula. although empirical formulae are also used (see later). The Durand
formula for the friction factor (fh) for heterogeneous flow is:
~h = fl1 (l + lSODg)
V 2
(pS-pl pl) (-1-)
Jet;
312
x Sv
Homo-heterogeneous flow
Transition velocity
Normally. all slurry pipeline systems operate with turbulent flow. Operating
under laminar-flow conditions will allow some settlement which in time
can lead to unstable flow conditions, or even blockage. Flow velocities must
therefore be above the transition velocity, determined by the critical Reynolds
number.
Transition velocities for Bingham plastic fluids are conveniently related to a
dimensionless Hedstrom number (NHr). where:
NHI = Reynolds number x plastic number
Flow of Mixtures through Pipes 561
112
. _ K 2gD(Ps - Pt)
Vcnt -
Pl
~ 10'.-------~--------------~------------------------------,
v
a:: LEGEND:
z o Cement rock slurry
a:: C> River mud slurries
lJ..I o Clay slurry
co
~ ell Sewage sludge
:::) • Th02 slurries
z • Lime slurry
(/)
g 10~
0
z 0
>-
lJ..I
0::
..J
4:
u
f=
a::
u 10 1 +----.-~~.,.......................-.---.................,..........,.......,............~...,---------.......,......~...,....,.....,....,---.......,......---~~-.--J
10' lcf 105 10~
Slurries
I
(,/')
(,/')
I.I.J
c::t:::
f-
(,/')
c::t:::
«
I.I.J
:::r:
(,/')
Alumina up to 50%
Crushed chalk up to 68%
Clay up to 60%
Coke fines up to 55%
Gravel up to 25 %
Lime up to 65 %
Magnetite up to 60%
Sand up to 60%
Soda ash up to 60'Yo
Water quantity = K x T (W + ~)
R sgo
Specific gravity figures for suspensions of solids in water are given in Table 2.
Frictional losses
of solids tosolids 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.5 4.0 4 .5 5.0 ::3
:::.
:::!
C")
<'>
Specific gravity of solution :::.
:::!
!:l..
10 9.1 1.05 1.05 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.07 1.0 7 1.0 7 1.0 7 1.07 1.07 1.07 1.08 1.08 1.09 1.09 ~
(';"
.s::
[
15 5.66:1 1.08 1.08 1.09 1.09 1.09 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.12 1.12 1.13 1.13 1.14 o·
:::!
20 4:1 1.11 1.11 1.12 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.15 1. 15 1.15 1.1 6 1.16 1.1 6 1. 1 7 1.18 1.19 1.19 ""
25 3:1 1.14 1.15 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.18 1.19 1.19 1.19 1.20 1.20 1.21 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.2 5
30 2.33:1 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.23 1.24 1.24 1.25 1.25 1.26 1.26 1.2 7 1.29 1.31 1.31
35 1.87:1 1.21 1.22 1.23 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.30 1.31 1.32 1.32 1.33 1.35 1.37 1.39
40 1.5:1 1.25 1.26 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.32 1.33 1.34 1.35 1.36 1.36 1.3 7 1.38 1. 39 1.40 1. 43 1.45 1.47
45 1.22:1 1.29 1.30 1. 32 1. 34 1.36 1.37 1.38 1.40 1.41 1.42 1.43 1.44 1.45 1.4 6 1.47 1.51 1.54 1.56
50 1:1 1.33 1.35 1.37 1.39 1.41 1.43 1.44 1.46 1.47 1.49 1.50 1.51 1.52 1.53 1. 55 1. 60 1.63 1.67
55 0.91:1 1.3 7 1.38 1.41 1.43 1.44 1.49 1.51 1.53 1.5 5 1.56 1.58 1.59 1.61 1.62 1.65 1. 70 1. 75 1.79
60 0.67:1 1.43 1.46 1.48 1.51 1.54 1.56 1.5 8 1.61 1.63 1. 65 1.6 7 1.68 1.70 1.72 1. 75 1.82 1.87 1.92
65 0.54:1 1.48 1.51 1.55 1.58 1.61 1.64 1.6 7 1.69 1.72 1. 74 1. 76 1. 79 1.81 1.83 1.8 7 1.95 2.03 2.08
70 0.43:1 1.54 1.57 1.62 1.65 1.69 1. 72 1.75 1.79 1.82 1.85 1.88 1.90 1.93 1.95 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.27
75 0.33:1 1.60 1.65 1.69 1.73 1. 78 1.82 1.86 1.90 1.93 1.97 2.00 2.03 2.06 2.09 2.1 5 2.29 2.40 2.50
Flowoflvlixtures through Pipes 565
difficult to estimate for centrifugal pumps the total head to be supplied by the
pump and thus to determine the most efficient working point.
A general formula which can be used is:
.6-Ps D(sg- 1) x Vs
---1 = KCv
~Pw jd(sg - 1) x y2
Output
Typically, the output from a slurry pump will follow the characteristics shown
in Figure 6. with the output curve consisting of three zones:
~ Output (solids)
«l
6..
..... E 2
~ 600
':1
::l
0~ 0..
C<~> II)
11):::::
..... '--' .:::.
::l u
;( ....
.......
<!)
400
3
~ <!)
..... 0
::l
~
g_..o::
~
0
1: 200
c: c:
.2 ;:;
',~I
(; 0..
.....
c:
II) 0
::l
0
u 600 900 1200
c:
0 Delivery pipeline length in m
<.>
0
> I. Delivery distance.
2 . Delivery distance within the normal 3. Loss of output over any further
working range of the pump. delivery distance.
Figure 6.
5 66 Performance and Calculations
0
~
40
30
_1----.....
_:----r- --'
Pump speed n 1'
Pump speed~._
- r-- PJ Pipeline length
L2 < L,
E n2 < n 1 • / P2 ~p,
20
c::
c:
/ v
"'E 10 ··- -
I
0
Vacuum
I I
Decisive vacuum
at speed n~ : \.
8 I I __-_
Decisive vacuuml
~"-·
PI
p2
0 6 -f-
at speed n,: /
~
E 4
c:: /
E 2 /
:::l
:::l
u
. .v
<'l
0
> 500 I0000 1500 2000
Flowrate (lis)
Figure 7.
Flow of Mixtures through Pipes 56 7
Critical velocity
Sludge
Frictional factor
Mixture nowrate
~
L.
1200
~
~:? 1000
I'· .................
.........
----
'-....... ~ ......
~v
~ 800
600
c:
.2 Vol.<on<enlraUonJ
~
... 20 - -
c:
Cl) 10
u
c:
0 0
u
0
> Output in clay material
I
.... 600 I I
I
P--i
;:l
0 ............
.-, 6..
..c:
E E 400
-------1---
~ i
i !.Delivery distance.
c: ;:l
·-
'5
0..
Cl)
I 2. Delivery distance within the normal
o...:! working range of the pump.
; t> 200 --
0~
Cl)
.....
Cl)
0..
0
800 1600 2400 320 4000 4800
Delivery pipeline length in m
Figure 8.
Flow of Mixtures through Pipes 569
ex:
ol){)
0
<
~
100
80
........;;
--
F:: ......... r-- ....._
!"... ..........
1---
...........
-r-- ....._ ....._
r--r--
3 ~
4 >-
5
u
z
UJ
r
~
r .......... Vl
z
(a) 0 .......... 0
< 70 .......... u
0..
<(
u
0
<(
UJ
60 "' .......... ~ ......
61;;
~
u
0
::r: .)-o
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
% WATE R CAPACITY AT MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY
100
ex: i"""r-... - t--
3
~
0
0
t;90
<(
t--........
-r--- r-- r-- 1---
r-..r-.. -
4
u
5 ~
>-
rVl
-r---..
!J...
~ 80
0 zVl
(b) < 1---.t---..... 0
0.. 70 6 u
~
<
u u
0
o·o
<(> !;;
UJ
::r:
50
t) 20 40 60 80 100 120
% WATER CAPACITY AT MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY
figurP 9. Deterrninat.ion of head-capacity correction factors: (a) chemical stock; (b) mechanical and
reclaimed stock.
5 70 Perfo rmance and Calcr.tlations
3
l.,...--' ~
, --
~~
6
5 .}
.,., I--" ,,
....... ~ I"' ........ ~
v
,. ....... 7 -"""'~
.... ~
5
2 ,..,. ,....
, ~ """""
,.. ~ .... ~
4.5
~ [/ ~
_......, ~ _..!--"' 4.25
I--' L..oo
1.5 1..-- 1--" .... ~
... ...... ~
~ ~~ "" ~ ........ v ~ ~
4
l.,...--' ~
.... , ~ L...... ~ ~~
,... 1.---' ---~ 3.75
l.--- ...... ~"""' 3. 5
~
ll"'v [....; ~ ~
.......
_,.,.,.
L..
1--"j..- ..,,.,., ,... .......""" ~~ _.., ~ ~
1.---' .J'
~ .....
0. 1 P'
~
~ ~
l,..oo
~.,.,
, ..,.
~
,.. .....
,..i--
lo-"""
........
~
~
L,..o
, 3.25
lo--"" ~
0.09 l.,...--' ,.... ......
--~ ~
_.., ~
..,.,..... ~ 3
...... ~ ~ ~
0 OR ,~ ,... ..,.,.,., , ...
,..,..
L..oo
,. ,..
ioo""' ~ ~"""
~ ~ ~""' ....... p
_.., ...... ~ .... I"'
,.,., , ~ ,.....
c
::l P" ,.,., p ....... ,... ;;;;; I"' ......
L
..,.,.,., v 2.5
~ 0.06 ,......
L,...-o ,.,., 7 ...... ""',...., ... /
.......
,. ....~
...... , ... ~
~ ,...... ...... ,.... ,.... ,....
-
.;'
,..... ....... ,. ~
(/}
(/}
,. .....
0
.....l
0 0.04 .........
,... '-""" ~
,
lo-"" lo-"" 2
<( !.."" ......... ioo"
U) 1,.
l.,...--' I"""'
::r:: ,.... ~
0
>-
- ~"'
""""" I--'~ ~ u
0.03 c;.,;.;;; z
~ UJ
p 1--
~ ,... (/')
f-
~ (/")
~
~
0.0 15
0 .0 1
200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10000 15000 2000
Gal/ min
Paper stock is basically in the form of sludge with a specific type of solids
(paper pulp). With low consistencies (i.e. less than 1% pulp by weight), flow
and friction losses can be calculated as for water. With higher consistencies
there is an increasing derating or pump performance (see Table 3 ).
Frictional losses increase rapidly with stock consistencies above about 2%
by \veight. A rriction [actor can be determined based on a pseudo-Reynolds
number. viz:
Air, steam and gases are all compressible fluids and the D' Arcy equation used
for determining pressure and head losses with liquid flow is no longer
applicable because the density of gases and vapours changes considerably with
changes of pressure. However, for simplified general engineering calculations
not requiring great accuracy, liquid D' Arcy flow formulae may be used if the
pressure drop involved is less than 10% of the inlet pressure. Use of such
formulae is also sometimes extended to pressure drops up to 40% of the inlet
pressure. provided in this case the specific volume is taken as the average of
the upstream and downstream conditions.
The real flow of a pressurised gas through pipes differs appreciably in a
number of important characteristics from the flow of liquids in pipes. Pressure.
for example, drops at an increasing rate along the pipe, rather than with a
constant pressure gradient. At the same time, velocity tends to increase up to
a maximum defined by V = %kgRT for air. but subject to a limiting or
maximum length, which must correspond to the end of the pipe. At this point
the pressure gradient in infinite, i.e. the pipe is effectively closed. In this
equation, k is the ratio of specific heats at constant pressure to constant
volume. R the individual gas constant, and T the absolute temperature
(degrees Rankine). An alternative formula isM= 1 %k (=0.845 for air), where
M is the Mach number.
The general equation may be written in the same form as the D' Arcy equation
for fluid flm.v, but with the addition of an extra term representing the pressure
drop required to increase the flow momentum:
6P f pV 2 - dV
L = D X 2 + ,BpQ dL
where 6P is the pressure drop
Lis the pipe length
fis a constant friction (but dependent on surface roughness)
Dis the pipe diameter
pis the gas density
Q is the specific volume or gas
dV /dL is the velocity gradient
Compressible Flow in Pipes 5 73
fJ is a factor of the order of unity and normally taken as 1.0 (i.e. can be
eliminated from the equation).
Isothermal flow
The friction factor is dependent on the Reynolds number of flow and pipe
roughness. It can be assumed independent of Mach number.
The Reynolds number will be constant for isothermal flow, but may vary
with adiabatic or isentropic flow (and certainly with diabatic flow), in which
case a mean value can be assumed.
The Reynolds number is a dimensionless quantity, given arithmetically by:
pVD
Re = - -
1-L
VD
v
where p = the mass density in units consistent with
f.L = viscosity velocity (V) and
{
v = kinematic viscosity pipe diameter (D)
The friction factor (f) is common for all fluids (i.e. gases and liquids) and is
normally determined from empirical charts. For laminar flow, the friction factor
is dependent only on Reynolds number and is numerically equal to 64/ Re,
57 4 Performance and Calculations
laminar flow being defined by the Reynolds number not exceeding 2000. For
turbulent flow and smooth-bore pipes, the Reynolds number can be calculated
from the following empirical formula:
f = 0.3164
Re0.25
144gA 2
- it pl)
D P2
( Vt-+ 2\og-
For long gas pipelines (where velocity gradient can be ignored) this reduces to:
(Pi-P~)
2
Qm 2 = (144gDA ) x
VrfxL P1
Ov = 114.2 P~ - P~ x o
( fLT sg X
5)
Weymouth formula :
( Pf - P~)
520
Ov = 28.0D2.on7
Lsg T
Panhandle formula :
p 21 _L p-_)7 ) o. s3 94
Qv = 36.8ED2.6182
(
The Panhandle formula is widely used for natural gas pipelines from 6 to 24 in
diameter.
Limiting values
Hence
P* = Vt = M1 = M Jk
1
P1 V* M•·
fLO* = (kMl i- 1) 1
-loge kM2
l
or
fL
D
Adiabatic flow
Similar treatment applies for adiabatic flow, although the corresponding formulae
are more complicated and may require working as a series of approximations
in order to reach real values in particular cases. In general, the pressure,
temperature and velocity will always be slightly less than those for isothermal
flow, but the limiting length will be similar. The di1rerences are usually small
enough to be negligible, except at higher Mach numbers, and thus, for
simplification of calculations, isothermal formulae can be used for subsonic
adiabatic flow.
Limiting velocity:
V* 1
2(1+ k; 1Mi)
k+ l
Compressible Flow in Pipes 57 7
Limiting temperature:
2(1 +~Mf)
k+l
Limiting length:
Limiting pressure:
k- l
2( l +- -Mf )
2
k+l
Stagnation state
Flow is possible between two extremes. At one extreme, velocity is zero and
temperature is a maximum because all the kinetic energy is converted to
enthalpy. The speed of sound is also a maximum (stagnation point or stagnation
state). At the other extreme, the velocity is a maximum and the temperature
falls to absolute zero, all the enthalpy being converted into kinetic energy. The
speed of sound ls then zero (zero temperature state). Between these extremes
the practical flow may be subsonic, transonic or supersonic (Figure l) although
the zero temperature state can never be reached (i.e. it is a hypothetical
condition).
or
vz
ho=
2 +h
57 8 Performance and Calculations
- - M<l
I - M =-I OR V::: c
I ---...M> I
w I
""0
c .2
::J ..0
0 I
....v I
'Jl
'- "'
0 ·~
>, O..J g
E .c
u
81
52
v
;>
..:=, q Supcrson ic
ro
~ I
..J I
Hypersonic
vu Velocity V-+
Figure 1.
From the general gas relationship it follows that the stagnation temperature
(T 0 ) is given by:
v2
To= T + -
2 sp
The difference between these two equations represents the effect of increased
gas density due to compressibility, generally termed the compressibility
factor. Values of the compressibility factor range from unity at very low Mach
Compressible Flow in Pipes 5 79
V= 2spT0 ( p) .\
1 - Po
Alternatively. for adiabatic flow, the velocity at any section can be determined
from the temperature at that section:
Flow rate
Flow rate can be determined as the mass flow, i.e. mass flow = VAp. or
directly as the product ofV and A in numerically consistent units:
L L3
Dimensions are T x L2 = llow rate =T
5 80 Performance and Calculations
k 1
( l+TxM
At any (constant) section where the flow is sonic, the flow conditions are
described as critical, yielding a critical temperature (T*) and a critical pressure
(P*). where:
T* 2
(adiabatic or isentropic flow)
To k+1
k
Po* -_ (k +2 1) n
P (isentropic flow only)
Note: For air, where k = 1.4, the value of critical pressure is (_2__)
2.4
b·: = 0.52 8.
Critical area:
The relationship between the critical area (A*) or throat area where f.1.. = 1
and the area of any other section (A) is given by:
A
A*
2
2 3
= -1 (1 + 0.2M ) for a1r.
.
M 1.2
Nozzle flow
Figure 2.
(The velocity of sound in air - c = 49T ft/ sec where T is the absolute
temperature in degrees Rankine.)
If the critical pressure is less than the receiver pressure, then the flow cannot
be critical (Figure 2b ). In this case the flow will be subsonic and the exit
pressure will equal the receiver pressure. The temperature can be calculated
from the general formula, or from:
p ¥
T, =To(r~)
The velocity is likewise calculated from the general formula.
Similar analysis applies where the nozzle is of convergent-divergent form
(Figure 3). In this case it is necessary to establish whether the flow is critical or
not (at the throat). The throat velocity can be determined accordingly, and
from this the final exit velocity from the divergent section.
Flow through a nozzle can also be rendered directly in terms of flow rate and
a discharge coefficient, this being a convention for engineering calculations.
The complete nozzle formula is:
Mass flow = Ax Ec x ox d 2 Jh yiP;7T
where A - a constant depending on the units employed
E - coefficient for the velocity of approach
1
Reservo ir
Po
To
Yo = 0
Figure 3.
58 2 Performance and Calculations
1 - 0.07h f l
- or va ues of circa 0.16
1 3 . 6 p2
(and h in inches wg and P 2 in inches of mercury)
d = diameter of nozzle
h = pressure drop across nozzle
P2 = absolute pressure on downstream side of nozzle
T = absolute temperature on downstream side of nozzle.
An orifice is a simple form of nozzle. formed by a circular hole cut in a thin flat
plate. Flow can again be determined with reference to an empirical discharge
coefficient or orifice coefficient. This will be much lower than for nozzles
because of the less streamlined flow but, owing to the simpler form of the nozzle.
will be Jess subject to variation. Thus nozzle coefficients may vary between
0.90 (or less) and 0.995, depending on size and geometry, whereas an orifice
coefficient can be expected to be of the order of 0. 61, regardless of size, and
differing only if the orifice has a well-rounded, as opposed to a sharp, entry.
Very much simplified formulae can therefore be applied to assess the
discharge of air through orifices, and the following are generally satisfactory
for straightforward engineering calculations:
218xAxPu
0 (ft 3 /min) for sharp-edged orifice= -~~==::::--- (a)
- v'460+T
172 X d2 X Pu
or
J460 + T
Compressible Flow in Pipes 58 3
3 417 X A X Pu
Q (ft /min) for rounded-entrance orifice~ (b)
J460 +T
or
210 X A X Pu
Q (ft 3 /min) for sharp-edged orifice=---;::::::::.~=~ (c)
J460+T
166xd2 xPu
or
J460+T
3 324 X A X Pu
Q (ft /min) for rounded-entrance orifice~---;::::::::.~=~ (d)
J460 + T
255 X d2 X Pu
or ,. . ., -J-;=4===6O:::=+====:::c:T-
Pressure losses in a piping system due to changes in the shape of the flow path
or changes in cross-section as produced by bends, valves, fittings. etc., can be
evaluated in three different ways:
Resistance coefficients
0.05 0.00080 0.003 0.007 0.013 0.019 0.030 0.039 0.050 0.063 0.077
0.1 0.00200 0.006 0.014 0.025 0.039 0.060 0.071) 0.100 0.126 0.155
0.2 0.00300 0.012 0.028 0.050 0.078 0.112 0.1 52 0.199 0.252 0.310
0. 3 0.00500 0.019 0.042 0.075 0.117 0.168 0.228 0.299 0.377 0.470
0.4 0.00600 0.()25 0.056 0.100 0.155 0.224 0.304 0.398 0.503 0.620
0.5 0.00800 0.031 0.070 0.12 5 0.194 0.280 0.381 0.497 0.629 0.780
0.6 0.00900 0.037 0.084 0.149 0.233 0.335 0.457 0.597 0.755 0.930
0.7 0.01100 0.044 0.098 0.174 0.271 0.391 0.533 0.696 0.880 1.090
0.8 0.01200 0.050 0.112 0.199 0.311 0.447 0.609 0.796 1.006 L.240
0.9 O.tH400 0.056 0 .125 0.214 0.349 0.503 0.685 0.895 1.132 1.400
1.0 0.01600 0.06 2 0.140 0.249 0.388 0.559 0.761 0.995 1.25 8 1.550
l.l 0.01710 0.068 0.154 0.274 0.427 0.615 0.837 1.090 1.380 1.710
1.2 0.01860 0.074 0.168 0.299 0.466 0.671 0.913 1.190 1.510 1.860
1.3 0.02020 0.081 0.182 0.324 0.505 0.727 0.989 1.290 1.630 2.020
L.4 0.021 70 0.087 0.196 0.349 0.544 0.783 1.065 1.390 1.760 2.170
1.5 0.02330 0.093 0.210 0.374 0. 583 0.839 1.141 1.490 1.890 2.330
1.6 0.02480 0.099 0.224 0.398 0.621 0.895 1.217 1.590 2.020 2.480
1.7 0.02640 0.106 0.238 0.423 0.660 0.951 !.293 1.690 2.140 2.640
1.8 0.02800 0.112 0.252 0.448 0.699 1.007 1.369 1.790 2.270 2.800
1. 9 0.02950 0.1.18 o.26o 0.473 0.738 1.063 1.445 1.890 2.390 2.950
2.0 0.03106 0.124 0.280 0.497 0.776 1.118 1.522 1.990 2.520 3.110
2.1 0.03261 0.130 0.294 0.522 0.815 1.174 1.598 2.090 2.650 3.260
2.2 0.03416 0.1 36 0.308 0.547 0.854 1.230 1.674 2.190 2.780 3.420
2.3 0.03571 0.143 0.322 0.572 0.893 1.286 1.750 2.290 2.900 3.570
2.4 0.0.3726 0.141) 0.336 0.597 0.932 1.341 1.826 2.390 3.030 3.730
2.5 0.03881 0.155 0.350 0.621 0.971 1.397 1.902 2.490 3.150 3.880
2.6 0.04036 0.161 0.364 0.646 1.009 1.45 3 1.978 2.590 3.280 4.040
2.7 ().04191 0.168 0.378 0.671 1.048 1.509 2.054 2.690 3.400 4.190
2.8 0.04346 0. L74 0.392 0.696 1.08 7 1.565 2.130 2.790 3.530 4.350
2.1) 0.04501 0.180 0.406 0.721 1.126 1.621 2.206 2.890 3.650 4.500
3.0 0.04659 0.186 0.419 0.746 1.165 1.677 2.283 2.990 3.770 4.f:>60
3.1 0.04814 0.192 0.433 0.771 1.204 l. 733 2 .359 3.090 3.900 4.810
3.2 0.04969 0.198 0.447 0 .796 1.243 1.789 2.435 3.190 4.030 4.970
.U 0.05124 0.205 0.461 0.821 1.282 1.845 2.511 3.290 4.150 5.120
3.4 0.05279 0.211 0.475 0.845 1.321 1.901 2.587 3.390 4.280 5.280
3.5 0.05434 0.217 0.489 0.870 1.360 1.957 2.663 3.490 4.400 5.430
3.6 0.05589 0.223 0.503 0 .895 1.398 2.013 2.739 3 .590 4.530 5.590
3.7 0.05744 \ 0.230 0.517 0.920 1.437 2.069 2.8 15 3.680 4.650 5.740
3.8 0.05899 0.2 36 0.531 0.945 1.476 2.125 2.891 3.780 4.780 5.900
3.9 0.06054 0.242 0.545 0.9 70 1.514 2.181 2.967 3.880 4.900 6.050
4.0 0.06212 0.248 0.559 0.994 1.553 2.236 3.044 3.980 5.030 6.210
4.1 0 .06367 0.254 0.573 1.019 1.592 2.292 3.120 4.080 5.160 6.370
4.2 ().()6 522 0.260 0.587 1.044 1.631 2.348 3.196 4.180 5.290 f:>.520
4.3 0.06677 0.26 7 0.601 1.069 1.670 2.404 3.272 4.280 5.410 6.680
4.4 0 .06832 0.273 0.6] 5 1.093 1.709 2.460 3.348 4.380 5.540 6.830
4.5 0.06987 0.279 0.629 1.118 1.748 2.5 16 3.424 4.480 5.660 6.990
4.6 0.07142 0.285 0.643 1.143 1.786 2.572 3 .500 4.580 5.790 7.140
4.7 0.07297 0 .2 92 0.657 1.168 1.825 2.628 3.576 4.680 5.9 10 7.300
4.8 0.07452 0.298 0.671 1.19 3 1.864 2.684 3.652 4.770 6.040 7.4SO
4.9 ().07607 0. 304 0.685 1.2 J H 1.903 2.740 3.728 4.870 6.160 7.600
5.0 0.07765 0.311 0.69R 1.243 1.942 2.795 3.806 4.97 6.29 7.77
5.l 0.07920 0 .3 17 0.71 2 1.268 1.981 2.85 1 3.882 5.07 6.41 7.92
5.2 0 .080 75 0.323 0.726 1.293 2.020 2.907 3.958 5.1 7 6.54 8.08
').3 0.08230 0. 3 30 0.740 1.3 J 8 2.058 2.%3 4 .034 5.27 6.(i6 8.23
5.4 0.08 38S 0.3.36 0.755 1.342 2.097 3.019 4.110 5.37 6.79 8.39
5.5 0.08543 0.342 0.769 l.367 2.136 3.075 4.186 5.47 6.9l 8.54
586 Performance and Calwlations
Table 1 (continued)
- -- - - -
~ ~
u t: Flow velocity- ft/ sec (m/sec)
t:: ~
~ ·;::;
.~ E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
"'
~
~
0 (0.3) (O.n) (0.9) (1.2) (1.5) (1.8) (2.1) (2.4) (2.75) (3.0)
~ u
5.6 0.08698 0.348 0.783 1.392 2.175 3.131 4.2 1)2 5.57 7.04 8.70
5.7 0.08853 0.355 0.797 1.417 2.213 3.187 4.338 5.67 7.17 8.85
5.8 0.09008 0.361 0.811 1.442 2.252 3.243 4.414 5.77 7.30 9.01
5.9 0.09163 0.367 0.825 1.467 2.290 3.299 4.490 5.87 7.42 9.1 f)
6.0 0.09318 0.373 0.839 1.491 2.329 3.354 4.5n7 5.97 7. 55 9. 32
6.1 0.09473 0.379 0.853 1.516 2.3(~8 3.4] 0 4.643 ().07 7.68 9.47
6.2 0.09628 0.385 0.867 1.541 2.407 3.461) 4.719 6.17 7.81 9.63
6.3 0.09783 0.392 0.881 1.566 2.446 3.522 4.795 6.27 7.93 9.78
6.4 0.09938 0.398 0.895 1.590 2.485 3. 572 4 .871 6.37 8.06 9.94
6.5 0.10093 0.404 0.909 1.615 2. 524 3.634 4.947 6.47 8.18 10.09
n.6 0.10248 0.410 0.923 1.640 2.562 3.690 5.023 6.57 8.31 10.25
6.7 0.10403 0.417 0.937 1.665 2.601 3.746 5.099 6.67' 8.4 3 10.40
6.8 0.10558 0.423 0.951 1.690 2.fi40 3.802 5.175 6.76 8.56 10.56
o.9 0.10713 0.429 0.965 l. 71 5 2.679 3.85H 5.251 6.8n s.os 10.71
7.0 0.10871 0.435 0.979 1.740 2.717 3.913 5.328 6.96 8.80 10.87
7.1 0.11026 0.441 0.993 1.765 2.756 3.969 5.404 7.0o 8.93 11.03
7.2 O.ll181 0.447 1.007 1.790 2.795 4.025 5.480 7.16 9.06 11.18
7.3 0.11336 0.454 1.021 1.814 2.834 4.081 5.5 56 7 .26 9.18 11.34
7.4 0.11491 0.460 1.035 1.839 2.87~ 4.137 5.632 7.36 9. 3 I J 1.49
7.5 0.11646 0.466 1.049 ] .864 2.912 4.19 3 5.708 7.46 9.43 1 1.65
7.6 0.11801 0.472 1.063 1.888 2. 9 50 4.249 5.784 7.S6 9.56 11.80
7.7 0.11956 0.479 1.077 1.913 2.989 4.305 5.860 7.66 9.fi8 11.%
7.8 0.12111 0.485 1.091 1.938 3.028 4.361 5.9 36 7.7o 9.81 12.11
7.9 0.1226fi 0.491 1.105 1.963 3.066 4.417 6.012 7.86 9.93 12.27
8.0 0.12424 0.497 1.118 1.988 3.105 4.472 6.089 7.96 I 0.06 12.42
8.1 0.12579 0.503 1.132 2.013 3.144 4.528 6.165 8.06 LO. 19 12.58
8.2 0.12734 0.509 1.146 2.038 3.183 4.584 6.241 8. 16 10.32 12.73
8.3 0.12889 0.516 1.1 fiO 2.063 3.221 4.040 6.317 8.26 10.44 12.89
8.4 0.13044 0.522 1.174 2.087 3.260 4.6% 6.393 8.36 I 0.57 13.04
8.5 0.13199 0.528 1.188 2.112 3.299 4.752 6.4fi9 8.4 6 10.69 13.20
8.6 0.13354 0.534 1.202 2.13 7 3.338 4.808 6.545 8. 55 10.81 I 3. .3 5
8.7 0.13509 0.541 1.216 2.162 3.377 4.864 ().621 8.65 10.94 13.51
8.8 0.1361)4 0.547 1.230 2.1.87 3.416 4.920 6.697 8.75 1 1.07 13.66
8.9 0.1381':) 0.553 1.244 2.212 3.455 4.97o n.773 8.85 11.19 13.82
9.0 0.13977 0.559 1.258 2.237 3.493 5.031 6.850 8.95 11.32 1 3. 98
9.1 0.14132 0.565 1.272 2.262 3.532 5.087 6.926 9.05 11.45 14 . .1 j
9.2 0.14287 0.571 l.28h 2.287 3.571 5.143 7.002 9.15 11.58 14.29
9.3 0.14442 0.578 1.300 2.312 3.609 5.199 7.078 9.25 11. 7() 14.44
9.4 0.14597 0.584 1.314 2.336 3.648 5.2 55 7.154 9.35 I 1.8 3 14.60
9.5 0.14752 0 .5 90 1. 328 2.361 3.687 5. 31.1 7.230 9.45 11.9 5 14. 7 5
9.6 0.14907 0.590 1.342 2.386 3.726 5. 367 7.306 9.55 12.08 14.91
9.7 0.150()2 0.603 1.356 2.411 3.765 5.423 7.382 Y.65 12.20 15.06
9.8 0.15217 0 .609 1.370 2.43 5 3.804 5.479 7.458 9.75 12.3.3 15.22
9.9 0.15372 0.615 1.384 2.4fi0 3.843 5. 534 7.534 9.85 1 2.4 5 J 5. 3 7
10.0 0.15530 0.621 1.398 2.485 3.882 5. 589 7.612 9.94 12.58 1 'i. 53
ll 0.17083 0.68 1.54 2.74 4.2 7 6.15 8.37 10.9 H.8 17.08
12 0.18636 0.74 1.68 2.99 4 ,()() 6.71 Y.l 3 1 l. 9 J 5.1 J 8.64
13 0.20189 0.81 1.82 3.24 5.05 7.27 9.89 12.9 16.3 20. I 9
14 0.21742 0.87 1.96 3.49 5.44 7.83 10.h5 13.l) 17.6 21.74
15 0.23295 0.93 2.10 3.74 5.83 8.39 I 1 .41 14.9 18.9 2 3. 30
16 0.24848 0.99 2.24 3.98 6.21 8.95 12.17 15.9 20.2 24.8S
17 0.26401 1.06 2.38 4.23 6.60 9. 51 12.9 3 16.9 21.4 2 6.40
18 0.27954 1.12 2.52 4.48 6.99 l().()7 1 3 .n9 17.9 22.7 27.9')
]9 0.29507 1.18 2.66 4. 73 7.38 10.63 14.45 lil .9 2 3.9 29.5 1
20 0. 3 I OoO 1.24 2.80 4.97 7.76 11.1 8 15 .22 19.9 2 5.2 31.0()
Equating velocity head loss derived from the D'Arcy formula with that derived
from the resistance coefficient formula:
v2 v2
(f X L/d) - = K X -
2g 2g
It follows that:
K= f X L/D
Flow coefficient Cv
Note: This definition of Cv based on the US gallon and pressure drop in lbf/in 2
is used both in countries employing Imperial units and those normally employing
metric units. The metric 'equivalent' is called the flow factor. designated Kv
and defined as the number of cubic metres per hour of water at 20°C which
will flow with a pressure drop of 1 kg/ cm 2 ( 1 bar). This gives somewhat
different values for the same condition. Equivalents are:
Kv = 0.853 Cv
Cv = 1.16 Kv
588 Performance and Calculations
1
3
IR /2 j / 4. 1 l 1/4 1 1/2 2 3 4 5
(10) (12.5) (20) (25) (35) (40) (50) (7"i) (100) ( 125)
Standard 90° elbow (screwed) 2.40 2.10 1.70 1.50 1.25 1.15 1..00 0.80 0.70 0.55
Standard 900 elbow (flanged) 0.45 0.40 0.38 0.34 0. 32 0.30
Large-radius 90° elbow (screwed) 1.0 0.90 0.75 0.60 0. so 0.40 0.30 0.25 0.20
Large-radius 90° elbow (flanged) 0.40 0.34 0 ..30 0.25 0.21 0.18
Standard 45° elbow (screwed) 0 . .39 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27
Stnndard 4 soelbow (flanged) 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.33 0. 32 0.31 0.29 0.28 0.2 7 0.26
Large-radius 45° elbow (screwed) 0.24 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18
Large-radius 45° elbow (flanged) 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.20 ().] 8 0. L8 0.17
Return bend 180° (screwed) 2.40 2.10 l.70 1..50 1.38 1.25 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.58
Return bend 180° (flanged) 0.43 0.40 0.37 0 .34 0.32 ().3() 0.28
Large-radius return bend 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.50 0.40 0 ..35 0 . .30
180° (screwed)
Large-radius return bend 0.42 0.39 0.36 0.30 0.25 0 .22 0.20
L80° (flanged)
T-line flow (screwed) Approximately 0.9 (all sizes)
T-line flow (flanged) 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.1.3
T-bnmch flow (screwed) 2.50 2.40 2.00 1.80 1.60 1.50 1.40 1.20 l.l () l.OO
T -branch flow (flanged) L.OO 0. 90 0.80 0.72 0.64 0.62
Q = Cv v ~
£). P ---;;- = 7. 9Cv v(M
--;i or
8
EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF PIPE
FOR VISCOSITY RANGE (CP\ OF
300
[?' 30
@ Sq uare elbow
200
~
:;; .,.,
.s:: 20
200 ISO 100 50
"'"j
I "'
S t~ ndard tee
I rr3- 30
20
0
v;
.r:::.
00
'0
c:
"'
:;;
0...
10
.,
0
..<::
30
20
22.5
IS
15
10
7.5
~(OJ-
il- d D-lf•
__;.., d D- 112 10
~
c:
c:...
.,
.,
E
6 =
'0 tO 7.5 5 2.5
d D-Y• -;;; s
Standard elbow ' -~
"'
'0 4' ' f.- r-
o r run o f
tce reduced 1!1 I LP'_,J ' ' 5
3',
"0"
Ul
(,j
c:
.E
0
3'' 4 t- 2 1
..,Ordinary e ntrance z
~rru ''' 2''
2 1.5 1 .s
Medium sweep elbow I~ ''
,.,
o r run of
tee reduced 1/ • c
Sudden contraction t
d!D- 'IJ
d/D-'12
l
o.s
.75 .s f- .25
.125
~ tOt
0.5 .375 .25
d!D-Jf,
0.2
0.3
0.2
run of standard tee
.,
0.1 O. t .075 t--05 .025
05
6 8 10 12 l4 111 18 20 24 3h
(150) (200) (250) (300) (350) (400) (450) (500) (hOD) (900)
Screw-down valve (straight) 156 208 260 310 363 415 467 519 622 934
Screw-down valve (right-angled run) 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 450
Gate v<llve (typical) (flanged) 3.5 4.5 5.7 6.7 8.0 9.0 10.2 12 .0 14.0 20.0
Gate valve: 1I 4 -closed 19 26 33 39
Gate valve: 1h.-closed 100 130 160 190
Gate valve: 3 / 4 -closed 400 540 700 800
Globe valve (flanged) 160 214 267 320 373 427 480 534 640 960
Sudden enlargement
1
d/D= /4 16 20 26 3.1 36 42
d/D = l/2 11 15 18 22 25 29
d/D = 3 /4 3 4 6 7 H 10
Sudden contraction
d/ D =- 1h 6 8 10 12 14 H1 18 20 24 3 (1
Entrance (typical) 9 12 l5 18 21 24 27 30
fitting diameter-mm
fitting 1000 800 600 500 400 300 200 150 100 80 fiS 50 40 32 25 1 <;
-
Gate valve 6 5 4 3 2.7 2.2 1.5 1 0.7 0.5 0.43 0.35 0.27 0.2 0.18 0.1
~
Non-return flap va lve 110- 90- 70- 60- 50- 35- 25- 20- 13- 10- 8-15 6-12 5-9 4.7 3.6 2.4
-G- 200 170 130 110 90 70 50 35 25 20
~ "'"'
"'"'
5
"';:ss:::.
~
75 60 50 40 33 25 17 13 8 6.5 5.5 4 3.2 2.6 2 1.4
~ ~
,...
.....
s·
<:!::>
"'
Vl
1.0
f-.'
T fittings 100 80 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 8 7 5 4 3.2 2.7 1.7 U1
~ \.0
N
'\:l
70 58 45 35 30 24 15 12 8 6 5 4 3 2.5 2 l.2 "'
~ ~
0:::.
~
....
:.:::,
a 15 12 0.5 :s
18 10 8 6 4 3 2 1.7 1.4 1 0.8 0.6 0.3
"'::.':s"'
~
(")
Taper connectors 25 20 16 14 11 8 5.5 4 3 2.5 2 1.5 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.4 ::.
c:;
~-Y4 s:::
~
.._
c;·
30 25 20 16 13 10 7 5 3.5 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.4 1 0.8 0.5 :s
~OjO= "'
= 1f2
Abrupt 90° bend 60 50 40 35 28 20 14 10 7 5.5 4.4 5 3 2 1.8 1
t&J
Abrupt changes of section 6 5 4 3.5 3 2 1.5 1 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.37 0.3 0.24 0.18 0.11
~d/!J"
~-3
13 10 8 7 5 4 3 2 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.55 0.45 0.35 0.2
~%~
10 8 6 5 4 3.2 2.2 1.6 l.J 0.9 0.7 0.55 0.45 0.35 0.27 0.17
~sh
~'[)
15 13 10 8 7 5 3.5 2.5 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.25
~
-----...
L_
Losses in Bends and Fittings 59 3
The pressure drop across a valve can be determined from the same formulae
rearranged:
LlP = 62.4
w (Q)
Cv
2 sg (Q)2
=Cv
Working formulae
These formulae are expressed in terms of the resistance coefficient (K) where
K = fL
D
K0 2
HL (ft) = 522 d~
where Q is in ft 3 / sec
d is in inches
KB 2 KQ2
HL (ft) = 0.0012 7 d4 Hr.. ( m) = 1, 8 7 7, 19 7 d4
KQ2
Hr.. (ft) = 0 .00259d4
where Q is in I/ min where Q is in US gal/min
d isinmm d is in inches
K0 2
HL (ft) = 0 .00216 d~
~p (lbfjin 2 ) K~~
2
KpQ2
~p (bar)= 0.1729d4 ~p (lbf/in 2 ) = 0.00000003 KpV 2
~P (lbf/in K~~
2
Kp0 2
2
) = 0.000018 ~p (lbf/in 2
) = 0.000015 d<
where pis in lb/ ft 3 where pis in lb/ ft 3
Q is in US gal/min Q is in Imperial gal / min
dis in inches d is in inches
where W is in lb/bar
V(specific volume) is in ft 3 / lb
Pressure drop through valves and fittings (using flow coefficient Cv)
~p (lbf/'
2 pQ2
2) = pQ ~p (bar) = 223Cv
m 62 .4Cv2
where Q is in lb/ ft 3 where pis in tonnes/m 3
p is in 1bI ft 3 Q is in l/ min
Q is in US gal/ min
~p (lbfj' 2) = pQl
m 90Cv 2
where pis in lb/ ft 3
Q is in Imperial gal / min
Losses;, Bends a11d Fittings 59 5
= 19 7 d 2 ft5:P
VI<P
where dis in inches
HL is in ft
~p is in lbf/ in 2
pis in lb/ ft 3
= 6.06 d 2 fM5
VT<P
where dis in inches where dis in mm
HL is in ft HLis in m
~pis in lbf/ in 2 ~pis in bar
pis in lb/ ft 3 pis in tonnes/ m 3
None or these formulae is strictly valid for predicting valve performance with
viscous fluids or compressible fluids (i.e. air or gases).
Losses in bends
Losses in bends are difficult to evaluate other than on purely empirical lines.
Attempts to rationalise resistance coefficients in terms of relative radius (ratio
of bend radius to internal pipe diameter) are generally unsuccessful, but
values are fairly well established for standard bends, including mitre bends.
59 6 Performance and Calculations
Alternative data are presented in terms of equivalent length or L/0 (see Tables
3 and 4 and Figure 1).
i.e.:
p ( 2
PI - p2 = 2g v2 - v 2)
1
This form of equation also shows that a steadily contracting section followed
by a widening section can be used as a principle for flow velocity measurement
by measuring the difference in pressure at two extreme sections, as in the
venturi (Figure 2). If X expresses the ratio A 2 /A 1 • it follows that the volume of
flow is the same at both sections that V1 = X x V2 . Hence, rearranging the
equation above and rewriting (P 1 -P 2 ) as ~P:
2g~P x2
Vl= - X --~
p (1- x 2 )
Figure 2.
Losses in Bends and Fittings 59 7
This is the basic formula for the theoretical design of a venturi velocity
meter. In practice. the formula is modified by the introduction of a calibration
coefficient to take into account frictional losses, etc., neglected in the Bernoulli
equation.
Again , flow conditions can be analysed from first principles, although for
engineering calculations it is only necessary to determine the velocity head
loss from the corresponding resistance coefficient K 1 . This can be determined
as:
In this case, resistance coefficient is one half that for a sudden enlargement,
viz:
or
Figure].
59 8 Performance and Calculations
Figure 4.
Enlargement/contraction coefficients
e ~ 4 5o Ce = 2. 6 sin ~
e < 4 5o Cc = 1. 6 s m 2
. e
Enlargement
(1 - {32)2
KJ = f34
2.6 sin~ (l - {3 2 ) 2
2
K3 = f34
Contraction
0.5 sin J~ (1 -
fJ 2 )
K3 = ------'----,----
[34
0.8sin~(l- {3 2 )
K 3 = - ---=
{3-4 - - -
Losses in Bends and F'itl.ings 599
mm 25 so 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Pipe size (d)
in 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Expansion
=
d/D 0.25 3 6 8 11 14 16 20 26 31 36 42 48 55 65
0.5 2 4 6 7 9 12 15 18 22 25 29 34 46 52
0 .25 5 1 2 2 3 3 4 6 7 8 10 l2 15 20
Con traction
=
d/D 0.5 2 3 3 4 6 tl 10 12 14 16 18 20 26
FigureS .
used in sequence to reduce pressure in gradual steps, thus minimising the risk
of cavitation occurring.
Simple analysis is restricted to streamlined flow, the flow p~ttern being of
the form shown in Figure 5. The streamlines converge on approaching the
orifice and continue to converge after passing through the orifice, reaching a
minimum cross-sectional area, known as the vena contracta, downstream of
the orifice before diverging again. For small circular orifices. the downstream
position of the vena contracta is of the order of half the diameter of the orifice.
At the vena contracta, all the streamlines are perpendicular to the plane of the
orifice.
Strength of Pipes (Calculations)
In the case of homogeneous tubes (e.g. drawn tubes), a suitable pressure rating
can be determined directly in terms of the D/ t ratio by assuming a uniform
distribution of stress through the tube wall, when:
2St
P=-
D
where Smax = the maximum permissible material stress for the material used.
This is generally taken as one third the ultimate material
stress (see Table 1 ).
Provided the maximum material stress figure is taken within the limit of
proportionality of the material, this simple formula is valid. It does not hold
true for higher stress values, and thus will not accurately predict bursting
pressures, e.g. using Snit in place of Smax· It is also not valid where the ratio D/t
is 16:1 or less, as stress is then no longer uniformly distributed through the
wall thicknesses, but ranges from a maximum at the inner surface to a
minimum at the outer surface. The simple formula is thus restricted to thin-
walled tubes (D/t greater than 16:1).
It will over-estimate the pressure rating for thick-walled tubes (D/ t 16:1 or
less), and in such cases an alternative formula must be used. An alternative
602 Performance and Calculations
Table 1. Maximum permissible stress for tube calculations (Minimum UTS divided by 3)
Pmax
*Cylinder tubes.
tup to 65.5°C (150°P) only.
formula which can be applied in the case ofthick-waUed tubes and homogeneous
metal pipes is:
Smax = P X
RT
R~ _ RT X
(R~
RT + 1
)
where Ri = inner radius of tube
R 0 = outer radius of tube.
t = D
2
(JsS-P+ P- 1)
t =D
2
(J 3S + P _ 1 )
3S- 4P
(i) In the case of welded tubes, a correction factor may be introduced or.
alternatively, a higher divisor may be used to establish P max from
Strength ofPipes (Calculations) 603
the ultimate tensile strength of the material. This is not necessarily the
invariable rule, as welded tubes can have the same working strength
as drawn tubes. Corrections may be applied to tubes with welded
connections on a similar basis, however.
(ii) In the case of cast tubes, a nominal (and substantially lower) value
may be adopted for Pmax· Cast tubes are associated with older hydraulic
systems and Large pipe sizes, where pressure rating is established on
empirical lines. permitting fairly large tolerances in wall thicknesses.
(iii) In the case of copper pipes and tubes intended for brazed or soldered
connections, the standard thin-walled formula is de-rated:
2Smaxt
Pw = D- 0.8t
2Smax(t- C)
Pw = D - 0. 8 (t - C)
where Cis taken as equal to the depth of thread cut, with a minimum
value of 1.2 5 mm (0.05 in).
(v) In the case of plastic tubes, an allowance is made for the higher elastic
moduli of such materials, when a suitable formula is:
2Smax t
Pw = D- t
Two British Standards are applicable for the calculation of pipe-wall thickness:
BS 806: 1975 Specification for ferrous pipes and piping installations for
and in connection with land boilers.
BS 3 3 51: 19 71 Specification for piping systems for petroleum refineries
and petrochemical plants.
Design to BS 806
Minimum pipe-wall thickness where the outside diameter (D) is used as a basis
for calculation .
604 Performance and Calculations
BS3601HFS. 125.5 114.5 103.9 99.3 94.5 89.7 8'i.O 75 .0 fiS.7 56.9
CDS. steel22
BS3fi01HFS. 154.5 141.3 127.5 121.7 114.2 110.0 104.0 87.7 75 .8 fi2 .0
CDS. steel 2 7
APlSLGradeA. 122.5 111.9 101.3 95.8 91.3 86.5 82.0 7L1 64.8 55.8
seamless: steels
open hearth,
electric furnace
and basic
oxygen
APJSLGrndeB. 153.0 139.8 126.5 119.0 113.8 108.5 102.5 89.3 7'i .5 62.0
seamless: sub-
merged arc.
spiral weld:
steels open
hearth. electric
furnace and
basic oxygen
BS 3602 CDS. 2 130.0 125.5 120.6 11 7.3 111.5 96.5 88.9 78.2 6 7. 9 5 7.7
HFSandEHW.
steel 25
BS 1602 CDS. 2 154.5 143.0 132.0 12 7.0 11':1.0 1J 0.0 104.2 89. 7 75 .9 62 .3
HfSand ERW.
steel 27
BS 3604 620 166.5 144.2 144.0 139.0 l24.5 114.0 109.5 104.() 101.5 ':n\.5
HFS. CDS.
steel2 7
------------------------------------------------------------------------
BS 3604 fi21 144.5 144. 2 144.0 13 9.0 124.5 11 5.5 110. 5 106.0 103 .8 100.0
HFS. CDS.
steel 2 7
475 500 525 550 575 600 650 675 700 725 750 775 800 825
47.5 35.8
48.6 35.8
39.3 24.8
Table 2. Continued
BS 3604 622 144.5 134.2 129.6 125.0 120.5 115.5 111.0 106.0 103.8 101.0
HFS. CDS.
steel 2 7
BS3604622 164.0 164.0 164.0 164.0 156.S 150.5 144.0 1 37.2 134.0 130.2
HFS.CDS.
steel 31
BS 3604 660 172.0 172 .0 167.0 164.0 156.5 150. 5 144.0 137.2 134.0 130.2
CDS. HFS
BS 3604 625 137.0 131.0 125.5 ll9.5 114.0 108.5 103.0 97.0 92.8 86.5
HFS
BS 3605 6 126.0 113.5 103.5 95.0 R7.5 81.9 76.3 7 l. 7 (>13.'J 66.8
Grade 801
(304 )
BS 3605 6
Grade 811
(304H)
BS 3605 6 129.3 127.5 117.0 lOlLS 105.5 102.8 102.0 101 .3 100. 5 99.0
Grade 822T
(321)
BS 3605
Grade 832T
(321H)
BS 3605 6 129.3 128.2 123.5 120.6 118. 7 118.0 11 7. 5 1 16.5 11 5.5 1 14.0
Grade845
(316)and
Grade 845T
and
Grade 846
(3J 7)
BS 3605 6 107.5 106.2 100.0 83.4 79.3 74.3 66.9 62 3 60.7 58.6
Grade 8451
(316L)
475 500 525 550 575 600 625 ()50 675 700 725 750 775 800 825
(N / mm 2 )
55 .8 48.0 37.6 30.7 22.4 17.6 13.4 10.3 7.9 6.2 4.5
-- - ----------------------------------------------------------------
97 .5 96.0 94.0
91.7 88.5 75.8 51.3 34.5 25.5 19.6 15.2 11.8 9.3 7.6 6.5
111.5 106.0 <J9.3 90.3 79.3 67.6 56.2 46.6 36.8 28 .3 22.0 17.6 14.4 11.8 9.6
608 Performance and Calculations
Pd
t. ~ --
mm- 2fe- P
The value of tmin is the minimum thickness for straight pipes and provision
shall be made for any minus tolerance. Manufacturing considerations may
make it necessary for pipes thicker than this minimum to be used .
PD
t=---
20S +P
--
where t internal pressure design thickness (mm)
p -- internal design pressure (bar)
--
D outside diameter of pipe (mm)
s --
design stress (N/ mm 2 ) (shall be obtained from and shall not
exceed those given in Table 2 for the design temperatures indicated
therein). Linear interpolation for intermediate design temperatures
is permitted.
Pipes with t equal to or greater than D/ 4 require special consideration.
Mitred bends
Although smooth bends are more common, mitred bends are widely used in
industry. Typical applica tions include large-diameter pipelines or ducting in
chemical complexes, de-salination plants and nuclear power stations, where
the manufacture of smooth bends may be either impra ctica l or uneconomical.
To sa tisfy requirements within the high-pressure pipeline industry in the
UK, the BSI has produced recommendations on the design and application of
gusseted or mitred bends. This is published in Amendment No . AMD 3 545 to
Strength of Pipes (Calculations) 609
BS 806: 1975 Specification for ferrous pipes and piping installations for
and in connection with land boilers.
BS 5500: 1982 Specification for unfired fusion welded pressure vessels.
ANSI/ASME
8.31.1:1980 Power piping
ASME 111: 19 8 3 Boiler and pressure vessel code: nuclear power plant
components.
Finite element analysis methods have been used to compare the results
obtained from the different codes with experimental results, and these have
been published by the Institution ofMechanical Engineers in the United Kingdom.
See also standards EN 545, EN598 and ISO 25321 as well as British Standard
Code of Practice for Pipelines 8010 Section 2 .1.
Buried Pipes
In designing rigid buried pipelines. the determination of the external load due
to backfill and surface loadings is conventionally based on the methods and
formulae established by Marston and Spangler. These involve lengthy and
tedious calculations but are readily adapted to CAD (computer-aided design).
For general calculation, simplified tables are available, notably those by
Young and Smith (Building Research Station Report. 1970), corresponding to
normal practice with concrete pipes and incorporating corrections for differences
in external diameter. The latter can be a significant feature in the case of
cement pipes because of the smaller external diameter reducing the load
which it has to carry. Further simplified tables have been computed on this
basis.
Rigid metal pipes (e.g. cast iron) and pipes in flexible materials (e.g.
reinforced glass fibre) need somewhat different treatment. The former can be
laid at any depth with 7 5 to 600 mm ( 3 to 24 in) of cover under buildings; and
with not less than 300 mm ( 12 in) under roads and yards subject to normal
usage. Elsewhere in good ground. such pipes will only need extra protection
where subject to special loadings or abuse. In the latter case, design is
usually based on traditional empirical data; recommendations based on
experience or derived from experimental data evaluating specific structural
protection requirements. \tVith flexible pipe materials, due allowance must be
given to the diametrical deflection produced by soil load. e.g. using Spangler's
formula.
Cement-buried pipelines
The following covers the use of simplified tables for the design of cement-buried
pipelines. Metric units are employed throughout, consistent with current
British and European practice. General assumptions are:
Notation
Tables 1-3 are based on assumptions that will be safe for a wide range of site
conditions. The equivalent water loads are included in these tables. By
separating the concentrated surcharge loads, Table 4 enables the designer to
vary the calculation of the backfill load to suit individual circumstances, but
here the water load must be added from Table 5 for pipes of 600 mm and over.
Pipes laid under verges should be designed for the full-vehicle loads. Buried
pipes must not be exposed to excessive loads from heavy equipment during
construction. Choice of the appropriate loading category for a given location
is a matter for the engineer's judgement, with due regard to possible future
changes. The tables are not appropriate for flexible pipes (pitch fibre, plastics,
steel. etc.), nor for rigid pipes supported on piles.
Design method
For safe design, the minimum ultimate crush load (Wr) which the pipe is designed
to withstand must be greater than or equal to the computed external load (We
multiplied by a factor of safety of 1 .2 5 and divided by the bedding factor Fm.
1.2 SWe
WT > - - -
- Fm
612 Performance and CalculaUons
I Bd I
l
'"'i/IJIS<
""".....,.,..,IWI/;~ - - - -
::::::_------:::__ -=::::....-
--
----
---
-
- -
-
-
-----
- - - -
---------
-
-
-------
-----
H
Od Od
1-0WM~~~=======~~- . '10"'-'
II H 2
1-·
l_'4 JOOmm
mm
\050Bc\
--
mon
Class C Bedding Factor = 1.5 Class D Bedding Factor = 1. I
100 125 1432 1352 1326 1332 1408 1535 2003 2202 2212
150 182 0.60 2047 1946 1913 1926 2040 2228 2743 2829 2881
175 208 O.oO 2328 2216 2181 2197 2328 2543 2784 2856 2899
200 232 0.70 2587 2465 2428 2446 2593 2834 3342 3500 3565
225 260 0.70 2888 2756 2715 2737 2903 3174 3385 3528 3585
250 288 0.70 3190 3046 3003 3028 3212 3288 3429 3556 3604
300 339 0.75 3738 3574 3526 3556 3754 3841 4058 4257 4369
375 423 1.00 4585 4368 4292 4312 4547 4951 5930 6451 6797
450 504 1.05 5443 5190 5101 5127 5591 5894 6666 7272 7733
525 587 1.15 6320 6031 5930 5901 6291 6672 7416 8126 8680
600 671 1.20 7415 7089 6977 7012 7273 7546 8367 9190 9848
675 756 1.35 8372 8009 7882 7924 8352 8743 9819 10.935 11.797
750 837 1.45 9282 8883 8745 8793 9082 9479 10.676 11.876 12.913
825 921 1.50 10.230 9796 9646 9650 9826 10.223 11.507 12.831 14.041
900 1007 1.60 11.220 10.747 10.526 10.424 10.586 11.013 12.371 13.907 15.190
975 1075 1.85 12.000 11.498 11.324 11.387 12.000 12.613 14.574 16.545 18.307
1050 1157 1.90 12.950 12.405 12.220 12 .290 12.750 13.380 15.365 17.520 19.450
100 125 1335 1122 1053 1052 1152 1316 1863 2105 2144
150 182 0~60 1850 1585 1503 1512 1667 1909 2540 2690 2782
175 208 0.60 2085 1796 1708 1721 1901 2180 2552 2697 2785
200 232 0.70 2302 1991 1897 1914 2117 2429 3083 3324 3440
225 260 0.70 2554 2217 2117 2139 2369 2719 3096 3331 3445
250 288 0.70 2806 2444 2337 2364 2621 2784 3109 3338 3449
300 339 0.75 3265 2816 2737 2772 3056 3248 3683 4002 4188
375 423 1.00 3966 3458 3301 3330 3677 4213 5462 6134 6572
450 504 1.05 4681 4095 3915 3955 4552 5014 6110 6895 7465
525 587 1.15 5412 4745 4544 4593 5082 5647 6768 7687 8370
f>OO 671 1.20 6360 5612 5388 5447 5890 6375 7628 8689 9493
675 756 1.35 7166 6837 6088 6158 6793 7424 8987 10.370 11.400
750 837 1.45 7934 7026 6756 6836 7357 8019 9755 11.250 12.470
825 921 1.50 8737 7746 7455 7495 7927 8617 10.494 12.150 13.550
900 1007 1.60 9576 8502 8128 8067 8510 9257 11.264 13.160 14.660
975 1075 1.85 10.236 9097 8762 8870 9782 10.738 13,36f> 15.750 17.740
1050 1157 1.90 11.037 9818 9460 9579 10.352 11,364 14.094 16.660 18.84 0
614 Performance and Calculations
100 125 809 792 825 886 1054 12 53 183 7 2091 2133
150 182 0.60 1174 1150 1198 l288 1532 1821 2502 2670 2769
175 208 0.60 1341 1313 1368 1470 1750 2080 2509 2674 2771
200 232 0.70 1494 1463 1525 1639 1951 2319 3035 3297 3424
225 260 0.70 1673 1638 1707 1835 2185 2598 3043 3302 3427
250 288 0.70 1852 1813 1889 2031 2418 2650 3051 3306 3429
300 339 0.75 2176 2131 2221 2388 2820 3090 3nl5 3964 4164
375 423 1.00 2655 2578 2671 2859 3389 4021 5.3/R n087 6543
450 504 1.05 3157 306(1 3177 3401 4212 4786 nOll 6840 7431
525 587 1.1.5 3670 3564 3693 3954 4689 5384 6654 7623 8329
600 671 1.20 4397 4276 4423 4722 5442 6076 7497 8616 9448
67.5 756 1.35 4979 4843 5009 5345 6292 7089 8841 10.290 1l.34n
750 837 1.45 5535 .5384 5567 5940 h803 7649 9593 11.163 12.414
825 921 1.50 6117 5950 6152 6513 7320 8210 10.316 12.046 13.492
900 1007 1.60 6729 6547 6709 6998 7848 8814 11.070 13.049 14.591
975 1075 1.85 7211 701() 7252 7731 9077 10.266 13.159 15.630 17.668
1050 1157 1.90 7795 7586 7839 8.355 9605 10.856 13.872 16.53 3 18.766
f3uried Pipes 615
Step 1 Knowing the pipe diameter and cover depth, obtain the vehicle
load and the wide-trench load.
Step 2 Knowing the trench width, read off also the narrow-trench load.
Adopt the lesser of the two backfill loads.
Step 3 If the soil density y differs from 2000 kg/m 3 (125lb/ ft 3 ), correct
the backfill load by y/ 2000 ( yj 12 5).
Step 4 Add the backfill. vehicle loads and equivalent water load for pipes
over 600 mm to obtain We·
With We determined, the class of pipe and bedding required may be worked
out as in Method of use for Tables 1-3 above.
Example
Determine the strength classes and bedding required through a length of 600
mm nominal diameter asbestos-cement pipeline laid under fields at cover
depth ranging from 1.2 to 6.4 m (narrow-trench conditions).
Consider the use of Class B (F m = 1. 9) bedding or, if ground conditions permit,
a Class D (Fm = 1.1) bedding. The maximum permissible external load can
now be found by using the equation shown under Design method:
. 1.1 x Wr
I.e. We~ 1. = 0 .88Wr
25
1.9 x Wr
or We~ 1.
25
= l.52Wr
The values ofWr for the different classes of pipe can be found in Table 4 .
Wr for 600 mm diameter Class L pipes= 4300 kgf/ m.
Wr for 600 mm diameter Class M pipes= 5800 kgf/m .
Table 4A.
A 600 mm Class L pipe, on a Class B bed, can be laid from 0.6 to 3.4 m; from
3.4 to 6.4 m, a Class M pipe laid on a Class B bed would be needed.
If ground conditions permit, a 600 mm Class M pipe can be flat bedded from
0.6 to 2.1 m, and laid on a Class B bed from 2.1 to 6.4 m.
616 Pe1jormance and Calculations
Nominal Outside Trench Type Tow I design load We in kilograms pe( metre of pipe length for covt'r depth 1-1 in met(CS
internal diameter width of
diameter Be Bd load H=
(mm) (mm) (m} 0.6 0.9 1.2 15 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 .0 3.4
Total design load W c in kilogn1ms per metre or pipe length for cover depth H in metres
H=
3. 7 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.4 6.7 7.0 7.3 7.6
1448 1566 I 1)83 1801 1918 2036 2154 2271 2389 2506 2624 2742 2859 2977
278 250 226 205 U!6 170 156 143 1 32 122 113 105 98 92
97 83 72 63 sn 49 44 39 35 32 29 27 24 22
54 47 41 3h 32 28 25 23 21 19 17 16 14 13
2260 2340 2390 2450 2500 2540 2580 2620 2640 2660 2690 2710 2730 2750
2 107 2278 2449 2620 279 1 2963 3134 3305 3476 3648 3819 3':190 4 161 4333
399 359 324 293 267 244 224 206 189 I 75 162 151 140 131
137 118 102 90 79 70 62 56 50 46 41 38 35 32
78 67 59 52 46 41 36 33 30 27 24 22 20 19
2260 2340 2390 2450 2500 2540 2580 2620 2640 2660 2690 2710 2730 2750
2407 2602 279/l 2994 3189 1385 3581 3776 3972 4168 4364 4559 4755 4951
4 54 408 369 334 104 278 254 234 216 199 185 I 71 160 149
156 134 116 102 'JO 80 71 64 57 52 47 43 39 36
89 77 67 59 52 46 41 37 34 3l 28 25 23 21
27 10 2810 2900 2970 3040 3100 3160 3210 3260 noo 3330 3360 3390 3400
2683 2902 3120 3338 355(, 3775 3993 4211 4430 4648 4866 5084 5303 5521
505 454 410 372 338 309 283 260 240 221 205 191 177 165
173 14 9 129 I I3 100 88 79 71 64 58 52 48 44 40
99 86 75 65 58 52 46 41 37 34 31 28 26 24
2710 2810 2900 2970 3040 3100 3160 3210 3260 3300 3330 3360 3390 3400
3006 32 51 34')) 3740 3985 4229 4474 4718 4963 5208 5452 'i697 5942 6186
565 508 4 ~~~ 415 378 345 316 290 268 247 229 213 196 185
193 166 144 126 111 99 88 79 71 6':1 58 53 49 45
1I 1 96 83 73 65 58 52 46 42 .38 35 32 29 27
2710 2810 2900 2l)70 3040 3100 3160 32 [() 3260 3300 3330 3360 3390 3400
l328 3'i99 3879 4141 4412 4583 4954 5225 5496 5767 6038 6309 6580 6851
624 'i61 506 459 418 381 349 321 296 273 253 235 219 204
21.3 18.3 159 139 123 JOY 97 87 78 71 64 59 54 49
123 !Of> 92 81 72 64 57 51 46 42 311 35 32 29
3180 3300 3420 3520 3610 3700 3780 3830 3910 3950 4010 4050 4090 4130
3915 4234 4553 4872 5191 5510 5829 6148 6467 6786 7105 7424 7743 8061
7.l3 658 594 '>38 490 447 410 376 347 321 297 276 257 239
249 214 186 163 144 127 114 102 92 S3 75 69 63 58
144 124 108 95 84 7'i 67 60 54 49 45 41. 38 34
4fi50 4870 5080 5260 5440 'i600 5750 5900 6020 6140 6250 6340 6440 6500
4641 5019 5397 5775 61H fi532 6910 7288 7666 8044 8422 8801 9179 9575
912 819 739 fi70 b09 556 509 468 431 398 369 343 319 297
30S 26(, 231 202 178 158 141 126 114 103 94 85 78 72
179 155 135 Ill:! 105 93 83 75 67 61 56 51 47 43
5160 5410 5650 5870 6080 6270 644() 6610 6760 6900 7040 7150 7260 7380
5524 5'J75 (>42 5 6876 7326 7777 8228 8678 9129 9579 10.030 10.480 10.931 11.382
1084 974 871l 796 724 661 605 556 512 473 438 407 379 353
3(,(, 315 274 240 211 188 167 150 135 122 111 101 93 85
213 184 160 141 124 1I 1 99 89 80 73 66 60 55 51
S660 59'i0 62.30 6490 6720 f>950 7150 7340 7530 7700 7850 IWOO 8140 8270
6427 6952 74'77 8002 8256 9051 9576 10,101 10.626 11.150 U.675 12.200 12.725 13.250
1260 I 132 1021 926 842 768 704 647 596 550 510 4 73 440 410
425 366 318 278 246 218 194 I 74 15 7 142 129 118 108 99
248 214 187 164 145 129 115 103 93 85 77 70 64 59
6190 6500 6820 7100 7390 7630 7X60 8090 1>300 8500 8680 8870 9020 9170
7340 7940 RS 39 9139 97l9 I 0.33l) 10.939 11.539 12. I 39 12.739 13.339 1 3.938 14.538 15.138
Hl9 1292 l16f> 1()<; 7 961 877 803 738 680 628 582 540 502 468
485 417 363 118 280 248 222 199 179 162 147 134 123 113
284 245 213 11!7 165 147 13) 1I8 106 96 88 80 73 68
7230 7630 8010 8360 8720 9040 9340 9640 9900 10.200 10.400 10.600 10.800 11.000
826 1 8937 9613 10.289 10.965 I 1. 540 12.316 12.992 13.668 14.344 15.020 15.696 16.3 72 17.048
J(i20 14 ~s I 313 II S9 1082 9S7 904 831 765 707 654 607 565 527
545 4hY 408 357 3I 5 279 249 224 202 182 166 151 138 127
319 276 240 2I1 186 165 148 13 3 120 109 99 90 83 76
7750 8190 8620 9030 9400 9760 10.100 10.400 10.700 11.000 11.300 11.500 11.800 12.000
9137 9885 10.634 I J. 38 2 12.130 12.R79 l3.f>27 14.375 1 'i.J 24 15.872 16.620 17.369 18.1 17 18.865
1792 lli09 1452 l316 11 97 1092 1000 919 846 782 724 672 625 583
603 519 415 395 348 309 276 247 223 202 183 167 153 141
35.3 305 266 233 20f> 183 16 3 14 7 133 120 109 100 91 84
618 Performance and Calculations
Table s.•
Nominal diameter Equivalent load
(mm) (kgf/m)
600 210
675 270
750 330
825 400
900 490
975 560
1050 650
·when a pipe is running full. its contents are equivalent to an external load of 75 1Yo of the weight of
water in the pipe. '
The following are guidelines for calculations involving buried flexible pipes.
Notation
Loads
Traffic loads (P1)
Traffic loading may be taken rrom the appropriate charts, e.g. as given in NBS
Special Report No. 3 7.
Nominal 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 7'i0
di <Jmeter
(rnm )
Bedding lr 1 (mm)
angle
a.
t100 25 50 - - - - - - - + ~ 7 5 -----+
90° 50 - - -- ---7 f - -- - - 100 ~ 150 -----+
120° f--- - -- - 100 200 ~ 250 - - - - - - t
620 Performance and Calculations
Backfill (P e)
Normally use the full weight of the soil above the crown of the pipe. For
buckling resistance, where ground-water level is above the pipe, ma1<e allowance
for buoyancy and add water pressure at crown (at invert if pipe can be empty).
Vacuum (P)
Include this if there is a possibility of full or partial vacuum inside the pipe.
Note: Transient loads, e.g. traffic loads, have less effect in deflecting a flexible
pipe than do permanent soil loads and surcharges. Therefore. when
considering deflection only. a reduction factor of 0. 5 may be applied to Pt.
Deflection
Spangler's formula for the deflection of flexible pipes can be written thus:
~_ D K x Pod
1
d- 8 El
106 x d 3 + 90.031 e.d.
where 8 - reduction in vertical diameter
d - mean diameter of pipe
e = subgrade modulus
Buried Pipes 621
El
d3 - pipe stiffness factor
Es = ksH x 1.7 d
. if backfill is saturate granular material
2 7
With flexible pipes, the effect of the pipe stiffness on the deformation of the
composite pipe/ soil system is small and can usually be neglected. The Spangler
formula then reduces to:
~ _ D 2.4Poct
1
d- Es
The long-term deflection calculated as previously should not exceed 5% of
the diameter. If necessary. better quality surround material, and/ or higher
compaction should be specified. Allowable initial deflection will depend upon
the engineer's assessment of D 1 but, as a guide, this should be limited to a
maximum or 3%.
62 2 Performance and Calculations
Buckling strength
Based on Meyerhof and Baikie. the critical buckling pressure on a buried pipe
(P c) is given by the following equation:
El 1
Pc = 4.6 Es x d3 x 10n
Bursting strength
Crushing strength
Longitudinal strength
Strain
Bending strain £6
If the pipe deformed a s a n eclipse, the strain in the pipe w a ll due to bendin g
would be :
38 t
Eb = - X -
d d
Tests by Molin showed that bedding irregularities caused deviations from this
theoretical value which were dependent upon pipe stiffness, i.e.:
where 3 ~ d ~ 6: d tends towards 3 for stiffer pipes which are less affected
by bedding irregularities and hence, for a particular deflection, are subject to
correspondingly lower levels of bending strain .
In non-pressure pipes, bending strain should be limited to 0.3 5%. For
pressure pipes, bending strain is generally limited to 0 .2%.
Note: In pressure pipe design , the effects of bending and internal pressure are
not additive and may, therefore, be considered separately.
Trenching
The preparation of the trench bottom to give an even bedding for the barrel of
the pipe, and proper alignment of pipes, is of primary importance. In rocky
ground the trench should be extended to at least 100 mm deeper than
required and then made up to the required level by introduction of well rammed
compactible material of a type which will not be washed away; alternatively,
the pipe may be embedded in a layer of freshly mixed concrete. The trench
should not normally be opened up more than a few pipe lengths ahead of the
point where laying is taking place.
Width of trench
The trench width will depend to some extent on the ground conditions and
depth of laying but should be kept to the practical minimum. Minimum widths
for normal conditions. as used in the preparation of external loading charts,
are based on standard bucket sizes wherever possible and give at least 150 and
624 Performance and Calculations
200 mm clearances on each side of the pipe for diameters in the ranges
200-3 SO and 400-7 SO mm, respectively.
In narrow-trench conditions, the backfill load is a function of the depth of
cover and width of trench (B) as measured at the level of the crown of the pipe.
Thus the backfill loads will be the same for any of the trench sections shown in
Figure 2.
Where a particular width has been specified, it should not be significantly
exceeded without reference to the pipeline designer.
Depth of trench
Class C bedding
The effecrive rrench widrh (B) in lhe lhree exa mples shown is as
measured all he level correspo nding 10 rhe u own o f I he pipe.
t
H
t
H
... ..
. :-::··
. ..:. .· ·. -8-+--~ ...·
.....
:- ·-::· ;~(:.::;::: ·:-:.:·
.. ::-:·:·:-::· ::- .·.-... ·.·..·.... ..··....·.·. . . ·.
Figure 2.
Buried Pipes 625
pipes. One end of the straight edge should be notched. Allowance can be made
for slight initial settlement due to the weight of the pipe.
Class B bedding
In Class B bedding itis necessary to overdig the trench by an amount equivalent
to the required depth of granular overlay between the pipe and the foundation
ground. The straight-edge technique can again be used to obtain the gradient
and approximate level of the granular bedding.
For both Class B and Class C bedding it is necessary to excavate a joint hole
of sufficient length and depth to give clearance for the coupling to ensure that
the pipes rest on the trench bed and not on the coupling.
Backfilling
Large stones should be kept well away from the sides or the trench to avoid
the possibility of their being accidentally dropped on the pipes which have
been laid.
Thermoplastic pipes
CPVC piping is usually selected for its higher temperature characteristics, i.e.
48-94°C (120-200°F). Expansion and contraction could become excessive at
the higher ranges with intermittent flow in buried lines.
Expansion joints are recommended for use in suitable pits for the upper
temperature limits. In this case, the line should not be 'snaked'. Snaking the
pipe with as many loops as possible per 30m (100ft) should prove satisfactory
for normal conditions for PVC and for temperature ranges up to 60°C (l40°F)
for CPVC. Sun heat or hot water flow to bring the pipe to 38-44°C (100-
11 0°F) surface temperature is recommended prior to preliminary backfill of
the snaked line.
Care should be used to make the best possible solvent-cement joint.
Threading should be avoided.
\,Yhere the thermoplastic pipe is joined to metal. use or a metal flange with a
flexible gasket is suggested.
Cement cure times in excess of those normally recommended are suggested
prior to running at the elevated temperature. vVhen thermoplastic pipe is installed
underground in trenches, the trench bottom should be smooth and rree or
rocks and debris.
Trenches should never be used as repositories for rubbish. H the trench is
dug in ledge rock, hard pan or where boulders and rocks are not removed, the
trench bottom must be padded out with sand or compacted with fine-grain
soils.
The trench should be wide enough to provide adequate room for : (1) joining
the pipe in the trench, (2) snaking the pipe from side to side in the trench to
provide slack for future contraction or expansion, and (3) placing and
compacting side fills.
Trench width may be minimised by joining the pipe outside of the trench
and lowering it into the trench with levelling supports.
Trench depth is determined by intended service. national standards and
recommendations as well as local conditions.
Thermoplastic pipe should be installed at least below frost level. Pipe for
conveying liquids susceptible to freezing should be buried no less than 300
mm (12 in) below the maximum frost level. Permanent lines subjected to
heavy traffk'should have a minimum cover of 600 mm (24 in). For light traffic
300-450 mm (12-18 in) is normally sufficient for small diameter and small
diameter-to-thickness ratio pipe. \,Yith larger sizes or larger diameter-to-
thickness ratio pipe, bearing stresses should be calculated to determine cover
required.
BuriedPipes 627
As well as local and national codes, reliability and safety should always be
paramount.
vVith a smooth uniform trench bottom. the pipe will be supported over its
entire length on firm, stable material. Blocking should never be used to
change pipe grade or to provide intermittent support over low sections in the
trench . Because subsoil conditions vary greatly throughout the world, different
pipe-bedding problems will be encountered in various localities. In general,
subsoil should be stable and should provide physical protection for the pipe.
The pipe should be surrounded with backfill materials having a particle size
e
of 13 mm I 2 in} or less. Backfilling should be carried out in layers with each
layer compacted sufficiently so that lateral pressure soil forces are developed
uniformly. Under certain conditions, it may be advisable to have the pipe
under pressure during the backfilling operation.
When compacting sand or gravels. vibratory methods are recommended. If
water flooding is used, the initial backfill should be sufficient to ensure complete
coverage of the pipe. Additional backfill should not be added until the water-
flooded backfill is firm enough to walk on. Precautions should be taken to stop
the pipe flo a ting. In all instances, the trench should be filled completely, and
rolling equipment or heavy tampers should be used only to consolidate the
final backfill.
With regard to thermoplastic pipe, rererence should also be made to ASTM
D2 774 'Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping' and
ASTM D2321 'Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer
Pipe'. See also the Chapter on Thermoplastic Pipe.
Collapsing Pressure for Pipes
and Tubes
In the general case of pipes where the length is eight or more times the
diameter, the uniformly applied pressure to produce collapse is given by:
3
p = 2E (_!_)
1- a 2 D
where P --
external pressure
E --
modulus of elasticity of pipe material
a -- Poisson's ratio for pipe material
t = pipe-wall thickness
D = outside diameter
The upper limit for the collapsing pressure is given when the compressive
stress produced is equal to the compressive yield strength of the pipe material.
Buried pipes
Buried pipes are subject to both internal and external loading. the general
theory stating that the magnitude of internal pressure which a rigid pipe can
withstand varies inversely with the magnitude of simultaneously applied
external loading. The net effect on the combined load-bearing strength of the
pipe can be determined mathematically from the Schlick formula, as follows:
pi p+ -(~Tr]
=
Figure 1 shows a 'combined loading' curve for a pipe which would burst at
some internal pressure, P 2 , or crush under some external load, WT, if either
were acting alone. If, however, some lesser internal pressure, P 1 • is acting on
the pipe in combination with an external loading, F 1 • the magnitude ofF 1 at
which fracture will occur can be determined by means of ordinates drawn to
intersect at a point X on the curve.
Combined loading
Q)
L.
~
~ p.
Q)
'-
a.
C'J
c
....
Q)
c P2
X
WT F,
y External load
Figure I.
630 Performance and Calculations
Figure 2.
Basically, such loading charts are modified Schlick curves, taking into
account suitable safety factors, e.g.:
Pw = ~ [1 - ( ~J]
External loading
16·0 ~----------------------------------------------------------------,
t---------
..
£!.
14·0
~ 12·0
"
:::.,
r----
a.
~ 10·0
~
0;
u
0
"0
~ 8 ·0
§
"'
"'E"
6·0
"
E
..
;;
.,E
!: 4·0
o;
u
0.
2·0
0 "'
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
16·0
14·0
~
8.
~
Q_
Q) 12·0
:;
"'"'
!'!
0.
g' .10·0
.,~u
0
u.,
c:
8·0
§
"'::>
"'E
6·0
"
.~
)(
.,E"'
!: 4 ·0
'ii
u
0.
2·0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
16-0r------------------------------------------------------------------,
14·0
class 25 maximum sustained pressure
'"
8.
~
~
"'"'"
P!
0.
"'
·=
..
~
a.
..
0
"0
c
5...
"'"
E
"
6.
..E
-~
.
.E
~a.
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
16-or--------------------------------------------------------------------------.
14·0~------------------------------------------------
E
6·0
"
E
..
;c
..
E
c
4·0
~
o.
2·0
0 10 20 30 50 60 70 80 90
16-o r--------------------------------------------------------------------------,
14·0
:.
£
"'"'c.
~"' .1 O·O c;;; 20mawrmum
~ su~ta•ned pressure
.,
0
~ 8·0
'"
~ class 1 5 max•mum susta•ned pressure
E
E 6·o
..
;;
..
E
~ 4·0
"a.
2·0
O L-----------------------------~----------------~--------------------~
0 10 20 30 40 50· 60 70 80 90
16-o r--------------------------------------------------------------------------,
14-0 r----------------------------------------------
class I 5 maxrmum
.,., 8·0 sus!<lined pressure
c
~
..
E
:I
6-<>
:I
..E
;;
E
2·0
0 10 20 30 80 90 110 120
mm in X y
·At least 90% of maximum possible at the optimum moisture content (90% standard Proctor).
Notes:
1. The above factors of safety include allowance for surge provided that the maximum sustained
operating, or static. pressure plus surge (i.e. pipeline design pressure) does not exceed the maximum
allowable sustained pressure for the class of pipe by more than 10%.
2. For pipe sizes up to 150 mm (6 in) diameter. combined loading may not need to be considered a3'.
in this range. pressure pipes are designed on the basis of beam strength and consequently have
bursting and crushing strengths in excess of practical needs.
Collapsing Pressure for Pipes and Tubes 63 5
kF =We or F = We
k
Note 1: Only a specific calculation for each case can provide an adequate a nswer.
Note 2: The values given for the heights of cover have been established for the class K9: they are also
valid for classes K ~ 10.
Note: Only a specific calculation for each case can provide a n adequate answer.
63 6 Performance and Calculations
Trench beddings
Wherever soil and other related conditions permit. it has been widely adopted
practice over many years to lay concrete pressure pipes on the well-levelled
and prepared natural bottom of the trench. Selected backfill is introduced in
layers not exceeding 300 mm (12 in), and properly compacted up to a level of
300 mm (12 in), approximately above the crown of the pipe. In the International
Standard. beddings of this type are designated Class 'C'. This bedding
embraces the Class 'C' and Class 'D' beddings described in National Building
Studies Special Report No. 35. Consult EN545: 1994 and EN598 : 1995 . See
also the chapter on Buried Pipes.
Boiler-Feed Calculations
The positive suction lift (h) must be equal to or greater than Hgs·
In smaller-size boiler feed pumps, the calculated Hgs value will usually be
increased by the difference of saturated vapour pressure at trnax and tkmax from
the balancing device. When planning larger boiler feed pumps, check calculations
of the intake piping are recommended, particularly with regard to the positive
suction lift. This is mainly to be done in the operation of the so-called stepping
deaeration powers.
K - steam boiler
N - feed water tank .
VTO- high pressure heater .
I - inlet piping
2 - discharge p iping.
3 - let~ k -o ff.
4 - balancing piping from
balancing device.
5 - discharge from balancing
device.
Pp - saturated steam pressure of
feed water at respect ive
temperature.
Ps - suction branch manometric
pressure .
Pv - fina l resultant pressure of
boilerfeed pump in
discharge branch.
Hgv - geodetic delivery head .
Hgs - geodetic suction head .
_
Ps- Pp
+ (h-148
Hzs)Y (Jbr;· 2)
m
Air vent
Condensate
Boiler blowdown
heat recovery ~
Temperature
control
Drain
Injector
Level probe protection tube
hzv X Y 2
Pv = Pk + (lbf/in )
148
wh ere h zv is in feet
y is in lb/ ft 3
H = Pv - Ps x lO
_ (m wg )
y
H = Pv - Ps x 1 7 s·5 (.In wg )
y
However , the project engineer s hould take into account that the pump head
in (m wg) will change its characteristics consistently, regardless of the feed-water
temperature.
The specific weight of the water will change with its temperature. If a
booster pump is to be ins talled before the boiler-feed pump, the same relation
should be applied for calculating the pump head as that used for the calculation
of the pump head when no booster is involved. so that:
H = Pv - Ps x 1 O ( m wg )
y
H = Pv - Ps X 17 55 (in wg)
y
640 Performance and Calculations
STUFFING BOX
BUSH
PUMP
SHAFT
BALANCE
DRUM
RESTRICTION
BUSH
RING SECTION
ASSEMBLY
hzp X Y )
Ps = Pvn- (lbf/in-)
148
Pump delivery
BARREL CASING
IMPELLERS
I
z
0
E
::J
DISCHARGE COVER
(f)
BALANCE DRUM
STUFFING BOX
BUSH
STUFFING BOX
BUSH
PUMP SHAFT
In English units:
where Q1 is in UK gal/min
Q2 is in US gal/ min
Pv and Ps are in lbf/ in 2
yisinlb/ft 3 .
The pump shaft input of a boiler-feed pump should be given by the manufacturer
in the consistent units given later and calculated by the following equation:
N= QX H X Y = Nu (kW)
102 X 60 X fJ fJ
N = Ql H X y
X
(kW)
51,500xry
Q] X H X y
(hp)
38,420 X 1]
Q x Hx
2 y
N = ----.-
42,920 X fJ
(kW)
Q2 X H X y
(hp)
3200 X YJ
Boiler-Feed Calculatio11s 643
Por the slection of the driving machine. a planning margin in its output
should be considered owing to the inaccuracies in calculations of the whole
system and unpredictable conditions. This is why the driving machine output
(NM) will be obtained by the following relation:
NM = ( 1.08 - 1.2)N
If the pump was tested with a cold-water supply then the followin g recalculations
of the pump efficiency should be carried out if pumping hot water.
l7p = '7ip = 17m
yp
where17ip = l -( l - 7'Ji) x - x 0.1
y
leak-off
The whole of the pump sh a ft input. N, is not utilised in the pump for increasing
the energy o f the liquid , as part of the input that corresponds to all losses
within the pump will be converted into heat. This means that the water
temperature in the boiler-feed pump increases proportionally to the losses
within the pump.
The temperature will then be:
If the amount of the feed-water flow through the balancing device is introduced
before the boiler-feed pump, the temperature of water entering the boiler-feed
pump increases to the value:
t _ (Qto + Ok)tk
I - Q + Qk
where t 0 = water temperature in the inlet branch less the effect of water
from the balancing device (°C)
tk = water temperature after the balancing device (°C).
\,Yater freezes at ooc (32°F) and boils at lOOoc (212°F) under normal atmospheric
pressure. ooc (32 °F) is the reference phase for zero heat content. Because
the actual boiling point is dependent on ambient pressure, this can be
designated t 1 . The heat required to raise the temperature of water from ooc
(32 °F) to tlt marking the onset of vaporisation, is known as the sensible heat
(h). At atmospheric pressure, the sensible heat of water is 349.3 kJ/ kg
(150.17 Btu/ lb ).
If heat continues to be applied to the water, the process of vaporisation
(boiling) goes on until all the water has been transformed to steam (AB in
Figure 1). During this period the temperature remains constant. The heat
absorbed is called the latent heat of vaporisation (L), so that at point B:
tl
A c
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
~I
0 oc (32 °F)
~ I
h
.'. 7
L +· I
Cp(t2 - t 1)
Figure I .
646 Performance and Calculations
H = 349 .3 + 2259.7
H = 2609 kJ/kg
or
H = 150.17 + 970.3
H = 1150.5 Btu/lb
At any intermediate point (C) between A and B. the stage of vaporisation can
be expressed as the dryness fraction (q), or ratio of latent heat at that point to
that necessary to produce a state of dry saturation (point B):
If, after point B, more heat is added to the dry saturated steam, the steam is
said to be superheated. Provided the steam is subject to unrestricted expansion,
the pressure remains the same, but the temperature rises to t 2 . The degree of
superheat is then CP (t 2 - t 1 ).
The approximate value of Cp is 0.48 . Specific values are obtained from
steam tables.
Steam can thus exist in three forms: dry saturated steam free of any water
particles in suspension. wet saturated steam containing water particles in
suspension , and superheated steam. The higher the degree of superheat the
steam possesses, the more closely its characteristics resemble those of a perfect
gas.
The original (Babcock) formula for determining the quantity of steam able to
pass through a particular pipe with a specified pressure drop is:
D(P1 - P2)d 5
w = 87.5 L(l + 3.6/d)
212 259 266 307 )23 336 350 361 371 380 368 OF
PSIG
0 20 40 60 60 100 1 20 140 160 180 200
2600 J J 1200
~ TOTAL HEAT OF STEAM
2600
1100
2400 - 1000
2200
2000
~
- ...._ ~ 900
1800 600
r-- LATENT HEAT AVAILABLE AT DIFFERENT PRESSURES-
I
1600 700
1200 500
1000
400
-
HEAT IN CONDENSATE AT STEAM TEMPERATURE
BOO
.--
-
300
600
~
..- 200
400
HEAT IN CONDENSATE AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
200 I I I I I i i I I I 100
0 0
0 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
bar gauge
Changes irr amounts of heat required for the two stages ofsteam production.
d =usJv~D
where V = steam velocity (ft/sec)
_ 2 (3 3, 6oor) v- _9
- W dS X X l0
where pis the mass density of the steam (lb/ft 3 ) and isdependenton temperature
and pressure.
W = Jc1 X IQ-9
35,600f
c2
w
Q = 4 .8
Basic considerations
The diameter of the pipeline between the heat exchanger and steam trap is .
normally chosen to fit the nominal size of the trap .
Steam Flow Calculations 649
vVhen choosing the diameter of the condensate line downstream of the trap ,
flashing has to be considered. Even at very low pressures the volume of flash
steam is many times that of the liquid if the condensate is at saturation
temperature upstream of the trap (e.g. during flashing from 1.2 to 1 bar (17 to
14.4 lbf/ in 2 ) the volume increases approximately 17 times).
In these cases it is possible to dimension the condensate line in accordance
with the amount of flash steam formed. The flow velocity of the flash steam
should not be too high otherwise water hammer (by the formation of waves),
flow noises and erosion may occur.
A flow velocity of 15 m/s (50ft/sec) at the end of the pipeline before the inlet
into the collecting tank or flash vessel is a useful empirical value. The inside
diameter of the pipeline required can be taken from Table 1.
20
~ I~ ~ A)" I
~~
~ ""'
""' ""
""" ~'1;.
10
i
"
"'
"" ""'""' "'"'" ~
~ >-
""' " ~
"'~?v'~
"~ ,...,. I--'
"' --
~-
--
8
'\ ~ "\
7
8 ~ """' "'- "- valve
Standard g~r-- ,.- " ,...- ~
"' :>
""r-..
--
5
4
" ""' ""'~~g-~~~~K
~'--
"".....,
_.,.. X
./
~
"
r---~~~ Tee
- ~
~~
Q)
- I " ""'
u
;
"'
"'....
Q)
2 a tea. tube
-r-::-?om06 ""' '\,
r--= ~~bellows)\
""' ""'"""'~ _...~~
"".....,
......
0
I\I\ ""~ "'~
c
Q)
"""
""....., ~
"""
'V
0
u
0.5
go• elbow "' ~
""....., ""' "' "~
.
0,3
,..,.... ~
""'~
v v ~
f.-'
.......
\0 ~a:~~
"' ~
--
0.2
_.,..~
.....- _.,..
0,1
10 15
,..,....-v --
25 32
Nominal size (DN)
40 so && eo 100 150 200 300 400 soo
To determine the actual diameter. the above values must be multiplied with the following factors:
kg, h 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 lOUO 1500 2000 3000 5000 8000 10.000 15.000 20.000
-
Factor 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.-1- 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.9 4. 5 5.5 7.1 8.9 10.0 12.2 14.1
For long pipelines (over 100m or 300ft) and large condensate flowrates.
the pressure drop should be calculated to avoid the back pressure becoming
too high. The velocity of the flash steam may be used in the calculations (see
Table 1 and Figure 2).
When the condensate is mainly in the liquid state (e.g. high degree of
undercooling, extremely low pressure) its flow velocity should, if possible, be
rated at 0 .5 m/ s (1.64 ft/ sec) or higher. The pipeline diameter can be chosen
from the chart (Figure 3).
If the condensate is pumped, the condensate in the pump discharge line can
only be in the liquid phase. For choosing the pipeline diameter, the mean
velocity can be rated at 1. 5 m/ s ( 5 ft/sec). Again, Figure 3 may be used.
100
()
80
70
50 ()
50
Steam
t.O
'
~
30
-
10 ,_ :-.
t r~ 1
--
_i
Compressed air
111
v
a
•
10 r I
' i ,/
8
7
~ 1(1
' I
(')
t- ~~
6
5
- 3
3 '
1-
·u
0
<u Water
> '
3
0
CL: 0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.1.
0.3
0.2
Flowrate V in mJh
Basic formula
M = 1.2 kcaljhr (1 /h )
500 (g r
The quotient 500 is the latent heat of steam (kcal/ kg) for m~dium pressures.
The factor 1.2 is added to compensate for the heat losses.
In SI units, the condensate flowrate is calculated as foHows:
= 2 W X 3600
M 1. 2000 1000
Hence:
w
M ~ 1.2 (kgjhr)
560
W is the amount of heat required in Watts or Joule per second (J/ sec) and the
quotient 2000 the latent heat of steam (kJ/ kg) for medium pressures.
U the amount of heat Q per hour is not known, it can be calculated [rom
the weight M of the product to be heated in 1 hour, the specific heat
(c = ~~~ or, in SI units, c = k~K) and the difference between initial temperature
t 1 and final temperature t 2 (b.t = t2 - t 1 ):
Q = M x c x b.t (kcaljhr)
or in SI:
c
Q= M X X b.t (W)
3600
Example:
or, in SI:
4187
Q = 50 X X (100 - 20) = 4652 W
1600
Steam Flow Calculations 653
/ / / I~
300
'/1SO ./10 1.1.
5040 30 20 1& 10 t6 5 4 ~
1\..
1,5 1
"
0.5
aoo 100 eo
Flow velocity win m/s
Example :
Steam temperature 300 °C, steam pressure 16 bar, Result :
a steam flowrate 30 t/h, nominal size (ON) 200 mm . Flow velocity = 43 m/s.
Example
Pipeline components ON 50 rnm
Pipeline length 20m C = 8.1
Operating data
I angle valve . . . . . . . C = 3.1
l standard globe valve . . C = 'i
Temperature · Joooc
Steam pressure 16 bar a
I tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C == 3. 1
3 e I bows . . . . . . . . . . . . C = 1.5
Velocity = 40 m/s
•
LC = 21.0 Result 6p= 1. 1 bar
Temperature in oc
0,05 ~
.0
1:::
0,1 0..
<J
0..
0,2
0
...
"0
0,3
...::l
0
</J
1/)
o,s 0......
<U
1,0
When sizing steam lines, care must be taken that the pressure drop between
the boiler and steam users is not too high. The pressure drop depends mainly
on the flow velocity of the steam.
The following empirical values for the now velocity have proven to be
satisfactory:
Saturated steam lines 20-40 m/s ( 6 5-130 ft/ sec)
Superheated steam lines 3 5-65 m/s (115-215 ft/ sec)
The lower figures should be used for smaller flowrates.
For a given flow velocity. the required pipe diameter can be chosen from the
chart (Figure 4).
The pressure drop can be calculated from the charts in Figures 2 and 5.
If the size of the heating surface and the temperature rise (between initial and
final temperatures) of the product are known, the condensate flowrate M can
be calculated with sufficient accuracy as follows:
A X k (ts- tl + tz)
2
M = (kg/hr)
r
0\
Table 2. Heat emission from pipes Vl
0'
Heat emission from bare horizontal pipes with ambient temperatures between 10 and 21 °C and still air conditions.
'\l
oc W/m "''!:l"'
::s
!:l...
56 54 65 79 103 10 8 132 155 188 233 324 (J
:::.
,._
67 68 82 100 122 136 168 198 236 296 410 <'>
l::
78 83 100 122 149 166 203 241 298 360 500 ::;-
89 99 120 146 179 205 246 289 346 434 601 .....
>-·
0
100 116 140 169 208 234 285 337 400 501 696 ::s
111 134 164 198 241 271 334 392 469 598 816 "'
125 159 191 233 285 321 394 464 555 698 969
139 184 224; 272 333 373 458 540 622 815 1133
153 210 255 312 382 429 528 623 747 939 1305
167 241 292 357 437 489 602 713 838 1093 1492
180 274 329 408 494 556 676 808 959 1190 1660
Heat emission from bare horizontal pipes with ambient temperatures between 50 and 70°F and still air conditions.
Temperature Pipe size
difference:
3
steam to air 1
/2 in /4 in 1 in 1 1/ 4 in 1 1h in 2in 2 1/.z in 3in 4in 6 in
OF Btu/linear ft/ hr
100 56 68 82 107 113 138 163 194 243 337
120 71 85 104 127 142 175 206 246 308 427
140 86 104 127 155 173 212 251 300 375 521
160 103 125 152 186 213 256 301 360 451 626
180 121 146 176 217 243 297 351 417 522 725
200 139 171 206 251 282 346 408 488 • 622 850
225 166 199 243 297 334 410 483 578 726 1009
250 192 233 284 347 389 478 563 674 849 1180
275 220 266 326 398 447 550 ' 649 778 9 78 1360
300 251 304 372 455 510 628 742 888 1140 1557
325 285 343 425 520 580 705 843 1010 1240 1730
Steam Flow Calclllations 6 57
or, in SI:
( t1 + t2)
M= A X k ts - 2 X 3 600 (k h)
r 1000 gf
ts = temperature of steam
t 1 = initial temperature of product
t 2 = final temperature of product (quite often it is sufficient t if the
average temperature is known, e.g. room temperature)
r = latent heat in kcal/kg or kJ/ kg (approximation for medium
pressures 500 kcal/ kg or, in SI, 2000 kJ/ kg)
A few empirical values for the coefficient of overall heat transfer k are given
as follows:
kcal
m 2 hr K
Insulated steam line 0.5-2 0.6-2.4
Non-insulated steam line 7-10 8- 12
Unit heater with natural circulation 4-10 5-12
Unit heater with forced circulation 10-40 12-46
Jacketed boiling pan with agitator 400-1300 460-1500
As above, with boiling liquid 600-1500 700-1750
Boiling pan with agitator and heating coil 600-2100 700-2400
As above, with boiling liquid 1000-3000 1200-3500
Tubular heat exchanger 250-1000 300-1200
Evaporator 500-1500 580-1700
As above, with forced circulation 800-2600 900-3000
Cavitation
r1
I
I
I
I
,__. P2
/
I //
PA I /
/
I
-
I /
/
Po
Pl
- ~
-- :/1
Fl F1 F2
VI Y .1 Y2
Figure I.
away from the possibility of contact with the material surfaces. From this it
can be seen that only bubble implosions near the wall are destructive. If the
bubbles contact material surfaces, the destruction mechanism conforms with
that of liquid droplet erosion.
From the point of view of metal physics, what happens is a high-velocity
deformation of the metal as a result of the bubble implosion. In many cases the
mechanical erosive influence is coupled with an electrochemical corrosive
influence. cavitation and corrosion occurring together. It has been shown
that. in the case of industrial water, damage to carbon steel and ingot iron can
be reduced by cathodic protection, i.e. the corrosive influence can be removed .
Among construction materials which have proved to be less prone to cavitation,
austenitic steel. single-phase copper alloys (bronzes). stainless steels and stellite
armouring have been most successful. These materials are largely resistant to
corrosion so they are not subject to this additional attack.
Typical potential points of cavitation damage are:
Figure 2.
-
-
Figure 3. Figure4.
Cavitation 661
(5) Principle or flow partition into small single cross-sections. e.g. hollow
cylinders (Figures 5 and 6). The division into single jets beneficially
influences the dynamic behaviour of the medium flowing off downstream
of the throttling devices. In addition, the partition into small cross-sections
achieves a more uniform downstream flow in the following pipe.
-
-
Fig11re 6.
662 Performance and Calwlations
Figure 7.
lL
\ ...
Figure 8.
Cavitation 663
Such valves are suitable for short-period throttling duties such as during
shut-off in the case of a burst pipe. However, when dimensioning these valves.
the limits which result from the energy head must be considered:
Butterfly valves:
If butterfly valves are used as safety devices in the case of a burst pipe. the
responsible manufacturer considers the stresses in these circumstances and
dimensions valve and operator designs in a correspondingly strong manner.
Buttertly valves can be used for on-off operation. in conjunction with
special parallel-gate valves with perforated fixed plates, for the continuous
control of the downstream flow of water from dams.
The perforated plate divides the flow into a large number of small jets to
create the required throttling effect. The jets are evenly distributed over the
cross-section of the pipe and the uniform small-jet configuration achieved is
erfective in suppressing vibration. cavitation damage. pressure fluctuations
and noise.
Components of the control, shown in Figure 9, are simply two circular
perforated plates and an annular body (1) mounted between pipe flanges.
Plate (2) is fixed. and plate (3), on the upstream side, is free to slide up and
down. In the fully open position, the orifices in the plates coincide. The fully
closed position is obtained by displacing the moving plate ( 3) through a
distance equal to one orifice diameter. Under normal conditions of flow
control. the position is intermediate with the orifices in the fixed plate only
partially blocked off by those of the moving plate. The latter may be positioned
by hand or by valve actuator.
In water works and water power plants, needle valves, also known as ring
piston slide valves (Figure 10). have proved in more than 40 years of practice
to be excellent as flow-control valves. because individual adaptation to the
given operating conditions and duties is, with this type of valve. possible. With
reference to cavitation, this means that. by specific configuration of the outlet
shape. formation of the throttling point. design of the downstream piping. and
by the selection of the point of installation, the hydraulic conditions can be
influenced directly and damages due to cavitation be avoided. With these
control valves, all intermediate positions. i.e. partial openings, must be
possible for continuous duty to achieve variable flows or an effective change in
energy. e.g. reduction of pressure. No ill effect due to cavitation or vibration
664 Performance and Calct~lations
must occur. The design of the needle valves offers all the advantages. The flow
is guided through a ring-shaped passage around a ball-shaped inside body.
The outside body is so designed that the free-flow cross-section continuously
diminishes from the inlet to the sealing and throttling point so that flow
velocity increases. Shortly before the narrowest cross-section, a vaned ring is
provided, which swirls the outer flow filaments in such a way that the fluid is
Figure 9. Schematic showing comporrrnts ofcontrol for parallel-gate valve with perforatedjixPd plates.
forced against the wall of the downstream flow section so that detachments
are avoided and cavitation bubble implosions are kept away from the wall.
The shut-off piston in the spherical inside body moves in the opening and
closing passage, i.e. in or against the direction of flow, and produces.therefore,
a linear change in cross-section without causing the flow direction to change.
The downstream shape of the piston is sharp-edged. In contrast to former
designs with pointed piston ends. the hydraulic exit flow angle can develop,
A globPvalve fitt ed with the Smart Vnlve Interface ( SV l 0~- ) positioner/ controller.
66 6 Performance and Calculations
depending on piston position and velocity in the water area, without touching
the metallic valve parts.
To enable a control valve to fulfil its duty, i.e. continuous throttling of the
rate of flow. the valve must be properly dimensioned. By dimensioning. not
only the sizing of the valve is meant but also the adaptation to the duty
prescribed, taking into account the specific operational conditions including
assessment of the cavitational behaviour. The cavitational. behaviour of a
valve can be observed in a model test from which the behaviour in the actual
installation can be deduced .
As a means of comparison, the cavitation coefficient sigma. also known as
the Thomas cavitation number, has been introduced. This value indicates the
start of cavitation. The cavitation number 8 is calculated from:
8
= P2 + PA- Po
v2
P1- P2--
2g
time, where applicable. The latter effect can be minimised by making sure that
the response time is not shorter than that required by the system. This will
result in minimum 'hammer'. 'Water hammer', in fact. depends on the
switching velocity of the valve, e.g. on the spool-switching velocity in the case
of spool vaJves. Valves operated by dry solenoids have uncontrolled response
and so often produce 'hammer'. \Net solenoids are cushioned by the fluid so
move more smoothly and open the valve passages more gradually (at the
expense of some loss of solenoid power).
As a general recommendation, simple undamped ball-and-spring non-return
and relief valves should not be used. On the design side. every effort should be
made to ensure that the flow passages of valves are swept and free from sharp
edges and corners as far as possible. Directional control valves must also be
carefully designed to prevent flow instability occurring.
About 80% of the noise problems in process industry control valves are
caused by flowing gas and 20% by flowing liquid. The noise caused by liquid is
more often associated with cavitation, corrosion erosion and vibration.
Noise prediction has been made a lot easier by virtue of a number of
manufacturers' software programs that have become available for general use.
Source treatment
Aerodynamic noise
The mean flow velocity and its profile downstream of the valve have a
particularly marked effect on the valve noise level. Splitting the flow into
smaller parallel jets reduces noise.
A typical frequency distribution of aerodynamic noise is shown in Figure 1.
Two examples of aerodynamic noise treatment are shown in Figures 2 and 3,
applicable to globe- and angle-valve bodies. Both are cage-style valves, one
using a cage with multiple slotted orifices of special shape, size and spacing,
and the other a cage with multiple hole orifices. Claimed performance is an 18
dB reduction for the former compared with a conventional valve of similar
type, and a 30 dB reduction for the multi-hole orifice cage. The latter is also
particularly effective for applications involving high differential pressures
(pressure drop across the valve). A common feature of both these valves is an
expanded outlet design to minimise regeneration of valve noise.
Hydrodynamic noise
When turbulent liquid flow is stable, it does not usually cause any significant
noise. Cavitation is the most common cause of noise in liquid flow .
Hydrodynamic noise can be reduced by affecting the intensity of cavitation.
The best way to prevent cavitation is to intensify flow losses, which reduces
the intensity of pressure recovery and increases the acoustically determined
differential pressure ratio of incipient cavitation. Valves can be designed so as
not to direct any cavitation jets at the valve trim; this helps to lower the effect
of cavitation corrosion.
6 70 Pe1jormance and Calculations
Sound
pressure level
dB
100~--------------------------------------~
Standard valve
90
Special valve
70
Whi~per
trim JII cage in Pish er
EWDcontrol valve-body
assembly.
Figure .3.
6 72 Performance and Calculations
of the liquid to undergo a greater pressure drop in the initial stages without
cavitating. This results in a much lower inlet pressure to the final stage.
This design also separates the shut-off and throttling locations to prevent
clearance-flow erosion.
A further design is shown in Figure 7 where the trim consists of a carefully
designed bundle of tubes which minimises cavitation noise and damage by
controlling the formation of cavitation-bubbles. The tubes serve three functions:
they prevent the flow stream from reaching its potential minimum area, they
maintain maximum pressure head to reduce cavitation bubble formation. and
they limit the size and number of cavitation bubbles that do form .
Ca vitro I I cage.
Cavi tr oll cage in f is her ED
valve-body assembly.
Figure 4.
Figure S.
Noise Control 6 73
Ball valves
Rotary-control ball valves were previously noisy due to the high recovery
character of the ball valve and cavitation at high differential pressures.
The first low-noise anti-cavitation ball valve was introduced in 1979. It
was based on a multi-stage, multi-flo'"' principle, with a trim of variable
resistance depending on the valve opening.
Cavitrol IV trim.
Cavitro! IV trim with fisher
valve-body assembly.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
6 74 Performance and Calculations
• hydrocarbon processing
• power generation, chemical, and pulp and paper industries
• flow and pressure control. especially in critical flow conditions
• blow-down
• pressure equalisation
• high-temperature service and tight shut-off requirements
Butterfly valves
Figure 10. ·s' disc but ierfly control valve witltj low-ba/ancing and noise-control trim.
6 76 Performance and Calculations
The disc has been designed to remove fluid forces from the disc to the body
and the 'flow-balancing trim' has been incorporated to optimise the inherent
flow characteristics of the valve. As a result, noise and vibration are reduced .
The valve is used in many process applications within the temperature
range -200 to +700°C (-333 to+ 1300°F).
Pressure-relief valves
The following formulae are used for calculating noise levels of gases, vapours
and stream as a result of the discharge of a pressure-relief valve.
The expressed formulae are derived from API Recommended Practice 5 21.
Ltoo = L + 10LOG10(0.29354 W k T/M)
Where 1 100 = sound level at 100ft from the point of discharge (decibels)
L = noise intensity measured as the sound pressure level at 100ft
from the discharge
vv = maximum relieving capacity (lb/ hr)
k = ratio of specific heats of the fluid (for steam, k = 1. 3 if
unknown)
T = absolute temperature of the fluid at the valve inlet (0 Rankine
(°F + 460))
M = molecular weight of the gas or vapour obtained from standard
tables
When the noise level is required at a distance of other than 100 ft, the
following equation should be used:
Lp = L10o - 20LOGIO (r/1 00)
where Lp = sound level at a distance, r, from the point of discharge (decibels)
r = distance from the point of discharge (ft)
Path treatment
(i) Damping by means of suitable isolating pipe supports. This also provides
decoupling for supporting structures.
(ii) Decoupling from other sources of noise or vibration in the system.
(iii) Insertion of silencers.
(iv) Soundproof ' lagging'.
(v) Use of bearing-walled pipe.
For the majority of systems, only (i), and to a lesser extent (ii), should be
necessary. 'Lagging' is normally only required when there are pulsation
Noise Control 6 77
Bellows
Where this is not possible (e.g. the pump is flexibly mounted), or other
factors (such as high pressure) mitigate against the use of plain bellows. tied
or axially-restrained be.llows must be used. Such bellows are pressure-
balanced units. The flanges and tie-bars, however. now form a transmission
path for vibration unless isolation treatment is incorporated. The simplest
form of treatment is by the use of resilient bushes and/ or rubber washers to
prevent metal-to-metal contact between the tie-bars and the backs of the
restraining flanges. Even single rubber washers can be effective. if correctly
selected in terms of hardness.
Some noise-reduction data obtained with representative designs are shown
in Figure 11.
Metal bellows
Metal bellows can give inconsistent results in terms of noise and vibration
isolation. Generally their performance is much below that of rubber bellows.
Again some test data are shown in Figure 12.
Isolating flanges
I NOISE REDUCTION I
PIPE MATERIAL WATER COLUMN
-~
I
50 50
80 80
-;; -;;
:; 125 -I> 125
~ 200 u
c 200
c
"'::l 315 "'::l
rr 315
a
~ "'
~
u.
u.. 500 500
800 800
1250 1250
2000 2000
3150 3150
5000 5000
---NOISE REDUCTION---,
.-I
STATISTICAL STATISTICAL
AVERAGE AVERAGE
~ -~
50 50
80 80
12o 125
200 200
.., 1:
T 315 315
,._ u
>-
500 500
'" c:
0>
"
~ :?. 800
,; 800 ~
lL
~~
~250 1250
2000 2000
3150 3150
5000 5000
0 -- 10 - 20 -30 0 - 10 - 20 -30
dB dB
.---NOISE ABSORPTION---,
PIPE MATERIAL WATER COLUMN
50 50
80 80
125 125
....
I 200 :I: 2oo
>
u 3 15 ~ 315
c:
c Q)
ll>
:J 500 :::> 500
cr 2"
QJ
lL 800 u: 800
1250
1250
2000 2000
3 150 3150
5000 5000
I
0 -10 - 20 - 30 0 - 10 -20 - 30
dB dB
Figure 13. Solid metal/solid rubber isolating unit and typical noise-reduction data .
680 Performance and Calculations
have the advantage of providing a 'solid' coupling and so can be used with
flexibly-mounted pumps.
Acoustic filters
Acoustic filters can be fitted to systems where pressure ripple is high. These
are essentially tuned silencers which are critical in design and are usually
effective over only very narrow frequency bands, although the attenuation
achieved can be quite high. Untuned silencers simply comprise an expansion
chamber with broader coverage but reduced attenuation . An accumulator is,
in effect. an untuned hydraulic acoustic silencer and is most effective at lower
frequencies. Dissipative-type silencers provide for dissipation of energy
through viscous flow losses and. as a consequence, consume some fluid
energy. They may be combined with an untuned silencer. although the
attenuation will still be appreciably lower than that of the tuned type.
In general, wave-cancelling filters are to be preferred because the frequencies
involved are low. If the pressure transients are narrow band, a Quinke tube
and expansion chamber can be effective (Figure 14). A major disadvantage of
this and other types of simple wave-cancelling filters, however, is the
relatively high pressure drop produced. The more usual form of hydraulic
silencer is the pressure-release type shown in Figure 15. This gives minimum
c
0
Equal flows in
"'
each section
'i1
- ....
Ill
" '0
c
- 0
U)
::J
Frequency-
Figure 14.
Rubber separator
Gas space
Orifice tube
Shock preventers
Shock removers
18 19 20 2 1 27.
23 24 25 26 77 ?fl oc
Figure 2 . Example of wrongly balanced b11ilding. A vernw tempPr atu re 2 3° C.
Balancing o{Hydronic Systems 68 3
Pump-energy waste
It is often forgotten that pump energy also costs money. In many cases, the
pumps are oversized.
In heating systems, this is not always so very significant because the
temperature differences are often high and, therefore. a relatively small
amount of water is being circulated. However. particularly in refrigeration
systems with their lower temperature differences, pump-energy waste can add
a lot to the operating costs.
Another essential difference between heating and cooling systems is that
energy losses in the systems are converted to heat; this works to the benefit of
a heating system but necessitates an increase in capacity for a cooling system.
o/o %
cool heat
20 10
18 9
16 8
14 7
12 6
10
8
6 3
2
5
4
' ..... ......... ....... __
-.
"
2
0
0 5 10 - 15 - 20 - 25 °C heat
+30 + 35 +40 1- 45 °C cool
Fi,qure 3. Solid line: Ener(J!J cost saving in %for each degree higl1er indoor temperature at various
mnximu111 outdoor l'etnperatr1res in 11 cooling system. Brokrnline: Energy cost snviny in a heating system
in %for each degree lower indoor temperature at various minimum outdoor temperat11res.
684 Performance and Calculations
(i) When the pump was chosen, the designer was uncertain of the pressure
drop in the system (boiler, heating batteries, valves. etc.) because the
tender covering the components had not been finally accepted.
(ii) Insufficient data concerning the pressure drop in the piping system.
(iii) General safety factors .
Construction
To skip the piping calculations entirely and simply specify that the system
shall be balanced without detailing the means or the way to do the work
implies a significant amount of extra work for the person who is to perform the
balancing. Furthermore, balancing is not a universal solution which will
make a poorly designed system function adequately.
When designing the system, care must be taken to arrange clearly demarcated
sections.
Calculations
For newly-built facilities in Sweden, for example the SBN 80 3 9:3 2 specifies
that the method of balancing and the presetting values and water-flow values
for the balancing valves must be detailed on the building permission
documents. This necessitates complete piping calculations and the
determination of pressure losses in the heating system.
The Kv values can, in the case of radiator valves, generally be adjusted
directly by means of the presetting unit which is marked off in Kv , although
this only applies in a limited number of manufacturers' valves.
Balancing valves must be incorporated in all branches to avoid having to
balance the radiator valves in one branch against the balancing valves in
other branches (Figure 4).
Reverse-return mains, according to the Tischelmann system, can simplify
many balancing problems. The exclusion from such a system of balancing
valves will, however, lead to imbalance, because different radiators and heaters
or cooling units do not have the same output or pressure drop. However, the
pressure differences in the system between branches will be lower, which
means that balancing will be easier. The Tischelmann reverse-return system
a lso has benefits to offer when balancing the sub-circuits (Figure 5).
Balancing
Before commencing to balance a system, all valves must be opened fully. This
applies particularly to thermostatic radiator valves and two-way control
valves. This type of valve operates with varying flows and. unless it is ensured
that the valve is fully opened, it may just have closed automatically as balancing
was commenced.
A thorough knowledge of the system is also important before the commencement
of balancing. The information required includes the following:
A well-defined system of not too great complexity generally requires only one
single adjustment of all valves used. including radiator valves and balancing
valves, in accordance with the values specified by the drawings. Control
measurements should, however, be made on one or more extremity branches
Figure 4 . Balancing valves incorporated in all brand1es to avoid having to balance the radiator valves in
one branch against the balancing valves in other branches.
I· --l
Figure 5. The Tischelmann reverse-return system can simplify many balancing problems. Tire exclusion
f rom such a system of balancing valves will. howPver. lead to imbalance, since different radiators and
heaters or cooling units do not have the same output or pressure drop. but the pressure d(fferrnce in the
systnn between the branches will be lowe r. This means that balancing will be easier. The Ti schelmrmn
reverse-ret urn system also has benefits to off er whm balanciny the sub-circuits.
Balancing ofHydronic Systems 68 7
(farthest away from the pump) as well as on a few central branches. The flow
deviations found in these control measurements should not exceed 10% of the
volume or 20% of the pressure. If. after an adjustment as described earlier.
there are still temperature deviations of more than 1 oc (2°F) in individual
rooms. and if these cannot be related to temporary fluctuations in the heating
or cooling load. the explanation will be found in one of the following: incorrect
calculation of the heating/cooling facility; incorrect design/ installation of
heating/ cooling facility; bad building (insufficient sealing, draughts).
This method. which is only applicable to heating systems, is based on the fact
that each radiator/ heater is dimensioned according to the same temperature
drop with an equal outdoor temperature. As a consequence, the system can be
balanced by measuring the temperature drop at the pump and then adjusting
the balancing valves so that the temperature drop is the same at the pump as it
is over each branch.
To achieve acceptable accuracy with this method. the outdoor temperature
must be almost constant throughout the entire balancing process and. in
addition, below 1 oc (34°F). It is often small temperature drops that are being
measured and therefore the temperature differences become even smaller. For
this reason, the system is at times less than exact (see also Figure 6 ).
The temperature method can also save time if it is used as a preliminary
stage prior to the proportionate balancing method described below.
This method is one of the most frequently used and it is suitable for old
facilities as well as for new ones.
The procedure is to measure the pressure drop and to move proportionally
from branch line to branch line. This is done as follows:
{1) Set all radiators and balancing valves according to the drawings
specifications-or open them if no specifications are available (Figure 7).
(2) Start by measuring branch lines 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of sub-system 1 and
determine the proportionate flowrate, that is to say the relationship
between measured flow rate and design flow rate. If flow in 1.1 is 1500 l/h
and the design flowrate is 1000 1/h, the proportionate flow rate will be
1.5.
(3) Presume that 1.1 has the lowest proportionate flowrate, 1.2 the next
lowest and so on. In this case. leave the valve of branch 1.1 open and
balance 1.2 to give the same proportionate flowrate as 1.1 (within the
tolerance applying). These two branches are now balanced and you can
continue with 1.3, balancing it against 1.2 until they both have the same
6 88 Performance and Calculations
120 ·f
I~ 0( 1.3)
~~
100
80
v ~
1./
60
1/ )A
j )
~
40 - -I --
I ll'
'{_., ~"
20
0 0 %
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 14 0 160 6 t %
Fig11re 6. The heat em iss ion variations in % as a function of temperature changes flt in% and flow changes
ill %(an 80-60 radiator system). The diagram shows that n I %deviation in temperat11re wi/lgivea significant
deviation ill heat emission. A deviation inflow will influence heat emissio11 ton muc!J lesser extent.
Balancir1g ofHydronic Systems 689
Figure 7.
Boiler or
t>.P2
heat exchanger
cv
Boiler or
flowcontrol BV 6P2
heat exchanger
6Pl=t>.P2
Boiler or
BV2
hea t exchanger
On a global basis, the valves produced to handle water are generally made
from cast or ductile iron or cast steel. They are, in the main, larger in size than
valves for other industries. The water industry can be divided into two main
areas:
• handling clean water
• handling dirty water or sewage.
Clean water is normally handled with butterfly and gate valves. Butterfly
valves typically have steel bodies and gate valves have ductile- or cast-iron
bodies. Sewage tends to be handled with gate valves as, although butterfly
valves have good sealing characteristics, when the valve is opened, the disk is
still flat within the channel and thus presents an obstruction to solids.
Specialist applications use knife-gate valves or wafer-butterfly valves. Plastic
valves are not used in hot-water supply generally.
Other common valve types for water and waste-water include sewage
combination air valves, cushioned swing check valves, hydraulically
controlled air and vacuum valves, cone valves and air release valves.
Some water companies appear to have moved to gate valves with a resilient
seat with mainly rubber materials rather than metal-seat valves. These valves
are also replacing rising spindle-gate valves on grounds of cost. Rubber or
plastic 0-rings, including PTFE, are standard packing materials.
Metal-seated AWWA-type ball valves remain a popular choice for water-works
and industrial specialities. Automation with actuated valves is preferable. In
the water-distribution industry, for example, the water used, whether its
purpose is urban. agricultural or industrial. is distributed by an increasingly
complex pattern of pipeline networks. Every new installation, development or
addition to the network (building development, industrial zone, etc.) creates
an imbalance. Control valves in a water-distribution system help to restore
the balance by directing water distribution according to pre-determined
priorities.
It is important to understand that, although automation is now a major
factor in the water sector, it is still limited as many valves within this industry
are isolation valves that require to be operated manually.
694 Duties and Services
Compared with the general class of shut-off valves, the ball valve offers the
following potential advantages:
(i) In the open position. it provides free passage of water in the supply
system with a diameter equal to the supply connections.
(ii) It gives an unimpeded flow profile without any distortion.
(iii) It offers the smallest resistance to flow, that is, a very small loss in
pressure over the comparable supply-line distances.
(iv) It is completely adaptable.
(v) The change in the cut-off from open position to closed position
requires a minimal change in place.
{vi) The precise shape of the cut-off guarantees a seal of great integrity.
(vii) It offers a favourable ratio of weight to stability resulting from the
design of the ball or hollow sphere which withstands the pressure.
(viii) It has low installation costs.
It was not until there were ball-valve designs which took into account the
specific requirements of a drinking-water supply (such as resistance to the
formation of deposits and acceptable hydraulic performance in intermediate
positions), and the cost requirements (namely, amortisation of the high use of
energy even at low flow rates and short periods of useful operation) , that the
use or ball valves for all aspects of drinking-water supply systems became a
+--+---
Figure I. Ball valve: opm positio11.
~
'it/
This type of design requires the fixed placement of the seal elements, so that
a rubber or an elastic preformed seal. of a conventional variety would be first
and foremost. To this end, there are already well-tested seals from the area of shut-
off valves which have been around for decades and can be easily adapted. The
counter seat in the housing can use a metallic seal made of corrosion-resistant
steel with inlet and outlet edges having especially large radial sections which
then provide a useful fixing in place of the rubber/ elastic preformed seal.
In addition, the bearing for the turning point of the ball is placed on an
eccentric. This reduces the frictional load of these seal elements to the smallest
levels, which is, of course, a necessary requirement. Mineralogical deposits
and foreign particles can in this fashion block the ball in its entire periphery.
so that the operating forces of the drive unit are not sufficient to move the ball.
For this reason. these types of ball valves are given a relatively large gap
between the outer surfaces of the ball and the inner surfaces of the housing, to
try to avoid gap corrosion-the formation of hard layers of deposits and
corrosion. Additionally, the ball is provided with a scraper rim extending
beyond the turning radius, which provides only a line contact and otherwise
gives the ball surface free room in which to turn.
As a consequence, even with a large amount of deposits, the operating
forces are sufficient to actuate the valve. In intermediate positions of the ball
valve, this overall ring gap results in a washing action, and the medium
moving through the valve produces a kind of sel [-cleaning effect. This
provides the necessary flow characteristics.
One design of this type of valve is the ball valve with an alternative opening
which, in a state of no pressure, permits the exchange of the elastic ring seat of
the ball without removing the valve itself from the supply line (Figure 3 ). This
device is particularly useful with large nominal diameters. It is a further
requirement that the components for transmitting the motion and the drive
unit must be solidly built and require no maintenance. For this reason,
massive shaft bearings in the horizontal direction are needed. These are not
exposed to the deposits of solid matter. and thus are not located at the deepest
point. The resulting possible lateral arrangement of the driving mechanism
. --._
lining is not an issue. \1\lhen installed with the shaft in a horizontal position.
the valve is self-cleaning. This type of valve is suitable for both sealing and
control functions. A typical example is shown in Figure 6.
Other types of butterfly valves used in water service include those with an
inclined-cone sealing system for metal-to-metal sealing, where the sealing
system is completely integrated within the body.
Gate valves (Figure 7) are still the primary valves for water and waste-water
service. Manufactured in a wide range of materials. they are ideally suited for
on-off duties. The valves have knife gates, wedge gates, and parallel face
gates. Generally, these valves have a very low resistance to flow which, in the
case of parallel-gate valves, approaches that of a straight pipe.
They are also used for duties with high-pressure fluids due to the fact that
upstream pressure assists the sealing between the gate and seat.
Gate valves tend to be hand wheel operated for water service.
Shaft :.ou~ 1u
Topflongc ISO 52 1 I
Bnauno
Cen~ 'IC
v•tva d iSC
Vul vo body
Reflux valves
Basically, this type of valve is designed for water-works duties such as normal
distribution on gravity mains. Certain types include non-slam recoil reflux
valves which are designed to prevent flutter at high velocities, and rocking
disc reflux valves, used where pipeline dimensions are in excess of 600 mm
(24 in). Some reflux valves have outside weighted levers and heavy
proportioned doors to provide non-slam characteristics and assist closing. A
particular type of water-works reflux valve is the multiple-door reflux valve
suitable for large-diameter pump or suction mains , where flow velocity is
small.
Multiple doors combined with the large-area diaphragm provide a lower
head loss against the valve than is possible with the valves of single door
STAINLESS STEEL
KNIFE GATE CAST IRON KNIFE
VALVES GATE VALVES
e Major m;lrkcts: Popa. chemical, e Major markets: Wa~!c11 at~r. water. ~--·
mming. power. solids handling.
chemical. mining. solids handling. raper.
OEM rower. OF.M
e Sit.L' range 50mm to 2000mm e Sitt' range 80mm to 600mm
e i'r~'>> llr<: r.tt i n~ PN I 0
e Raised scm face: fnr positi,·c seating
e Raisc.d sea t face fo r posit ive '>eating e Pressurt' rating PN 16
e Actuatm': Manual. clectrK. e Actuators: Manu;rl. ckctric. pneumatic.
pncum;tti.:. hyuritulic hydraul ic
WEDGE GATE
VALVES UNIVAL PORTED
GATE VALVES
inu u,,,,
• M ajor markets: Paper. chemical. power.
e Size ran<'c SOmm to 600mm
mining. solids handli ng
e Prc,~ure r.ttin:; PN 16
• StJ.e rang~ 80mm 1< • oOOmm
e Meet\ BS ~ 161 Type B Standard
e Prt·,surc rating l'i\'6 standard. PN I 0 on
• ( iunmctal sc.:at
appl ication
e Actu<llors: Cap top. e Bi-direct ional
h<1nd11·hccl. eke!ric motors
e One piece rei nforced elastomer 5lt:eve
for ~cali ng. abrasi' and corrosive
s'-·n in:s
e l-ull port open i ng
e Actu;\lm': Manu:,!. clcl'tric. pneumatic.
hydr~ul i c
design. Also, the reduction of inertia reduces the risk of slamming as pump
shut-down occurs. The design of the diaphragm inlet ports and body-contour
shape largely avoids the action of cavitation. Valves of this type are typically
suitable for velocities up to 3 m/s (10ft/sec).
(i) Depression on the mains: a considerable call for water (e.g. fire
hydrants) or intervention in the main pipe (repair, new branch.
breakage) can create a depression.
(ii) Over-pressure at the consumer: all systems of high pressure, of course.
but also all appliances for hot-water production. sanitary or
otherwise. instantaneous or otherwise, can be the reason for this.
(iii) Simultaneous appearance of low pressure on the mains and high
pressure at the consumer.
Protection systems
Handwheel nut
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuff1ng Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Bolts
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Body
Barometric loop lO mm (33ft) loop Phys ically very safe. but costly
without branch and not always re<.~ lisable.
lnopernble in case ofleakage.
Disconnectors:
Germany X
Great Britain X X
Belgium X X
Denmark X X X
Spain
France X X X
Holland X X X
Italy
Sweden X X X
Switzerland X
Family 1:
Famify 2:
Angular displacement.
Lift valve.
Butterfly valve.
Family 3:
Famify 4:
Back-flow preventer.
708 Duties and Services
Also in certain countries, the alloys are specified according to the nature of
the water (e.g. the problem of dezincification).
It must be noted that the mechanical holding tests carried out on the casing
should not modify the hydraulic characteristics of the NRV.
Tightness
We know that the head loss is a loss of pressure induced by any plumbing
appliance mounted on a pipe. The design of the appliance can reduce the head
loss to a minimum. In the case of an NRV, the survey of the hydraulic profile of
the internal parts determines the head loss.
It is usually expressed in feet or metres water column at a given flow . (It can
also be expressed by a coefficient of LlP, k, square function of the average speed
of flow on twice the acceleration of the weight.) The specifications usually
prescribe. for a given nominal diameter. the achievement of a minimum flow
at different values of LlP ranging from 0.5 to 10 m {1.6 to 32 ft) water
column.
710 Duties and Services
Endurance tests are very important for an NRV which, insofar as being a
mechanical system, is often tainted with unfavourable prejudice in
comparison with purely hydraulic systems. Without modification of its
principal characteristics (tightness, t..P), the appliance can undergo up to
100,000 cycles of operation at a pressure varying from 6 to 16 bar (90 to 230
lbf/in 2 ) (according to the country), one half in cold water and the other
half in hot water (temperatures varying from 65 to 9 soc (l SO to 200°F)
according to the country). This corresponds on average to a minimum
longevity of 10 years.
Opening pressure
Re gulations ca n only exist if they are defined and imposed by the public
authorities and if the application is controlled by the proper bodies.
Wnter Services 711
Conformity to criteria
In all the countries where regulations exist, these criteria have been the object
of tests. where the operating mode is defined and where the positive result is
confirmed by the issue of an Approval No. and the right to affix a distinctive
sign on the body of the valve.
The control of the appliance is either carried out by the body which has
prescribed the regulations or by an authorised independent laboratory. whose
results are confirmed by the recommended body.
It is desirable that the definition of the specification is the result of
co-operation between the legislators, the manufacturers and the installers but
it must not be forgotten that the opinion of the legislator is predominant.
Control of appliances when being designed and manufactured is insufficient
if the complete installation itself is not also submitted to the control of the
authorities. In the case of the whole installation having to be joined with an
exterior source, it is the authorisation of the branch which is the ultimate
sanction and constitutes its certificate of conformity.
Finally, it is necessary to watch that the quality of the installation does not
deteriorate with time. This is the purpose of the necessary periodic controls.
carried out by the responsible authorities and which particularly apply to the
appliances subjected to greater approval requests. This is the reason why
NRVs are equipped with bosses in order that controls can be carried out easily.
In some cases the regulations even state quite simply that the appliances are
to be exchanged every 5 years, hence the importance of the valves being of
standard dimensions and also being easily dismountable.
Equally. it is ultimately necessary that regulations and specifications
should extend beyond the national standards, so that the rules applicable to
different countries are rendered identical for aJl. In the NRV field, the specialist
commissions of the European Standards Committee are studying this problem,
with the participation of the different national plumbing syndicates. It is
712 Duties and Services
desired that their studies result in rationalisation, reduction of costs and the
elimination of protectionism. of which some national regulatory bodies could
presently be accused.
The most common material used in domestic heating and plumbing systems is
copper tube. This has proven to be a versatile and reliable tubing product,
easily joined by compression fittings or more efficiently by soldering and
brazing. Other methods for joining larger-diameter copper tubing include the
grooved-end upper connection system that eliminates leaks more commonly
associated with soldering and brazing and speeds up installation. The system
is more suited to industrial applications and uses a pressure-responsive
synthetic rubber gasket to seal on the outside of the tubing. Tube sizes range
from 50 to 200 mm (2 to 8 in).
Increasing use is being made of stainless-steel tubing . Particular
advantages offered by stainless steel tubes are:
Techniques using heat to join are welding, soft soldering and silver soldering.
Welding is not used in the majority of plumbing installations although it is an
established technique for the chemical, food and cryogenic industries.
Soldering implies the use of capillary fittings where the i.d. of the fitting socket
is just a few thous greater than the o.d. of the tubing. Capillary attraction pulls
the solder into this gap. To make successful joints in stainless steel it is
essential to recognise two important properties of the metal:
(a) The low thermal conductivity of stainless steel-about 1/ 30 th that of
copper.
(b) The property which gives the metal its stainlessness-this is because a
hard oxide coating is formed within seconds of a nascent surface being
presented to an oxygen-bearing atmosphere. The coating steadily
increases in thickness until a stable protection is achieved.
For successful soft soldering, the outside end of the tube and the inside of
the fitting socket must be abraded with emery cloth to remove the oxide skin.
The prepared surface should then be painted with solder paste and the joint
assembled.
The secret of soldering stainless steel well is not to hurry, to use a small flame
and to make sure that the back of the joint (away from the plumber) gets enough
heat. Using a metal reflector behind the joint can often be a help or. alternatively,
the use of a cyclone burner produces a flame which will curl around the back of
the fitting . vVhen the solder begins to flow a frying sound comes from the joint. The
joint should be completed by end-feeding with solder wire.
Many solder paints have been made and marketed over the years. One with
a 5-year shelf life contains phosphoric acid base flux and also powder of the
tin-lead alloy which has the lo·west melting point possible. Phosphoric acid
fluxes are recommended as they only become aggressive and eat up the
tenacious chromium oxide when heated ; they will not continue to attack the
stainless steel when cold.
For silver soldering. it is necessary to use an aggressive chloride-based flux
to eat the oxide and make a good joint. It is important to remember that this
flux must be removed from the joint area (inside and outside) within 24 hours
of making the joint. Usually swilling with water for an hour or so will remove
all trace .
There are many suppliers who market silver solder and brazing rod, together
with flux, especially for joining stainless steel. The majority of these are entirely
satisfactory providing the suppliers' instructions are carefully followed. and
there must be the same care in heating the joint as with soft soldering.
Capillary fittings are at their most efficient when the gap between tube and
socket is uniform. Such uniformity is achieved with a design in which the tube
is held centrally by a specific deformation of the socket at three points.
714 DutiesandService.s
Summary
The cause of leaks in stainless-steel plumbed joints in the past can be mainly
attributed to lack of knowledge of the differences between stainless steel and
copper. It is worth repeating that the low thermal conductivity of the metal
must be recognised. A big flame from a blow-lamp is not enough; time must be
allowed for the heat to soak all round a joint.
The other important difference is seen in the choice of flux . Chloride-based
fluxes are a hazard as they are corrosive on stainless steel. Often hygroscopic
traces of hydrochloric acid can form and cause pitting.
The availability of stainless plumbing as a complete system acts as a
stabilising influence on the cost of plumbing. The growth of the stainless-steel
domestic plumbing market will be affected by three main factors:
(a) the price of copper tubing and fittings, which may well rise again in the
not too distant future;
(b) the price of stainless-steel compression fittings, which is expected to fall:
(c) the availability of an adhesive which will withstand boiling water for long
periods without losing its strength. When this is available. the use of
stainless-steel tubing in central-heating systems will be even more widely
accepted.
used to isolate individual fittings for servicing without having to drain down
the whole plumbing system. Alternatively, they are used for permanent
plumbing-in of washing machines and other appliances.
The valve has been designed to shut against a test pressure of 20 bar
(300 lbf/in 2 ) and has been accepted by the UK National Water Council
providing that it does not replace the mandatory screw down stop valve.
Handwheel
Tube
cutter
and seal
Saddle
Backplate
A valve with a self-cutting plumbing-in kit has been developed so that it can
be fitted quickly without having to turn off the water supply. The valve shown
in Figure 9 is suitable for connection to 15 mm copper pipe supplying
domestic cold and low-pressure hot water, and is ideal for plumbing-in
washing machines, drinks dispensers and garden taps, etc.
Thermostatically-controlled flow regulators and stopcocks have been
developed for use with electric instantaneous showers, wall kettles, etc., to
enable a selected temperature to be maintained. The regulator senses
fluctuations in supply pressure causing variations in water flows and
automatically adjusts to provide constant flow across the heater elements,
and thus provide constant temperature.
Hygienic Services
Valves have been developed for use in hygienic pipelines for dairy, brewery,
food, beverage. biological and other process plants, where automatic valves
manufactured to a high standard of hygienic design are demanded. These are
usually stainless-steel valves free from pockets or crevices designed for the
control of both product and 'cleaning-in-place' fluids .
The food and beverage industry is a large user of gas. steam and water on a
continuous basis, indicating a requirement for general process-control valves
in addition to sterile valves for handling food products. Plastic/ polymer valves
are also a popular choice although use of these may be limited by the need ror
aggressive or caustic cleaning. Manual shut-off valves are used in areas of
planned maintenance shut-down or in problem areas which may need to be
clea red. Products can then be left in the pipeline leaving only a small section
to be cleared and cleaned.
Double-seat valves are ideally suited for 'contained-flow systems'.
eliminating the need for manual swing bends for product and cleaning lines.
Filling, emptying and CIP can take place simultaneously in a totally 'closed-in'
flow system with all functions automatically controlled.
The butterfly valve shown in Figure 1 has a disc/ stem (A) in a 316
stainless-steel one-piece design and produces bubble-tight shut-off. The valve
has acetal stem bushes (B) and a double '0' cup self-adjusting seal (C). The
extended neck (D) allows ror 5 mm of piping insulation. The seat is of a tongue
and groove design (E) and the primary seal (F) is achieved by an interference
fit. The body (G) is a two-piece wafer or lug style. The main feature ol' this
particular type of hygienic valve is its international compatibility.
The rotor valve (Figure 2) is particularly suitable for rood, beverage and
pharmaceutical applications. The main benefits of this type of valve are:
multi-port capability, cavity-free, high- now, top-entry and quick-couple
connection.
Figure 3 shows an air-operated remote-control changeover valve. The
movement of the valve is transmitted by a piston in the actuating cylinder.
Hygienic Services 719
The piston is operated by compressed air arranged to open or close the valve as
required, the return movement being spring-assisted to provide a fail-safe
feature. The diaphragm shaft seal shown is particularly suitable for aseptic
duties involving the use of steam-sterilisation procedures. The seals are
manufactured from PTFE and can be used at temperatures up to 150°C
( 302°F).
Pharmaceuticals
A colleclion of sanitary valves and pipeline components for use 011 process lines in food. beverages and
body-care plants.
Hygie11ic Sl'rvices 7 21
4-Way 5-Way
Fig11re 2. Multi-port rotor valves for food, beverage and plwrmaceuUcnl npplicntiorrs.
722 Duties and Services
BS 18 64: stainless-steel milk pipes and fittings using the recessed 0-ring
joint (see Figure 6).
BS 3 5 81: stainless-steel cone-joint pipe fittings .
American 3A: dimensionally similar to BS 3 581 with metal-to-metal
cone-type joint.
IDF (International Dairy Federation): lighter in construction than BS 18 64
and employing a specially shaped rubber joint to give a flush crevice-free seal
(see Figure 7). This standard is now incorporated in BS 4825 Part 4 and ISO
2853.
The most common material used for hygienic valves and pipes is 316
stainless steel or 18/ 10/ 3 stainless steel, also known as BS 316S16. with
equivalent specifications as follows:
Glass pipelines
While plastic pipe and tube meets much of the demand for non-toxic pipelines,
glass piping may be preferred, or even become essential. for sterile services.
Glass is attacked by only a few reagents, which include hydrofluoric and hot
concentrated phosphoric acids (both of which produce serious corrosion).
superheated water and alkaline solutions.
Figure 6.
BS 3581 fittings with expanded pipe fixing , also available with butt weld fixing.
Figure 7.
Hygienic Services 72 5
Cold alkaline solutions attack glasses very slowly but, as the temperature
increases. the rate of attack rises rapidly. Attack also increases with
increasing alkalinity. Attack by superheated water is seldom serious enough
to prevent satisfactory service life from glass tubes, although the rate of attack
increases with the temperature and alkalinity of the water.
Borosilicate glass pipeline systems are corrosion-resistant and neither rust
nor age. They are used extensively for effluent and venting lines in accordance
with DIN 1986 in scientilic institutes, hospitals, and the chemical and
pharmaceutical industries (Figure 8 ).
However. they have many other applications, e.g. for conveying numerous
other liquids and gases in all branches of industry, laboratories, hospitals and
in the [oodstuffindustry.
A typical borosilicate pipeline system has a 'slip-on' coupling which allows
simple assembly without specialist knowledge and this, together with traps ,
laboratory drip cups and supports, constitutes a range of fittings with which
virtually any installation problem can be solved.
Typical normal bores can be 40, 50, 80, 100 and 150 mm and pipe lengths
between 100 and 2000 rom.
Steam is water in the vapour phase and is one of the oldest industrial tools.
The first requirement in steam production is to add heat to water until it
reaches its boiling point. It is then necessary to add a much greater quantity of
heat to convert the water to steam.
Steam allows the energy of fuel burned in the heat source or boiler to be
carried to some other point where it can either provide mechanical energy
through an engine or provide heating.
In all types and sizes of oil and chemical plants, energy is used for process
heating, power generation and driving pumps and compressors.
In many refineries, primary steam is obtained by burning waste prpducts in
the boilers. Although steam is the traditional means of conveying heat, there
are a number of alternatives including:
It is not the remit of this handbook to discuss the merits of steam or alternatives,
neither is it appropriate to discuss the subject of steam in its full capacity.
This subject is well documented in another more technical publication and
in some specific manufacturers' literature and publications.
Steam distribution
The most important link between a central steam source and the steam user is
the steam-distribution system. A typical steam circuit is shown in Figure 1.
The steam flow in a circuit is caused by condensation of steam which
produces a pressure drop. This induces the flow of steam through the pipes to
where the heat energy is required.
In operation when the steam outlet (crown) valve is opened, steam passes
immediately from the boiler into and along the main pipes. The pipework is
cold initially so heat is transferred to it by the steam . The air surrounding the
Stemn Services 729
Space
rr=n========ri="~~~==n===--rr=~===, heating
system
Feedtank - Condensate
Boiler
pipes is cooler than the steam, so the pipework will begin to lose heat to the
air. This causes the steam immediately to condense and fall to the bottom of
the pipe.. It is then carried along with the steam flow and by gravity owing to
the gradient in the steam main which normally falls in the direction of steam
flow. The condensate is drained from the lowest points in the pipeline.
By continuously feeding more fuel and water into the boiler, a continuous
flow of steam is maintained to make up for the water which has already
evaporated into steam.
The condensate is usually returned to the boiler feed tank.
The pressure at which the steam is to be distributed is to some degree
determined by the point of usage on the plant needing the highest pressure.
Steam at a higher pressure occupies less volume per kilogram than steam at a
lower pressure.
Steam boilers
Boilers are the most important part of the steam circuit. A boiler is a vessel in
which the heat energy from a fuel is transferred to a liquid. In the case of
saturated steam. a boiler also provides heat energy to produce a phase change
from liquid to vapour. Steam boilers come in all sizes to suit both large and
small applications and operate using different fuels , including commercial
waste, oil, gas and coal.
The choice of fuel is largely dependent on the tariff given to each type of fuel.
Boilers can operate on just one or on two types of fuel (e.g. oil and gas). A
typical package boiler is shown in Figure 2 .
7 30 Duties and Services
Furnace tube
Superheated steam
Steam produced from the outlet of a shell-type boiler or from the steam drum
of a water-tube boiler can only be saturated steam. \1\later-tube boilers are
often required to produce superheated steam by passing saturated steam from
the steam drum through another set of tubes inside the main furnace area,
where it is heated up beyond its saturation temperature to a gas (superheated
steam). Where superheated steam is required , a boiler incorporating
superheating tubes is essential.
Safety valves
An important boiler fitting is the safety valve. Its function is to protect the
boiler shell from over-pressure and subsequent explosion.
There are many types of safety valves fitted to steam boiler pla nt but they
must all meet the following criteria:
• The full rated discharge capacity of the safety valve(s) must be achieved
within 110% of the boiler design pressure.
• The maximum set pressure of the safety valve(s) shall be the design (or
maximum permissible working pressure) of the boiler.
• There must be an adequate margin between the normal operating
pressure of the boiler and the set pressure of the safety valve.
Stop valves
A stop valve (crown valve) must be fitted to a boiler in order to isolate the
steam boiler and its pressure from the process or plant.
Typically. stop valves used are generally angle-pattern globe valves of the
screw-down type. Cast-iron valves should not be used for this application.
The stop valve is not designed as a throttling valve and should be fully open
or closed. It should always be opened slowly to prevent any sudden rise in
downstream pressure and associated water hammer. The valve should be of
the 'rising hand wheel' type in order that the valve position can be easily seen.
An inductor fitted to the valve also assists this procedure.
Isolating valves. usually screw-down globe valves with disc-check valves
sandwiched between the flanges of the two stop valves. are used on multi-boiler
applications.
Feed-check valves
These are installed in the boiler feed-water line between the feed pump and
boiler. A boiler feed stop valve is fitted at the boiler shell.
Steam boilers should be fitted with at least one bottom blow-down valve at a
point as close as possible to where sludge or sediment is likely to accumulate.
Blow-down valves should be key operated or automatically controlled by
timers and electronic interlocks.
Simple cocks and pressure-balanced air vents are designed to purge air from
the steam space (Dalton's Law). Vacuum breakers are fitted on the boiler shell.
They are used when a boiler is taken off-line and the steam space condenses
and leaves a vacuum that can result in damage to boiler flat plates and leaks
from inspection doors.
System valves
In addition to both safety and control valves. butterfly valves are used in
steam-pipeline systems when tight shut-off is required.
Check valves are used for the protection of reverse flow in pipelines. They
are typically of the wafer pattern up to 40 bar.
Ball valves to over 60 bar are commonly installed throughout the system .
Bellows-sealed stop valves are ideal for high-pressure and high-temperature
applications.
Pressure reduction
High-prrfomwnce open-IJonnet safrty valve for saturated and superheated steam sPrvice.
RANGE
SPRING ~,,
PILOT
PISTON INLET
VALVE
PILOT
EXHAUST
PILOT VALVE
PILOT
- - - EXHAUST
LINE
Safety valve
Steam-
Trap set
t Condensate
Figure 4. A typical pressure-reducing valve station.
Steam-conditioning valves
Steam traps
~~
+1 ~ I i
--~
r - - - --,
p) $~
p ~ )
Application: Application: Application:
For controlling all or part of the feed water. also In plants for pressure control of oil, On high- and low-pressure (HP and LP) feed-water
available in a special version as a boiler filling water, steam, etc. As auxiliary control tanks, condensers. etc.
valve. valve. drain valve of start-up flash tank.
"'
'-1
w
'-1
73 8 Duties and Services
Application: Application:
In all thermal systems where steam For steam converting plants. combined steam
pressures and temperatures are to be converting and safety stations and temperature-
simultaneously reduced, e.g. in steam- control equipment.
distribution systems in industrial plants
and. in particular, as a turbine bypass in
power plants.
Remarks: Remarks:
Saving of space and improved control quality DN 15 to ON 150 (mm) and higher.
as a result of simultaneous pressure
reduction and desuperheating in one
single valve.
Maximum design data for valves supplied
to date: 700 t/ h. 2 76 bar (4000 lbf/ in 2 )
56 5°C (l050° F).
Ball float type Thermodynamic type Thermostatic type Inverted bucket type
Steam-trap monitors
This type of unit enables steam traps to be checked while they are working.
Typically, it consists of a sensor chamber capable of distinguishing bet\t\reen
steam and condensate and is fitted upstream of the steam trap. It is suitable for
continuous monitoring and can operate on saturated steam systems up to
32 bar. The unit can be used with any type of steam trap.
Air vents
The three primary barriers to heat transfer are films of water, air and scale. By
far the most resistant to heat transfer is air. In fact, air is more than 1500
times more resistant to heat transfer than iron or steel and no less than
13,000 times more resistant than copper.
Thermostatic air vents automatically open to air and gases, but shut
against steam. They discharge air full bore on start-up and open during
running whenever air collects, irrespective of steam pressure. Air vents
should be located furthest away from the steam inlet because this is where air
tends to collect. Where possible they should be fitted at all high points in the
system. Manually-operated air cocks are not suitable when dealing with air
and uncondensable gases that are mixed in with steam.
Steam Services 741
Balanced-pressure air vents are the most widely accepted type of air vent.
because they operate close to the steam-saturation temperature and can
therefore differentiate between pure steam and air/ steam mixtures. They have
a high resistance to superheat and water hammer.
Pipeline sizing
• fluid velocity
• pressure drop
regular intervals, at all low points where the condensate can collect. Drain
points at intervals of 30-50 m (100-1 SO ft) are usual and they are most
effective where pipework changes direction.
Pipework should be arranged so that pockets where water can collect are
avoided. Globe valves of under-and-over construction can also form a weir
and prevent condensate from flowing to the next drain point. If the valve is
fitted on its side, this can usually be avoided. It is important also to note that
branch lines are normally much shorter in length than the steam mains.
Sizing branch lines on the basis of a given pressure drop is Jess convenient on
short lengths of pipe.
Branch-line pipe sizes are normally selected from a table based on pipeline
capacities at specific velocities.
Branch connections should always be taken from the top of the main so that
the driest steam is taken.
Steam tracing
This is a known problem that has been so overlooked that paragraph 2.3.3
of the American National Standards B16.4, 'Valves-Flanged, Threaded and
Welding end', warns about the effects of thermal expansion of fluids trapped in
double-seated valves.
While some ball-valve designs are capable of automatically relieving this
cavity pressure when in the closed position to the upstream side. others may
not.
In OCMA FSV-1, the test did not evaluate the valve's resistance to
cavity-pressure rise as conditions with the valve open and a vent hole in the
ball stem slot did not represent those of a closed valve. API insists on a cavity-
filled closed test.
Specific API test requirements are:
(a) The valve shall be tested in the closed position with water, with the stem
and bore in the horizontal position. Check valves will be tested in their
normal operating position.
(b) The valve will be uniformly enveloped in flame having a temperature of
761-871 oc (1400-1600°F) average of two thermocouples, one located 25
mm (1 in) below the valve and the other 25 mm (1 in) from the upper stem
packing box on the horizontal centreline. No reading shall be belo-w
704 oc (1300°F). Piping upstream of the test valve larger than 25 mm (1 in)
nominal pipe size or one half of valve nominal pipe size (whichever is
smaller) must be enveloped in flame for a distance of at least 152 mm
(6 in).
(c) The end connection piping-to-valve joint leakage (flanged, threaded or
welded) is not considered a part of this test and is not included in the
allowable external leakage. For the test, it may be necessary to modify this
joint to eliminate leakage.
Suggested systems for fire testing to API specifications are shown in Figures
1 and 2. Figure 2 is a schematic outline for systems using compressed gas as
the pressure source. Test procedure is as follows:
(i) Open valve(s) (items 5 and 6) at water source, and any necessary vent
valves (item 17) to flood the system and purge the air. The test valve
may have to be placed in the partially-open position in order to
completely flood the valve body.
(ii) Close fill valve (item 5) and vent valves (item 17). and close the test
valve (item 11 ). The system upstream of the test valve should be
completely water-filled and the system downstream shall be drained.
(iii) Pressurise the system to the appropriate pressure from Table 1.
Maintain this pressure during all testing. Record the reading on the
calibrated sight gauge (item 4). Empty the graduated downstream
container (item 19).
Fire-Safe Valves 745
(iv) Open fuel supply, establish a fire, monitor the flame temperature, and
when the average of the two thermocouples (items 13 and 14) reaches
761 oc (1400°F) start the test. Maintain the average temperature
between 761 and 871 oc (1400 and 1600°F) for the test duration. No
reading shall be less than 704°C (1300°F).
(v) Record instrument readings (items 7. 13, 14 and 15) every 2 min for
the test duration.
(vi) At the end of the test duration ( 15 or 30 min), shut off the fuel.
(vii) Immediately determine the amount of water collected in calibrated
container (item 19) to establish total through-valve seat leakage.
Continue recording the amount of water collected for use in
establishing the external leakage rate. If the test valve is of the
upstream sealing type, the volume or water that is trapped between
the upstream seat seal and the downstream seat seal (when the valve
is closed) shaH be determined before the test is started and identified in
the test report. It is assumed that during the test this volume of water
would move through the valve, past the downstream seat seal and be
collected in the calibrated container. This volume has not actually
leaked past the upstream seat seal, so it may be deducted from the total
volume measured in the downstream calibrated container when
determining the through-valve leakage.
(viii) Allow the test valve to cool to 93°F (200°F) or less. Use temperature-
sensitive crayons or other suitable means to indicate valve-body
temperature near the thermocouples (items 13 and 14). Record the
level in the sight gauge (item 4) . Use the initial and final readings to
determine total leakage during the test.
(ix) Close the shut-o ff valve (item 16) and operate the test valve against
test-pressure differential (Table 2) to the full-open position.
(x) Measure and record external leakage for a minimum of 5 min after
valve is in the full-open position at test pressure. Divide the total external
leakage by the duration of the test in minutes to obtain the external
Low hydrostatic
Zero 560 Zero 280
pressure test
High hydrostatic
Zero 2800
pressure test
Fire-Safe Valves 747
leakage rate. The test system, excluding the test valve, may be adjusted
during the test period to keep the test within the limits specified herein.
Fire-safe ball valves are manufactured for applications in explosive and fire-risk
environments, and are specifically designed to prevent the spread of fire. The
fire-safe ball valve shown in Figure 3 is of the floating ball type fire-tested to
API 607, API 6FA and BS6755 Part 2. This type of valve is suitable for use in
the oil. chemical. petrochemical and pharmaceutical process industries.
The floating ball design relies on the downstream movement of the ball due
to pressure differential to effect a seal against a resilient seat ring. The valve
employs a double-stage sealing arrangement and independently loaded
graphite fire-safe packing that remains unaffected by any deterioration of the
main PTFE chevron packing set under fire conditions.
Butterfly valves
(bar)
Spec 6/\ 2000 (130) 1500±10% (103.4± 10%)
valves 3000 (207) 2250± 10% (15 5.1 ± 10%)
5000 (345) 3750±10% (2 58 .6± 10%)
10,000 (690) 75 00± 10% (51 7.] ± 10%)
15,000 (1034) 11.2 50± 10% (775. 7± 10%)
20 .000(1 379) 15.000±10% (1034.2 ± 10t){,)
' (PN) is the pressu re class designation utilised in ISO (Internationa l Standards Organisation)
documents.
74 8 Duties and Services
performance, fire-tested to API 6FA and BS6755 Part 2. The block and bleed
seal configuration consists of two metal-laminate seals with an intermediate
bleed channel. which connects to the bleed purge port in the valve body when
the disc/ segment is in the closed position. The valve is designed as a
replacement for gate, globe. ball or plug valves.
Some advantages claimed of a triple-offset segment valve over ball, gate and
plug valves are given in Table 3.
Flame arresters
------- ~
'~ ITEM COMPONENT
BODY
2• BALL H ALF
2b BALL LOCKING I~ING
2c BALL KEY
J STEM
4 STEM 81\LL
'> BALL SI'IHNG
6 GLAND
7 G LAND SCREW
92--1~ ~---- --10 9 COVER
~ - sea 21
22
SEAT RING
C HF.VRON RING
2"-1 ~ 2.1 SPREADER RI NG
24 H EADER RING
?2 ~ 25 STOP PLATE
~ 89 LEVER OR "f·liAil/ADAPTOR
li- ~ 90 LEVER SCREW
!:11 LEVER WASHER
92 PlRE SEAL
9J COVER GASKET
Figure 3. Fire tes t certified.floatingfull-bore ANSi class 1 SO and 300 ball valve.
Firi'-Safe Valves 749
I:III;IUII
APPROVAL CERTIFICATE In• M7654/C
Tho und•r&igncd ALFIO N ICOUNI, Surveyor Of BUREAU VERITAS, acting wnhin the 5COPU ol the genen•t
ti''IT'H1i1i()ns which l tgullltC rhe lnterv&mione of our company, did fl ttfllnd. Dt roquc:•t of Mes.srs OMB SPA
Ct.NA'I 1.: SOT rO • BERGAMO to thttlf wo;k~ f ot tho purpo"e of wi1ne~sing the F~re Sofo Tas.t according to
API fi07· 198E ond 85 6756 PART 2·1987 on the following • • '•"'
I
Ball Side fn1'Y BSE frunn1on Valvo 900 lbs. Fl11nged Stock Finish
size 6 x 4 • Reduced Sou~
Moterlol Body·Cio•vre : ASTM A I 05N + ENP
M aterilol Soot: A STM At82 F8e Clou Z ... NVIon 12
Mo!uriol S<•m: ASTM A 106N + ENP
Motori•l Bali : ASTM A 182 f6o Cia$$ 2
The vn:"o wei uxpo~t.>d to fire lor 30- minute.!!, end dunng lht te st olt pt~ramettrs, u feQulrad by API
607 ond BS6J56 P1n 2 . w ert c hecked. rGCordcd end f·o~om~ according to STD ~qultements.
For turthLtf de:rolls of tnt 1rnngcments ond test rttaults, aLtO OMS Cerrtflc1ne no 1689 herewith •nec tmd
af"'d duly undonu~d.
ON THE SASIS OF THE RESULTS,THE AllOVE !JALL VALVE SATISFACTORLY PASSED THE· FIRE SAFE
TEST •
'==:r we •-•
[~ I
L J
Typical/ire-safe certification.
'-1
U1
Table 3. Advantages of triple-offset segment valve over gate and plug valves 0
;;·
Sealing Jam closures: leak becomes progressively worse with each cycle. Pressure and/or mechanically Unique torque sealing.
assisted seating maintains seal. "":::::::.
~
V':l
Actuation Manual: requires high torque High torque due to surface Consistent torque. Low torque.
to jam. area. requires frequent takeup 1 / turn rotation. 1/ turn rotation. '....<::""
4 4 ;:;·
Stem threads corrode and of sealing nut increasing Stops must be set. No stops required.
resist turning. often break in torque. Seat provides mechanical stop.
""""
open or closed position. Impractical in gritty, caking.
coking or gummy service. Accepts manual. pneumatic and electric motor without special
requirements.
Relative size Very high. bulky and heavy. Bulky. Large. Automated package Light-weight.
Automation very large. Automation very large. smaller than comparable gate Most compact..
or plug.
\-Iaintenance Very high. particularly in High. particularly in corrosive Medium. Very low.
costs corrosive or erosive service or gritty service.
due to stem freezing. wedge
failure. and seat erosion.
Requires [requent preventive
maintaneance (greasing. etc.).
Cos t of ownership
Purchase High High Medium Lowest
Installation High High Lower Lowest
Operation Highest High Low Lowest
Maintenance Highest High Low Lowest
Life Long Long Long Long
Cost of actuation Highest High Low Lowest
Fire-Safe Valves 751
II/ lj
/ v
I v v
I
1/ v
v I
Vl
:::l
0
.s:::
~ J
_j
f1/; I v vv v v vv v I
/ L /
~
'-
I
1/ /; / v
II
v v /
/ v
v v
v
/
/ /
[,/
/ /
v / v vv v v
~. l ~ v v v v _,./
/ ~/
/ "
I / / ___..--- /
() 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280
Air flow cu ft/hr (OO<l's) 20 oc. at atmospheric pressure
For other gases the equivalent air flow is given by multiplying the gas flow by the
square root of its specific grav1ty .
also used for purging gas mains, on the air intakes of internal combustion
engines, and in many processes using solvents and gases.
Flame arresters are made in two basic forms : for fitting into pipelines, and
onto the end of a pipe. The elements are made up of two strips of thin foil. one
corrugated and the other plain. The strips are placed together and coiled into
circular elements to give a spiral matrix of triangular cells and the whole
assembly is fitted into an outer case.
Elements are made with various cell sizes and widths depending on the
applications and the gas or vapour concerned. Elements are constructed
either from cupro-nickel with a brass outer case, or stainless steel for both
matrix and casing.
Flame arresters should be inspected frequently as part of routine plant
maintenance and cleaned as necessary, and certainly if excessive pressure
drop is experienced due to fouling of element cells. In the event of a flash-back,
v/ /v
13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5
v v
I 1/1/ I
I Iv I
v v v v / vv
I I /
/
/i;1/ v
1/
I / / / / /
v
/v v
I I / /
/
I I v I
I
v
/
/ /
~/
V,/ /
./ /
v
~
/ / /
IV I / vv v v y l--"'v ,/ /
v v/
~/
I / / /
__.. /
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 I0 I 2 14 16 18 20 25 10 35 40 50 60 70 80
Air flow cu ft/hr (OOO's) 20 oe, a t atmospheric pressure
For other gases the e quivalent air flow is given by multiplying the gas flow by the
square root of its specific gravity .
3.21
KEY f -1- ~ --
I
3.0 Extract from S.S. 750:1984 dcJUSe 6.2
t:Jt:. 1 IS 'The Hydrant shall deliver not less than
<
co
....
t:Jt:.
=>
VI
VI
2.SO
2.25
7.0
2000 L/min at a con-stant pressure of
1] BAR at the inlet to ·the Hydrant . l
w
t:Jt:.
1.7 BAR .
a... l.IS
-r-
u Full open Cv = 9-. 511/1 !111hdl· •l
1.25 Z·l
l0
!I Cv~ ~
~I V 6Pi...n.!J
0.71
!5 Q .. flow role in Litres/Sec
0.50
~ J 6P =Pressure drop across valve in metres
~·
0.21
'
0
800 910 1100 1210 1400 lSSO 1100 1850 2000 2150 1300 1450 1600 1710 2900 JOSO 3200 3310 JSOO
If the valve seat and 0-seal to the body cover need to be replaced. it is
important to ensure that the main has been depressurised before the valve is
dismantled.
Depending on local conditions. fire-hydrant valves should be inspected at
least every 3 months for:
Every 12 months, the valve should be tested unless the visual inspection
reveals any damage. The valve should be checked to see that it is free from
leaks and operates correctly when fully open.
Pressure-regulating valves
Combined hydrant-stop and pressure-regulating valves are used for a wide range
of fire-protection equipment suitable for refinery, chemical, petrochemical pian ts
and offshore applications.
The Class 'F' valve shown in Figure 2 is a high-pressure regulator.
It is suitable for:
The main requirement in marine valves is full material compatibility with the
fluid being handled. e.g. gunmetal or nickel- aluminium bronze being a
normal choice for sea-water systems. Corrosion problems are often
aggravated by the fact that many such valves, e.g. sea cocks. can remain open
or closed for long periods. The type of valve used is largely immaterial
provided it performs the required function, but ball valves are genera lly
preferred. Table 1 lists some applications typical of naval vessels where the
highest standards are normally specified.
Environmental pollution caused by a series of oil tanker accidents has
resulted in a number of attempts to improve standards and legislation in the
marine sector. Until legislation is formally established, there will be
uncertainty about requirements for valves and users should always look to
the highest standards ror guidance.
LP fluid ~ervices Aluminium Screwed Some cooling systems These valves are
General 15.86 bar Fem<~le BSP Air systems non-magnetic.
(230 lbf/in 2 ) Fuel systems
Lubricating oil
Where weight is at a premium
LP fuel systems Stainless steel Flanged Helicopter fuelling systems May also be produced
15.86 bar and some gas turbine fuel in non-magnetic
(230 lbf/in 2 ) systems where scrupulous materials.
Fire-safe cleanliness is regu ired.
Sea-wat·er displaced fuel
systems where any
possible corrosion risk
is secondary to a fire-safe
requirement
HP fuel systems Carbon steel Flanged Furnace fuel oil or Fire-safe valves.
62.05 bar diesel fuel oil supply
(900 Jbf/io 2 ) to certain types of
Fire-safe steam boilers
Globl' valvPs with 11011-turning stems for certain marine service applications.
762 Duties andServices
When loading and discharging liquids and gases through port installations,
environmental requirements insist that valves must be leak-tight to avoid
leakage into harbours and docks. There is also a requirement for ancillary
services such as water, fire-fighting. boiler, bilge and tank cleaning , with the
latter having leak-tight requirements. Gas movements in offshore areas a re by
pipeline and tanker and both safety and environmental requirements call for
leak-tight operations.
Vacuum Services
The main types of valves used for vacuum services are butterfly, diaphragm,
globe, gate and ball valves. Typical forms of diaphragm vacuum valves are
shown in Figure 1.
The factor which limits the pressure at which a diaphragm valve can be
used is that a large area of elastomer (usually nitrile rubber) is exposed to the
process. At low pressures, the molecules trapped on the surface of the
elastomer are given off, limiting the ultimate pressure which can be obtained.
Although materials such as Viton and PTFE, which have lower outgassing
rates, can be used, it is more usual to employ different types of valve for
low-pressure applications.
In medium to high applications where automatic or remote control is
required, magnetically-operated valves can be used. These valves have nitrile
rubber \"lasher seals which are kept open under spring load. Air admittance
valves, which automatically open when switched off, are also available. As a
general rule, reinforced diaphragms are used in valves for vacuum services.
The ba II valve shown in Figure 2 is a soft-seated bi-directional sealing valve
suitable for vacuum down to 2 x 10 - l torr. The standard seat-ring material is
virgin PTFE or UHMW Polyethylene.
High-performance butterfly valves using the wafer-type sealing principle
are capable of vacuum tight sealing up to 2.264 x 10- 5 bar (2 x 10- 2 torr)
(Figure 3 ).
Figure I.
764 Duties and Services
Figure 4. Vawtcm seal-off valve (left) and valve operator ( rigil t).
Medium to Ball More precisely machined than for medium to rough service.
high
Plate May be preferred to ball or diaphragm valve for services
down to 10-7 torr.
CONE GIL
~
~
0
t:c
:z:
Ill
SEAL OFFSET
Triple-offset geometry.
7 70 Duties and Services
Low-temperature valves
Valves designed for low-temperature but not cryogenic services may follow a
similar form, but not necessarily, the same extended bonnet. Valve bodies may
also be in carbon steel instead of stainless steel. Suitable carbon steels are
available for services down to -73°C ( -100°F).
Triple offset
The shall offsets are created by designing the valve with the shaft located
behind the centre-line of the sealing surface and slightly to one side of the pipe
centre-line. The function of these offsets is to reduce the rubbing and thus the
wear between the seat and seal to approximately 20° of travel as well as to
eliminate all seat to seal rubbing throughout the valve's entire 90° of rotation
(Figure 2).
Typically, triple-offset valves (TOSV) of this type used for cryogenic duties
have a resilient stainless-steel ring installed in the disk assembly and it is this
that provides a true 'zero-leakage' seal.
The seal and seat-contact surface is 'cone-in-cone' where both cones are
inclined and the angle of contact between the seal and seat generates a slight
'".redging effect that flexes and radially compresses the disc-seal ring. The valve
is able to shut-off completely, regardless of the direction of flow or line pressure.
Ball valves
Double-seal, reduced- and full-bore ball valves are used for LPG , LNG , thermal
fluids and other cold applica tions including oxygen and nitrogen (Figure 3 ).
High purity
Fig uri' 3. Double-sealed reduced- and full-bore ball vn]vC' for cold applications.
Cryogenic Valves 773
ACME threads
Stainl~s steel
Opt'n stem & yoke
Stem seals- Viton(lo)
Optional VCR®
bonne t purge port
E
CLOSED
t - -- - Ophonal vacuum jaC'ket
Non-contacting guide
to reduce conwdive
•nput
KEL-P~ seat seal
- D ---
Adjustable stem
sea ling. Double
Belleville washers:_-----::~~
compensate for
\ Quarter-turn.
wear and temperature Handle indicates direction of flow.
fluctuations.
Sn ndlc
• ,1 SJO~·b&O supponod ou1: de
fill) Ql~nd oli~J
2 or 3 bolt~ • ~rcfully mttctl~.
Ttorcad not too lone hJrd SUrllK:n (JfOJhiO).
surfltoo hrW!ill -
tomooJn na o .19 •~
• rousld - no flats - SJCkt<i
l)llraUel not OOtlltal
• end Ctlamlof 10 a d flltrng of
SpMg washc•s pacl<mg wrthoot d.Jf1\J<j0
• no t;erlt!Chilii or nthBc ,..,,r1,1C'C
(8 0 iiOVIII9 typo)
lor mo3Sunng arod conttOihng d=Jge
the load on the pactunq
(300-400 bar)
Play· ·
should not o•cced
Follower gurde-d on oulStdH Ommotor 0 5 n>m radodl
I Fluid to be sealed.
Water 300-320 •c
Bush 10 reducv htlrghl 170- 180 bar
of overlong gland
The gland material now generally considered the most suitable in application
is nuclear-purity expanded graphite (plus corrosion inhibition, if specifically
called for). This is readily formed in mechanically sound rings from tape to
provide the necessary resilience and deformability to behave as an efficient seal.
To accommodate extrusion of the packing, expanded-graphite rings are
normally combined with plaited rings at the top and bottom of the gland-a
logical choice here for high-temperature working being pure graphite/ asbestos
braided packing which can also incorporate a corrosion inhibitor and a
suitable proportion of anodes material to act as a sacrificial anode. An
alternating arrangement of graphite fibre and expanded-graphite rings does
not produce as satisfactory a seal.
The braided packing rings serve to eliminate the risk of extrusion of the
expanded graphite where radial play at the bottom of the box exceeds 0. 5 and
0 . 3 3 mm ( 0 .02 and 0.01 in) around the gland follower.
This packing arrangement, after extensive laboratory testing by EDF. has
been used successfully in French nuclear power plants for many years and is
rapidly being extended through all primary circuits.
Should it be necessary to avoid asbestos products, rendering even wet-spun,
dust-free product unacceptable, a graphite fibre packing can be employed for anti-
extrusion purposes. This would, however, introduce problems of fragility and of
potential corrosion risks (the stem alloys having to be chosen with extreme care).
Gland dimensions
The dimensional relationship between stem, box and packing rings is of prime
importance. Interference between ring and stem with play between ring and
box is to be avoided as leading to high stem torque and poor sealing. lt is
preferable to begin with a tight fit to the box and a small clearance to the stem,
O.lmm (0.0004 in).
Surface finish is important, particularly on the valve stem, to realise
minimum packing wear and low operating torque. Recommended values are
Ra = 0.4 m for the stem and Ra = 1 . 6 m for the gland surface.
Spring discs
• relaxation of the packing, very slight for expanded graphite, of the order
of 4% at 3 50 bar ( 5000 lbf/in 2 )
• vvear
• differentia I expansions
• temperature variations
780 Duties and Services
The introduction of spring discs also assist the precision with which gland
loadings can be determined (i.e. by height reduction of disc). The cost of
suitable spring discs is small in relation to the advantages they bring.
Gland geometry
Causes of leakage
(i) The use of braided packings that lose volume too readily and harden in
use.
(ii) Damage to packing rings during fitting.
(iii) Bad meeting of ring ends where cut rings are used .
(iv) Incorrect disposition of ring joints, forming leak path.
(v) Insufficient gland loading.
(vi) Poor support to stem.
(vii) Poor ability of packing to withstand thermal shock.
(viii) Reduction in gland loading owing to packing relaxation, packing
wear/ volume loss.
(ix) Incorrect dimensional tolerances bet\·Veen stem / packing box.
(x) Gland too deep.
(xi) Stem-surface finish of low order.
10 4
20 6
30 8
40 8-10
50 10
60 12
Nuclear Savices 781
Corrective actions
Special safety standards are required for the design of piping in nuclear plants.
For a proposed British PWR plant, the design is based on the American
Standardised Unit Nuclear Power Plant System (SNUPPS).
The safety-related piping are those pipelines associated with the safe
operation and shut-down of the reactor. These can vary from the main
coolant loop pipelines to the coolant high-pressure injection systems, and the
coolant pipelines necessary for heat removal from the reactor.
In a typical SNUPPS design. the length of safety-related piping can be
approximately 17,100 m (56.090 ft) out of a total length of piping of about
90,000 m (2 9 5.200 ft) . The design code used is the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code Section III and the safety-related piping are class 1, 2 and 3
pipelines. The ANSI B31 .1 Power Piping Code is also used for other piping
within the safety-related buildings, which consist of the reactor. auxiliary.
control, fuel and diesel buildings.
Piping systems are designed to withstand the dead-weight of the pipe and
contents and, where applicable, to ·withstand temperature changes and
pressures up to 197 bar (2856lbf/in 2 ). Design for earthquake and pipe-break
conditions has also to be taken into consideration.
A PWR plant is to be designed to withstand an earthquake at a level of0.2 5 g
free field. The Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) is the level of earthquake at
782 DutiesnndService.s
Seamless pipe bend of the material x 10 CrNiNb 18 9 ( 1.4 5 50) within a piping system in n 1wclenr
power station. Pipe dimensions: 348 mm inside diameter. 40 111m wall thickness: bendillfJ radius
R=I.5 X OD.
which the station is designed to be shut dm·vn safely, with continued capacity
for heat removal from the reactor core, but not necessarily to have the ability
to be started up again. The Operational Shutdown Earthquake (OSE) is a level
set which, if exceeded, will result in the initiation of a controlled shut-down of
the station. This level of earthquake has been set as one fifth of the SSE. As at
the set level of OSE, the piping design is still covered by the analysis carried out
under SSE loading, the only additional piping analysis required is in the
detailed fatigue analysis required for class 1 piping. Sample analyses on
selected class 1 pipes will be carried out to determine the effect of the
additional cycles of OSE events on fatigue usage factor.
Pipe-break conditions are considered in high-energy pipelines containing
fluid at a temperature above 95°C (203°F), and/ or at a pressure exceeding 19
bar (2 7 5 lbf/ in 2 ). Although piping is designed not to break, in order to ensure
the safety of a PWR station under all foreseen circumstances, there is a
requirement that breaks in high-energy pipelines arising from unanticipated
events are considered. Piping \Vhich falls into this category includes the main
reactor coolant piping as \Veil as subsidiary piping systems.
Nuclear Services 78 3
{i) Main-loop piping break: pipes connected to the main-loop piping are
required to continue to function following a loop break. These have to
be designed to withstand movements imparted to them and any
pressure transients involved caused by the sudden efflux of fluid from
the broken loop.
(ii) Pipe whip: caused by the sudden release of fluid when high-energy
pipes break. It is a safety requirement that the whipping pipe does not
cause the failure of other safety-related equipment in the vicinity.
This is carried out either by segregating the system from other safety-
related systems by walls or distance, or by enclosing the pipes in
energy-absorbing devices to catch the pipe and absorb the energy in a
controlled manner.
(iii) Jet impingement: after a high-energy pipe break the high-velocity jet
efflux released can cause damage to surrounding structures. Adjacent
pipelines will therefore be analysed for the effect ofjet impingement.
Other inputs will include water or steam hammer where these are likely to
occur, detailed system transients for class 1 analysis, and general vibration
caused by pumps where this can be identified as a likely occurrence.
High Pressure Services
High pressure can be so classified if it is in excess of 140 bar (2000 lb/ in 2 g).
Some typical high-pressure applications are shown in Table 1.
The units, symbols and conversion methods used in pressure measurement
are as follows:
High-pressure valves
High-pressure valves fall into specific categories. All valves used on hydraulic
circuits, for example, are high-pressure types, typically designed and
constructed to accommodate working pressures of 140 bar (2000 lbf/in 2 ), or
higher in other specialised systems (e.g. aircraft hydraulics).
Figurl' 1. Figure 2.
fiyurc3. Figurf 4.
78 8 Duties a11d Services
suitable for larger sizes provided torque is then transmitted through a suitable
gearbox. Pneumatic actuators are suitable for smaller valves provided the
mechanical advantage is increased via a suitable gearbox.
No matter what the application , it will be found that, in addition to high
pressures, other conditions invariably prevail, whether it be temperature,
Union joint
2000 to 3000 bar
S ma ll sizes
Figure 5 .
High-pressure check valve rated to 6000 lb/ in2 withflexible seal sent.
COCK: general description of a small on-off valve, of which there are several
basic types.
CODES OF PRACTICE: recommendations rather than obligatory requirements
issued by national and international authorities.
COMPACTION: measure of the density of the soil at any given location.
CONDENSATE: liquid formed by wet air or gases, or vapours, when subject
to cooling and/or pressure reduction.
CONTOUR LAYING: laying of underground pipelines at substantially constant
buried depth, i.e. following the contours of the bend.
CONTROL VALVE: general description for a type of valve used for controlling
flow or pressure and usually referred to by function, e.g. throttling valve,
flow-control valve, pressure-control valve, etc.
COUPLING: fitting used to connect pipes.
COVER: the buried depth (i.e. depth below ground level) of a buried pipe or
pipelines.
CRITICAL APPLICATIONS: applications or systems where failure of a pipe
or valve could have serious consequences.
CRUDE LINE: pipeline for conveying crude oil.
CRYOGENIC SYSTEMS: systems whose components are designed to operate
at and withstand extremely low temperatures. Generally descriptive of systems
handling liquefied gases.
DEAD BAND: the range through which an input signal to a valve can be
varied without initiating a response.
DEAD MAIN: a main pipeline not in use, e.g. not yet connected or temporarily
or previously disconnected.
DIAPHRAGM VALVE: valve type in which the moving element is a flexible
diaphragm.
DISC: refers to any disc-shaped element in a valve, as distinct from a plug
shape, ball, poppet, etc.
DOG LEG: abrupt change in the direction of a pipeline.
DOWNSTREAM: any position in the direction of flow distant from the
reference point involved.
EQUIVALENT LENGTH: friction or head loss generated by pipes, fittings, etc.
expressed in termsoflengthofsamediameterpipe having the same frictional losses.
ELBOW: a sharp-bend fitting with less radius than a normal pipe bend for
the same degree of bend.
EXTENSION STEM: extended stem fitted to valves to facilitate operation
under particular circumstances (e.g. on cryogenic valves to remove operating
point from a low temperature region).
FALL: the gradient at which a pipeline is laid.
FEEDER: a main pipeline carrying fluid at a higher pressure than in the
secondary distribution pipes.
FITTING: general description for couplings, etc., used on pipes and tubes. In
some industries this may also include bends, valves, etc.
796 Engineering Data
Irons
Cast iron A-126 class A
Cast iron A-126clnssB Nickel alloys
High tensile cast iron A-126 class C Nickel. cast A-296 CZlOO
Malleable cast iron A-47 grade 35018 Nickel, wrought B-160
Malleable cast iron A-47 grade 32510 Monel. cast A-2% M-35W
Ni-resist grey cast iron A-346typell Monel. wrought B-164 class A
Hastelloy '8', cast A-296N-l2M
Hastelloy 'C', wrought A-296m CW-l2M
Cast steels
Carbon steel. cast A-126 grade WCB
0.1 5% Moly steel. cast A-217 grade WCl Aluminium
Cr Moly steel. cast A-217 grade WC-6 No 356T. cast B-26 gradeSG70AT6
Cr Moly steel. cast A-217 grnde WC-9
4. 6% Cr Moly steel A-217 grade CS
8-10% Cr Moly steel A-217 grade C-12
Carbon steel. cast A-325 grade LCB
Cnrbon Moly steel. cast A- 352 grade LC-1
3. 5% Nickel steel. cast A-352 gradeLC-3
802 Engineering Data
BS 515 5:19 7 4: Cast-iron and carbon steel butterfly valves for general
purposes.
BS 515 6:19 7 4 ( 19 8 6 ): Screwdown diaphragm valves for general purposes.
BS 515 7:19 74 : Steel gate (parallel slide) valves for general purposes.
BS 515 8:19 7 4: Cast- iron and carbon steel plug valves for general purposes.
BS 5159:1974: Cast-iron and carbon steel ball valves for general purposes.
BS 5160:19 7 4: Flanged steel globe valves, globe stop and check valves.
BS 5 163:1974:Double-flanged cast-iron wedge-gate valves for water-works
purposes.
BS 5351:1986: Steel ball valves for the petroleum. petrochemical and allied
industries.
BS 5352:1981 (1983): Steel wedge-gate, globe and check valves SO mm and
smaller for the petroleum, petrochemical and allied industries.
BS 5353:1980: Plug valves.
BS 5417:19 76: Testing of general purpose industrial valves.
BS 5418:1979 =ISO 5209: Marking of general purpose industrial valves.
BS 5 882:1980 :;i:ISO/DIS 6215: A total quality-assurance programme for
nuclear power plants.
BS 668 3:19 8 6: Guide to the installation and use of valves.
MA 6 5 :Parts 1-11 :19 7 5-19 7 7: General purpose and petroleum industry
valves for use in marine pipeline systems.
Sl units
SI units are the seven basic units and the units derived from them coherently.
i.e. with numerical factor 1.
SI basic units
Length Metre m
Mass m Kilogram kg
Time Second s
Thermodynamic T Kelvin K
temperature
Prefix
Units
Size Symbol Sl units Permissible units Conversion into No longer permissible unit·s
other than SI associated and conversioos
SI unit and ra tios
Surface t\ ml l b (barn =
10 - 2~m 2
(square 2)
1 a (arc) = 10 2 m2
metre) 2)
l ha (hectare) = ]04 m2
sq .m .
sq .dm . } N•meollowod.
sq.cm .. etc . symbol nol allowed
(cubic
metre)
Standards and Designations 80 7
Ball valves
Specification Description
Design 8S 5351 Specification for steel ball valves for the petroleum.
petrochemical and allied industries
API6D Specification for pipeline valves (gate. plug. ball and check
valves)
304 SST p p r p p p F p p p F F F F F F F
316 SST p p F p p p F p p p F F F F F F F
Bronze F F s s s s s s s s F F F F F F F
lnconel p p s p p p F p F F F F r F F F S
Monel p p s p p p F F F F F F F S F F S
HastelloyB p p s p p p F F s F F F F S F S S
Hastelloy C F F s F F F F F F F F F F S F S S
Titanium 7 SA p p s p F F F p F F F F F S F F S
Nickel p p s F F s F F p p F F F S F F S
Alloy 20 p p s F F F F F p p F F F S F F S
Type 416 hard F F F F F F F F F F F F F S s s s
Type 440 hard F F F F F F F F F F S F s s s s s
17-4 PH F F F F F F F F F F F S p s s s s
Alloy 6 (Co-Cr) F F' F F s s s s s s s s S s s s
F
ENC. F p p F p F F F p F s s s s p s s
Crplate F F F p F s s s s s s s s s s p s
AI bronze F F F s s s s s s s s s s s s s p
"Eiectroless nickel coating.
S, satisfactory; E fair; P. poor.
Standards and Designations 813
Lower Upper
Material oc op oc op
Carbon steel ASTM A352 -50 to 650 65.000 3 5.000 24 35 27.9 1 37-18 7
grade LCB
Chrome moly ASTM A217 -20 to 1100 90.000 60.000 18 35 27.4 241 max
steel grade C5
Carbon moly ASTMA217 -20 to 850 65.000 35,000 24 35 29.9 215 max
steel grade VVC1
Chrome moly ASTM 217 -20 to 1000 70.000 40.000 20 35 29.9 215 max
steel gradeWC6
Chrome moly ASTMA217 -20 to 1050 70,000 40.000 20 35 29.9 241 max
steel gradeWC9
V)
.....
3 1 / 2 % nickel ASTM A352 -150 to 650 65.000 40,000 24 35 27.9 137 l::l
::::;
steel grade LC3 §-
.....
::::..
Chrome moly ASTM A2 17 -20 to 1100 90.000 60.000 18 35 27.4 180-240 "':::,:::
::::..
steel grade C12 t:j
"'"'
~-
Type 304 ASTM A351 -425 to 1500 65,000 28.000 35 - 28.0 140 ::::;
:::,
stainless steel grade CF-8 .....
c:;·
::::;
Type 316 ASTM A351 - 425 to 1500 70,000 30 .000 30 - 28.3 15 6- 170 "'
stainless steel grade CF-8M 00
,.....
V1
Cast iron ASTMA126 -150 to 450 31,000 - - - - 160-220 00
,.....
0"1
class B
I:Tj
Cast iron ASTM A126 -150to450 41.000 - - - - 160-220 ~
class C s·
"':::!.
""
::;
Ductile iron ASTMA395 -20 to 650 60.000 45,000 15 - 23-26 143-20 7 ~
tj
type 60-45-15 !::)
s
Ductile ASTM A439 -20 to 750 58 ,000 30,000 7 - - 148- 211
Ni-resist · iron type 60-45-15
Monett alloy 411 (Weldable grade) -325 to 900 65 .000 32.500 25 - 23 120-170
Viscosities
Kinematic Absolute Engler Saybolt Redwood 1 Say bolt Ford Barbey Cup no. 15 Absolute Kinematic
viscosity viscosity unlversal cup no. 4 viscosity viscosity
centistokes sec sec poise
density l.O centipoise 0
sec (standard) fur a\ furol 0
sec density 1.0 m2 / s
600 600 79.2 2832 2448 276 162 10.6 26.9 6.0 6.0 x lo-4 ""!
Q..
800 800 106 3776 3264 368 217 8.1 35 8.0 8.0 x 10-4 "'::::!s::.
1000 1000 132 7080 4080 460 415 6.6 68 10 l.O x 10- 3 Q..
c::1
5000 5000 660 23.600 20.400 2300 1356 1.23 240 50 5.0 x 10- 3 <'>
10.000 10.000 1320 47.200 40,800 4600 2713 - 481 100 1.0 X 10- l "'
~·
::s
50.000 50,000 6600 236.000 204.000 23.000 13.560 - 2403 500 s.ox 10- 2 ....s::.
(3'
::::!
Absolute viscosity (centipoise)= kinematic viscosity (centistokes) x density. "'
Over 50 centistokes. conversion to SSU: SSU = centistokes x 4.62. 00
.....
-......)
818 Er1gineering Data
Delivery volumes
Velocity
metre per second foot per second foot per minute kilometre per hour mile per hour
m/s ft/s fl/ m km/ hr mile/hr
Volume
cubic metre cubic centimetre litre cubic inch cubic foot UK gallon US gallon
m3 cm 3 I inJ ft 3 UK gal US gal
Mass
Density
gram per millilitre kilogram per cubic metre pound per cubic root pound per cubic inch
g/ml kg/cm 3 lb/l't 3 lb/ in 3
watts calorie per second kilocalorie per hour British thermal unit per hour
w cal/ s kca[/hr Btu/hr
Force
Torque
newton metre kilogram force metre pound force foot pound force inch
Nm kgfm lbf ft lbf/in
Power
watt kilogram force metre metric horse power foot pound force horse power
w per second per second hp
kgfm/sec ft lbf/sec
linear conversions
Millimetres to inches
Milli- Inches
metres
() 2 3 4 6 7 8 <)
() 0 . 039 ~7 0.07M74 0.11811 0.15748 0 . 1968 5 0.23622 0.27~S':I 0.314.90 0.3 5433
10 0.39370 0.4 3307 0.47244 0.51181 0.55118 0 .59055 0.6299 2 0.66929 o. 7086n 0.74803
20 078740 0.82677 0.86614 0.90551 0.94488 0 .98425 1.02 362 I .06299 1. 10 236 1.14173
30 1.18110 1.22047 1.2 5984 1.29921 1.33858 1.3779 5 1.417 32 I .41669 1.49606 1.53543
40 1.5 7480 1.614 1 7 1.65354 1.69291 ).73 228 1.77165 1.8 ll 02 1.8 SO JY 1.88976 1.92913
50 l. 968 so 2.00787 2.04724 2.086() I 2.12598 2.16535 2.204 72 2.24409 2.21) 346 2. 3228 3
nO 2.36220 2.40157 2. 440')4 2.4803 1 2.5 1969 2.55906 2.59H43 2.63780 2.(>7717 2.71654
70 2.7559 1 2.79528 2.8 3465 2.87402 2.91339 1 95276 2.99213 3.031 50 3.07087 3.11024
80 3.1496 1 3.18898 3. 22835 3.26772 3.30709 3.34646 3.3!!583 3.42 520 3.4645 7 3.503')4
90 3.54331 3.58268 3.62205 3.66142 3.70079 3.7401 6 3.779'i3 3.81890 3.85827 3.89764
roo 3.93701 3.97638 4.01575 4.0551 2 4.09449 4 .13386 4.17323 4.21260 4.25 19 7 4.2'1 I ~4
110 4.33071 4.37008 4.4094 5 4.448 S2 4.488 19 4.5275h 4. 5nn9 3 4.60630 4 .645n 7 4.68'i1H
120 4 72441 4. 76378 4.80315 4.84 252 4.88 l R9 4 .92l26 4. 9606 3 'i.OOOIJO 5.03937 5.07R7-I
130 5. 11811 5.15 741! 'i. 19685 5.23()22 5.27559 5. 314% 5.354.\3 ~.39370 5.4 3 307 '5.47 2-11
140 5.5 1181 5.55llS 5.59055 5.62992 S.!i6929 5.70866 5. 74803 'i.78740 5.82677 ~.X66 14
150 5.905 51 'i.':/4488 5.98425 6.02 362 6.0h299 6.10236 6.14173 h.! X110 6.2204 7 6.2 ~984
160 6.29921 6.33858 6.37795 6.41732 6.4 5669 6.4%0 6 6.53543 6.57480 6.6141 7 6.h5 ~'i4
170 6.69291 6.73228 6.77165 6.81102 6.85039 (i 88976 6.9291 3 h.%850 7.0078 7 7.0'17 24
180 7.08661 7. 12598 7.16535 7.20472 7.24409 7.28346 7.322X3 7.36220 7.4 01~ 7 7.44094
190 7.480 31 7.51969 7 55906 7.59843 7.6 3 780 7.677 17 7.716~4 7.75591 7.7952H 7.83465
200 7 87402 7.9 133':1 7.95276 7.99213 8.03 1 50 8 0708 7 8.1 I ll 24 8.14961 1<. I 88'J8 8.228 j 'i
210 s 26772 8. 30709 8.34646 8.38583 8.425 20 1l46457 IU0\94 tl. 54l31 IL 51<268 IL6221l5
220 8 ri6142 8 .70079 8.74016 8.77953 8.81890 8.8 5827 IL89764 8.93 70 I 8.97h31.i 9.01575
230 9.05512 9.09449 9.1 338(, 9.17323 9.21260 9.25197 'J.29 134 9.33071 9. 37008 9.4094 5
240 9.44S82 9.488 I 9 9. 52 756 9.56693 9.60630 9.64567 9.68504 9.72441 9.76378 9.8031 5
250 9.84252 9 S8189 9.921 26 9.96063 I 0.0000 10.03 94 10.0787 I l l.l 18 I I 0.1 'i 7'i JO.I969
260 lll.2362 10. 2 756 10.3150 10.3543 10.39 37 10.43 31 I 0.4 724 10.51 I 8 10.5 5 I 2 10.5906
170 10.6299 10.6693 10.7087 l0.74XO 10.7874 IO.X268 10.8661 I 0.9055 Ill. 944 y 111.984 3
281) 11.0236 I 1.0630 1 1.1024 11.1417 ll.liJlJ 11.220 5 11.2598 I 1.29':12 1 I. 3 }IJ() I 1.3 780
290 J 1.417 3 1l.45fi7 11.4961 1 I .53 54 11.5 748 11.6142 I I .f15 3S 11 .6929 I 1.7323 11. 7717
300 11.8110 11.8 504 1 1.~89 8 11.9291 I 1.9685 12.(10 79 12.04 72 12.086h 12.1260 I 2.16'>4
310 12.2047 12.2441 12.2835 12.3228 1.2.3622 12.4016 I 2.4409 l2.4S03 12 . 'i I 97 12.:; '>9 1
320 12.5984 12.6378 12 .6772 1.2 .7165 12. 7559 12.7953 12.8346 12.8740 12.9134 12 9521>
330 12 .9921 J 3.031 5 13.0709 I 3 ll02 1 3.14% J 3.1890 13.2283 I 3.2677 I 3.3071 I 3.l465
340 13 .38 58 13.4251 J 3.4 64fi 13.5039 13.5433 13 582 7 13.6220 13.6614 I 3. 7008 13.7402
350 13.7795 13.8189 13.858 3 13 .8976 13.9370 13.97(>4 14.0157 14.0 5'5 I 14.09 45 14.1 )19
360 14.1732 14.2 126 14.2 .520 14.29 13 14.3307 14.3701 14.4094 14.44 8!1 14.48 82 14.'>276
370 14. 56fiY 14.6063 14.64 57 14.6850 14.7244 14.7638 14.803t 14.!!425 14.8X19 14 .':1213
380 14 .9606 15.0000 15.0394 I 'i.0787 15.1181 1 5. 157'5 15 I %9 15.2362 ! S.275f> I 5. 3 1 '50
390 15.3543 15. 3937 15.433 1 15.4724 15.51 18 1 s 5512 15. 5906 I 5.6299 I 'i.6693 15.7087
400 15 .7480 15 .7874 15.8268 15 .86 61 15.9051 15.9449 I 3.9R43 1<>.0236 16.0610 I h. 1024
410 16. 1417 16.1 8 11 I 6.2205 16.259S I 6.2992 16.HH6 16.3 780 16.4 I 7 3 1h.·l5b7 I 6.4%1
420 16.53'54 16. 5748 16.6142 16.6535 lfi.6929 I 6.7 323 16.77 17 16 .8 110 16.8 '5 1'14 I 6.8.~')8
430 16.929 1 16.9685 17.00 7') 17.0472 ]70866 17 1260 17.1654 17.2047 17.2441 17.28 ~5
440 17.322X 17.3622 17.401 6 17.4409 174803 17.5197 I. 7. 559 I l7.'i984 17.6 378 I 7.6772
450 17.7 165 17.7559 17.7953 I 7.8346 I 7 8740 17.91 34 17.9528 17 9921 18.0 .1 15 18 0709
460 18. 1102 .18.1496 18.1 891J 18.2283 18.2677 11U071 18.3465 I 1). 385!! 18.42'i2 18.4646
4 70 18.5039 18.5433 18.5827 18 .6220 18.fih14 1 S. 700X 18.7402 18. 7795 I 8./l 189 I ll.858 3
480 18.89 76 18.9370 18.9764 19.0157 J 9.055 1 I 9 0945 19. I 339 19 .17 32 I 'J.2 12 6 19 2 5 20
490 19.2913 19.3307 1':1.3701 19.4094 19.4488 I 9.481l2 19.5 276 1 ':!.5669 19.6063 19.6457
500 19.6850 19 7244 19.7638 191W3J 19.8425 19 8819 19.921 3 19.9606 20.0000 20.0394
5[() 20.0787 20.1 181 20.1575 20.1969 20.2362 20.275h 20.~150 20.3543 20.3937 20.4 33 I
'>20 20.4 724 20.5118 20.55 12 20.5906 20.6299 20.669 3 20. 7087 20 .7480 20.7874 .W.fi26X
530 208661 20.9055 20.9449 20.9843 21.0236 21.06W 21.1024 21.1417 2 1. I X 1 I 21.220'>
540 21.2 598 2 1.2 992 2 1.3386 21.3 780 21. 41 7 ~ 2 1.4567 21.4%1 21.5 3 54 21.S74S 21.61 42
550 21.6535 21.6929 21.7323 21.7717 21.8110 2 1.85 04 2l.llll98 21.929 1 21.961l5 22.0079
560 22.0472 22.0866 22.1260 22.1654 22.204 7 22.24 41 22 2835 22. 3 228 22.3622 22.4016
570 22.4409 2 2.4803 22.5197 22.5591 22.5984 22.6378 22.6772 22.7 165 22.75 59 2 2 79 53
580 22.8346 22.8740 22.9134 22.9528 22.9':121 23.03 1 5 23.0 709 23.1102 23.14% 2 3. I 890
S90 23.2283 23.2677 23.3071 23.3465 23.3858 23.42 52 23.4646 23.5039 23.5433 2 ~.'>827
600 23.6220 23 .6614 2 3. 7008 23.7402 23 7795 23.8189 .U8583 23.8976 23.9370 23.97h4
610 24.0157 24.05 51 24.0945 24 . 1339 24.1732 24.2126 24.2520 24.291.3 24.3307 24.3701
620 24.4094 24.4488 24.4882 24. 5276 24.5669 24.6063 24.64'>7 24.6850 24.7244 24.7638
630 24.8031 24.842 5 24.8819 24.9213 24.9606 25.0000 2 5.0394 25.0787 2 5.1 18 I 25. 1575
640 25.1969 25.2362 2 5.2756 25.3150 25.3543 25.3937 25.433 I 25.4724 2 'i.51 18 25.5512
650 25 .5906 2 5.6299 2 5.6693 2 5. 7087 2 5. 7480 25.7874 2 '>.ll268 25.8h61 2'i.'J055 2 5.9449
660 25.9843 26.0236 26.06 30 26.1024 26.1417 26.18 11 2h.220~ 26.2 598 26.6992 26.3386
670 26.3780 2 f>.41 37 26.4567 26.4961 26.5354 26.574 8 26.6142 26.6535 26.6929 26. 7 323
680 26.77 17 26.!! 11 0 26.8504 26 8898 26.9291 26.9685 27.0079 27.0472 27.0866 27. 12r>0
690 27. 1fi54 27.2047 27.2441 27.2835 27.3228 27 ..3622 2 7.4016 27.4409 27.41HH 27.5 197
700 27.5591 2 7. 5984 27.6378 27.6772 27.7165 27.7559 27.7953 27.83 46 27.8 740 27.9 134
710 27.9528 27.9921 28.0315 28.0709 28.1102 28.1496 28. I 890 21U283 28.2677 28.3071
720 28.3465 28.3858 28.4252 2fL4646 28.5039 28 54 33 28.5827 28.6220 28.6614 28.7008
730 28.740 2 28 7795 28.8189 28.8583 28.8976 28.'!370 28.97()4 290157 29.0551 29 .0 94 5
740 29.1 339 29. 1732 29.2 126 29. 2 520 29.2913 29.3307 29.3701 29.4094 29.4488 294882
Standards and Designations 823
Temperature OF = 9/5 oc + 32
0 0
( = 5/9 ( f - 32)
c· r· c· r· c· f" c· f"
+32 300 900 16SO
(• r•
-213 -419 1100
-410
+100
610
-710 310 610 1100 910
!ISO
100
1110
1800
+700
-200 400 100 1000
1300
1810
-300
800
1310
1900
-1SO
-ISO •ISO ·300 410 ISO 1010
810
1400
1910
-200
•3SO
900
1410
2000
-100 -ISO +200 SOD 1100
•400
9SO
1100
2010
·410
1000
1110
•2SO .ISO 810 liSO 2100
·100
lOSO
1600
7110
•SIO
1100
+11 +300 600 900 1610 1100 1190
Standards and Designations 82 5
Pressure conversions
Pounds per square inch (lbf/in 2 ) to bar
lbf/in 2 bar lbf/in 2 bar lbf/ in 2 bar lbf/in 2 bar lbf/in 2 bar lbf/ in 2 bar
31 2.14 71 4.90 155 10.69 410 28.27 810 55.85 1320 91.01
32 2.21 72 4.90 160 11.03 420 28.96 820 56.54 1340 92.39
33 2.28 73 5.03 165 11.38 4.30 29.65 830 57.23 13 60 93.77
34 2.34 74 5.10 170 11.72 440 30.34 840 57.92 1380 95.15
35 2.41 75 5.17 175 12.07 450 31.03 850 58.61 1400 96.53
36 2.48 76 5.24 180 12.41 460 31.72 RoO 59.29 1420 97.91
37 2.55 77 5.31 185 12.76 470 32.41 870 59.98 1440 99 .28
38 2.62 78 5.38 190 13.10 480 33.09 880 60.67 1460 100.66
39 2.69 79 5.45 195 13.44 490 33.78 890 61.36 1480 102.04
40 2.7n 80 5.52 200 13.79 500 34.47 900 62.05 1500 103.42
Standards and Designations 827
Steam tables
Metric SI units
Steam tables
Metric SI units
Imperial units
Volume
Temperature Sensible heat Latent heat Total heat dry saturation
Pressure OF Btu/Lb Btu/lb Btu/lb cu ft/lb
Imperial units
Volume
Temperature Sensible heat Latent heat Total heat dry saturation
Pressure op Btu/lb Btu/lb Btu/lb cu l't/lb
0.0 S
0.02
2
~~ ~ Laminarflow f = ~~ J~~
[\1-aminarJCritical ~Transition
I I I 1111111
I~
C1Q
....,.
0016 I I 0.04
· i\ 1 fij:J -~- ~ , :; I 3
llol
OJ \
r-..._ ~t-...
.........1'---r-.
~ "
a
<
n
..,
0
...,
0.0061
0.005 1
II II
II II
I \
I
\,
1.
I "~~
i"t'
~ ~
~r--......
I'
-
t .
0 002
o 001 ~
~
I II i I I 1\ t--~' ~k'-:--l- o:oooa -~
~· -...~I- 0.0006 ~
o.o04 I II II I ~~ : ' ' o.oo04 Cl:
"-'~~ I'
I ~f::: I o.ooo2 V')
0.0031
0.0025
II II I
,,
I ~!::::~ ~
Smooth pipes
~r--uu· i
~~t"::--.-
........ .;...
i .
1 1
•
......
......
,
0.000,001 _:1'--H
i i 0.0001
Ill 0.00005
E'
::s
§-
~
"'
):)
rrf1t
z-...LI;~
~ 0.000,005 ' '
::s
s:::...
b
0.00211111 I I I I I II II I I I I I I I II I I I I I II II I I I I llli0.00001 "'"'
~-
7 9 3 4 561 9 2 3 4 S G 7 9 2 345679 J 4 5 6 7 9 2 J 45679 ::s
10) 1 o• 10 1 10 6 107 10 8 .....
):)
c;·
::s
Reynolds number Re ~ ud "'
v 00
w
,.....
8 32 Engineering Data
1000
900 Q
800
700 1/s
600
500 Q = flow rate I/ s
400 d. "" internal diameter mm
'
L1pP1 = pressure drop mm/m
300
v = velocity m/ s
200
dl ~P-
pi v
100 mm mm/m m/s
90
80
70 1000 0.01 0,1
900
60 800
700 0,02
50
600 0,04
40 0,06
500 0,2
0,08
400 0.1
30
0,2
''
20'
300 0,4
0,3
0,6
'' 0,8
1
0,4
~~
6 20
5
60' 40
4 50 ' 60
'' 80
100
2
3 40
' ,200
3
30
40~
2 600
800' 4
20 1000
5
6
1 - 7
8
9
10
Standards and Designations 8 33
L.486
O=A n
where, 0 is the discharge in millions of gallons per day
A is the area of wetted cross-section of the pipe in square feet
n is the empirically derived coefficient used to represent the interior
surface characteristics of the pipe
R is the hydraulic radius of wetted cross-section of the pipe in feet
Sis the slope of hydraulic gradient
~
v
r- v v / !-'"'
50.0
1-t- t- (:)'
.....-:>
_...,,...... /
_,.,...... v
40.0 v
v~--'
v
v v~--"
/
!--",......
I-' I--' :;~· / !--" !--"
30.0
vv 1.--'~ 1''; v v
v
./
v vv
I--
I-'
1.. v L
v !--"
L
'- r--1-'"r-
!-'"'
20.0 ~b.."
1,\''
...... -- t-1-
r-
L L
~ 10.0
"0 """ ,?;.... v
~
k- L ).;:;
/ v ./_ k"
Vl
t= v ~ ..... \')'" v
.2 5.0
ro
00 4.0
v v~--'" v .. v~--'"
v ..;'
..... L
.....
L
3.0 1---
...,..v v'" L v
v ,......r"' / v
<U 2.0 ;,,~·
00
....ro
..<::
u
V>
i5 1.0 ?;'
...... ...... -
...... ~
.......
.,...,......
L--"
0.5 ,.....,
...... ~
(:)'
v
0.4
v :,.....
!-'"' .......~--
/
/ v
0.3
!.,.;""" v r-
v ...... L.
v
0.2
b..''
~
1--
1--
0. l
§ 8§
0 0 0
0
,.....
0
0
-
.o
6
Slope of hydraulic gradient
n = 0.011
Notes:
l. Unless otherwise known, a value of 0.013 is recommended for n for pipes of all materials.
2.The velocity of flow (averaged over the wetted cross-section) should be kept between 2ft/sec and
J 0 ft/sec.
834 Engineering Data
1.486
Q=A
n
where, Q is the discharge in millions of gallons per day
A is the area of wetted cross-section of the pipe in square feet
n is the empirically derived coefficient used to represent the interior
surface characteristics of the pipe
R is the hydraulic radius of wetted cross-section of the pipe in feet
S is the slope of hydraulic gradient
30.0 / v / /
v/ v ~..--~~· L ~I--' ~v
20.0
............... v/ 1--- 1.'1'',. / v r--
1-~·
0.4
v~--" I 6'/v
/ ' v'
0.3 .,., v
0.2
v ....... """ v
- r-- r;'
0.1
r'"l V) 0 N r'"l ..,. V"\ 0
8
0
8
0
$
0
~
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
Slope of hydraulic gradient
n = 0.013
Notes:
1. Unless otherwise known, a value of 0.013 is recommended for n for pipes of all materials .
2. The velocity of flow (averaged overthe wetted cross-section) should be kept between 2ft/sec and
I 0 ft/sec.
Head-loss characteristics of water flow through rigid plastic pipe
This nomograph pro I• ides approximate values for a wide range of plastic pipe sizes . .\lore precise values should be calculated from the Williams and Hazen formula. Experimenral test value of C ta constant
for inside pipe roughness) ran ges from I 55 to 165 for various types of p lastic p1pe. Use of a value of 150 wi U ensure conservative friction-loss values.
Values for bead loss on PVC and CPVC fittmgs and valves arc not available at the present time. Since directional changes and restrictions contribute the most head loss. use of head-loss data for
comparable metal valves and fitt10gs w1li provide conservative values.
~
ln11de diameter of
P•pe •n 1nches
0
Head lou •n PSI
oer >00 fl. of pipe
V:l
.....
!::.
~
!::....
~
"'0
.. (.,I N tv tV N N------ "'0 "'0 "'0 ..;,., .. "' "' .. 0
;.,
!:1.
0 o e» <71 ~ rv 0\D<D....,Q\\1'~
- 0 0 0 omc-c.Nom"'•~ o ~ V. ia ;_, N ;.... 0
""
!::.
~
THE VA LUES OF THIS GRAPH ARE BASED ON THE WILLIAMS & HAZEN FORMULA
The nomograph is used by lining up values on the scale by means of a ruler or straight edge. Two !::....
independent variables must be set to obtain the other va lues. For example. line ( 1) indicates that 500
gallons per minute may be obtained with a 6-io inside diameter pipe at a head loss of about 0.65
\2
100 1.852 91.852 pounds pa squ<trc inch at a velocity of 6.0 feet per second. Line (2) indicates that a pipe with a 2.1-in
""
~·
I = .2083 I C ) X d4 .8655
::s
inside diameter will give a now of about 60 gallons per minute at a Joss in bead of 2 pounds per square .....
!::.
inch per 100 feet of pipe. Line (3) and dotted line (3) show that in going from a pipe 2.1-in inside c;·
WHERE: f • Friction head in lee! of water per 100 feet. diameter to one of 2-in inside diameter the head loss goes from 3 to 4 pounds per square inch in ;::s
d = Inside diameter of P•pe in •nches. obtaming a flow of 70 gallons per minute. Our raw material supplier does not recommend velocities in ""
Q = flow•ng oallons per m•nute exctss of 5.0 feet per second. 00
w
Vl
Nomograph courtesy of Plastics Pipe Institute. a division of The Society of the Plast ics lndustry.
83 6 Engineering Data
Table 1 gives the weight (mass) density for air at various temperatures and
gauge pressures. It can also be used directly for steam. For other gases.
multiply the corresponding mass density figure for air by the specific gravity of
the gas. For example, for the m a ss density of butane at similar temperatures
and pressures, factor table values by 2.06 7.
Table 1. Weight (mass) density of air lb/ft 3 for gauge pressures in lb/in 2
Air lb/ in 2
temperature
op 0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
30 0.0811 0.1087 0.1363 0.1915 0.247 0.302 0.357 0.412 0.467 0.522 0.578 0.633 0. 688 0.743 0. 798
40 0.0795 0.1065 0.1335 0.1876 0.242 0.295 0.350 0.404 0.458 0.512 0 .56 6 0.620 0.674 0.728 0.7 82
so 0.0782 0.1048 0.1314 0.1846 0.238 0.291 0.344 0.397 0.451 0.504 0.557 0.610 0.663 0.71 7 0.770
60 0.0764 0.1024 0.1284 0.1804 0.232 0.284 0.336 0.388 0.440 0.492 0.544 0.596 0 .648 0 .700 0.752
70 0.07 so 0.1005 0.1260 0.1770 0.228 0.279 0.330 0.381 0.432 0.483 0.534 0.585 0.636 0.687 0 .738
80 0.0736 0.0986 0.1236 0.1737 0.224 0.274 0.324 0.374 0.424 0.474 0.524 0.574 0.624 0.6 74 0 .724
90 0.0722 0.0968 0.1214 0.1705 0.220 0.269 0.318 0.367 0.416 0.465 0.515 0.564 0.613 0.662 0.7 11
100 0 .0709 0.0951 0.1192 0.1675 0.216 0.264 0.312 0.361 0.409 0.457 0.505 0.554 0.602 0 .650 0 .698
110 0.0697 0.0934 0.1171 0.1645 0.212 0.259 0.307 0.354 0.402 0.449 0.497 0.544 0.591 0.639 0.686
120 0.068 5 0.0918 0.1151 0.1617 0.208 0.255 0.302 0.348 0.395 0.441 0.488 0 .535 0.581 0 .628 0.674
130 0.0673 0.0902 0.1131 0.1590 0.205 0.251 0.296 0.342 ().388 0.434 0.480 0.525 0.571 0.61 7 0 .663
140 0.0662 0 .0887 0.1113 0.1563 0.201 0.246 0.291 0 .337 0 .382 0.427 0.472 0.51 7 0.562 0.607 0.652
150 0.0651 0.0873 0.1094 0.1537 0.1981 0.242 0.287 0.331 0.375 0.420 0.464 0. 508 0.553 0.597 0.641
175 0.0626 0.0834 0.1051 0.1477 0.1903 0.233 0.275 0.318 0 .361 0.403 0.446 0.488 0.531 0.573 0.6 16
200 0.0602 0.0807 0.1011 0.1421 0.1831 0.224 0.265 0.306 0.347 0.388 0.429 0 .470 0.511 0.552 0.593
225 0.0580 0 .0777 0.0974 0.1369 0.1764 0.216 0.255 0.295 0.334 0.374 0.413 0 .453 0.492 0.531 0.5 7 1
250 0.05 59 0.07 50 0.0940 0.1321 0.1702 0.208 0.246 0.284 0 .322 0.361 0.399 0.437 0.4 7 5 0.513 0.551 V')
Ei
275 0.0540 0.0724 0.0908 0.1276 0.1644 0.201 0.238 0.275 0.311 0.348 0.385 0.422 0.459 0.495 0.532 ;::J
:;::,...
300 0.0523 0.0700 0.0878 0.1234 0.1590 0.1945 0.230 0.266 0.301 0.337 0.3 72 0.408 0.443 0.479 0.515 ...
)::)
350 0.0490 0.0657 0.0824 0.1158 0.1491 0.1825 0.216 0.249 0.283 0.316 0.349 0.383 0.416 0.449 0.483 ~
:;::,
;::J
400 0.0462 0.0619 0.0776 0.1090 0.1405 0.1719 0.203 0.235 0.266 0.298 0.329 0.360 0.392 0.423 0.455 :;:,...
Cj
450 0.0436 0.0585 0.0733 0.1030 0.1327 0.1624 0.1921 0.222 0 .252 0.281 0.311 0.341 0.370 0.400 0.430 <'>
500 0.0414 0.0555 0.0695 0.0977 0.1258 0.1540 0.1821 0.210 0.238 0.267 0.295 0.323 0.351 0.379 0.40 7 ..."'
r.i:;'
i:5
550 0.0393 0.0527 0.0661 0.0928 0.1196 0.1464 0.1731 0.1999 0.227 0.253 0.280 0.307 0 .334 0.360 0.38 7 ~
c;·
600 0.03 75 0.0502 0.0630 0.0885 0.1140 0.1395 0.1649 0.1904 0.216 0.241 0.267 0.292 0.318 0.343 0.369 ;::J
"'
continued oo
w
"'-..]
00
w
Table 1. -continued 00
tr:l
Air lb/in 2
==
'2.
temperature
OF 140 150 175 200 225 250 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 """"==~.
==
~
30 0.853 0.909 1.047 1.185 1.323 1.460 1. 736 2.29 2.84 3.39 3.94 4.49 5.05 5.60 ~
40 0.836 0.890 1.026 1.161 1.296 1.431 1. 702 2.24 2.78 3.32 3.86 4.40 4.95 5.49 £'
50 0.823 0.876 1.009 1.142 1.275 1.408 1.674 2.21 2.74 3.27 3.80 4.33 4.87 5.40
60 0.804 0.856 0.986 1.116 1.246 1.376 1.636 2.16 2.68 3.20 3.72 4.24 4.76 5.28
70 0.789 0.840 0.968 1.095 1.223 1.3 so 1.605 2.12 2.63 3.14 3.65 4.16 4.67 5.18
80 0.774 0.824 0.950 1.075 1.200 1.325 1.575 2.08 2.58 3.08 3.58 4.08 4.58 5.08
90 0. 760 0.809 0.932 1.055 1.178 1.301 1. 54 7 2.04 2.53 3.02 3.51 4.00 4.50 4.99
100 0.747 0.795 0.916 1.036 1.157 1.278 1.519 2.00 2.48 2.97 3.45 3.93 4.42 4.90
110 0.734 0.781 0.900 1.018 1.137 1.2 55 1.492 1.967 2.44 2.92 3.39 3.86 4.34 4.81
120 0.721 0.768 0.884 1.001 1.117 1.234 1.467 1.933 2.40 2.86 3. 33 3.80 4.26 4.73
130 0. 709 0.755 0.869 0.984 1.098 1.213 1.442 1.900 2.36 2.82 3.27 3.73 4.19 4.65
140 0.697 0.742 0.855 0.967 1.080 1.193 1.418 1.868 2.32 2.77 3.22 3.67 4.12 4.57
150 0.686 0.730 0.841 0.951 1.062 1.173 1.395 1.838 2.28 2.72 3.17 3. 61 4.05 4.50
175 0.659 0.701 0.807 0.914 1.020 1.127 1.340 1.765 2.19 2.62 3.04 3.47 3.89 4 .32
200 0.634 0.675 0.777 0.879 0.982 1.084 1.289 1.698 2.11 2.52 2.93 3.34 3.75 4.16
225 0.610 0.650 0.749 0.847 0.946 1.044 1.242 1.636 2.03 2.43 2.82 3.21 3.61 4.00
250 0.589 0.627 0.722 0.817 0.913 1.008 1.198 1.579 1.959 2.34 2.72 3.10 3.48 3.86
275 0.569 0.606 0.698 0.790 0.881 0.973 1.157 1.525 1.893 2.26 2.63 3.00 3.36 3. 73
300 0.550 0.586 0.675 0.764 0.852 0.941 1.119 1.475 1.830 2.19 2.54 2.90 3.2 5 3.61
350 0.516 0.550 0.633 0.716 0.800 0.883 1.050 1.384 1. 717 2.05 2.38 2.72 3.05 3.39
400 0.486 0.518 0.596 0.675 0.753 0.832 0.989 1.303 1.618 1.932 2.25 2. 56 2.87 3.19
450 0.459 0.489 0.563 0.638 0.712 0.786 0.934 1.232 1. 529 1.826 2.12 2.42 2.72 3.01
500 0.43 6 0.464 0.534 0.604 0.675 0.745 0.886 1.167 1.449 1. 731 2.01 2.29 2.58 2.86
550 0.414 0.441 0.508 0.575 0.641 0.708 0.842 1.110 1.377 1.645 1.912 2.18 2.45 2.72
600 0. 394 0.420 0.484 0.547 0.611 0.675 0.802 1.05 7 1. 312 1.567 1.822 2.08 2.33 2.59
Standards and Designations 839
"'...,
,_.
Class C 9.0 bar Class D 12.0 bar Class E 15.0 bar :::s
~
Nominal Mean Individual c:J
::::,
size outside outside Average Individual value Average Individual value Average Individual value ;::;-
diameter diameter value value value
min. max. min. max. max. min. max. max. min. max. max. min. max.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Nominal Mean outside Individual outside Class B Class C Class D Class E ClassTt
size diameter diameter 6.0 bar 9.0 bar 15.0 bar 15.0bar 12.0bar
min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
-
3/ '6 17.0 17.3 17.0 17.3 - - - - - - 1.6 1.8 3.4 3.6
lh 21.2 21.5 21.2 21.5 - - - - - - 1.9 2.1 3.5 3.7
3
/4 26.6 26.9 26.6 26.9 - - - - - 2 .4 2.6 3.5 3.7
1 33.4 33.7 33.4 33.7 - - 1.9 2.1 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.3 4.2 4.5
11:4 42.1 42.4 42.0 42.4 - - 2.4 2.6 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.1 5.1 5.5
11 .' 2 48.1 48.4 48.0 48.5 - - 2.7 3.0 3.6 3.9 4.4 4.7 5.8 6.2
2 60.2 60.5 60.0 60.7 - - 3.4 3.7 4.5 4.9 5.4 5.8 7.0 7.4
3 88.7 89 .1 88.4 89 .4 - - 5.0 5.3 6.5 6.9 8.0 8.5
4 114.1 114.5 113.7 114.9 - - 6.4 6.9 8.4 8.9 10.3 10.9
6 168.0 168.5 167.4 169.1 6.1 6.4 9.4 10.4 12.3 13.3
8 218.8 219.4 218.1 220.2 8.4 8.8 12.2 13.2
....
V'J
~
··Mean outside diameter' of a pipe is taken to be the arithmetic mean of any two perpendicularly opposed individual outside diameters. Alternatively, the mean :::
l::l..
~
outside diameter mat be determined by means of a circumference tape. ~
tctass T pipe is intended only for threading. Its maximum sustained working pressure (12 bar) applies when threading is carried out in accordance with BS 21. "'
~
:::
l::l..
~
"'
~-
:::
....
l:l
c;·
:::
"'
00
H:>-
~
842 Engineering Data
o.d. ±
5- 63 0.2
75- 125 0.3
140- 200 0.4
225- 250 0.5
280- 315 0.6
355-400 0.7
Standards and Designations 843
-- -
Size 2.5 bar 6 bar lObar Tolerances on wall thickness
o.d. wall wall wall o.d. ±
emm emm e rrun
1.8- 2.0 0.4
16 2.0 2.2-3.0 0.5
20 1.8 2.5 3.1-3.9 0.6
25 1.8 2.7 4.3-4.9 0.7
32 2.0 3.0 5.1-5.8 0.8
40 2.3 3.7 6.1 ·7.0 0.9
50 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.1-8.0 l.O
63 1.8 3.6 5.8 8.2-8. 7 1.1
75 1.9 4.3 6.9 9.1- 10.0 1.2
90 2.2 5.1 8 .2 10.2-11.0 1.3
110 2.7 6.3 10.0 11 .4 1.4
125 3.1 7.1 11 .4 12.2 and 12.8 1.5
140 3.5 8.0 12.8 13.7 1.6
160 3.9 9.1 14.6 14.2 and 14.6 1.7
180 4.4 10.2 16.4 15.4and15.9 1.8
200 4.9 11.4 18.2 16.4 1.9
225 5.5 12.8 20.5 17.4 and 17.9 2.0
250 6.1 14.2 22.8 18.2 2.1
280 6 .9 15.9 25.5 19.3 and 19.6 2.2
315 7.7 17.9 28.7 20.1 and 20.5 2.3
355 8.7 20.1 32.3 21.6 2.4
400 9.8 22.7 36.4 22.0 and 22.8 2.5
24.3 and 24.4 2.7
25.5 2.8
27.4 3.0
28.3 and 28.7 3.1
30.8 3.3
Outside diameter tolerances 31.7 3.4
32.3 3.5
o.d. ± 34.7 3.7
35 .7 3.8
10- 32 0.3 36.4 3.9
40 0.4
50 0.5
63 0.6
75 0.7
90 0.9
110 1.0
125 1.2
140 1.3
160 1.5
180 1.7
200 1.8
225 2.1
250 2.3
280 2.6
315 2.9
355 3.2
400 3.6
844 Engineering Data
Horizontal pipe-systems support spacings are greatly influenced by operating temperature. The charts
show the recommended support spacing according to size. schedule and operating temperatures. Do
not clamp supports tightly- this restricts axia l movement or the pipe. If short spacing is necessary.
continuous supports may be more economical. Charts are based on liquids up to l.OO specific gravity.
but do not include concentrated loads, nor do they include allowance for aggressive reagents.
4 2 112 2 1h 5 5 4 1h 3 2 112
1 1 1
4 2 12 2 h 5 4 lz 3 3
7 S 1lz s ? 1 l2 9 8 1 lz 7 1h 4 112
7 9 8 111 7 112 9 1h 9 8 1lz 5 1l2
5 9 11, 9 8
6 10 9 11z 9
8 9 8 5 4l1z 11
1 1 12
10 10 8 l2 5 lz 5
12 13 12
14 13 112 u 11 8 7
'Alt hough support spacing Is shown at 140°1'. consideration should be given to the use o f CPVC or continuous suppo(t abow 120° f.
The possibil ity of temperat\l(e overrides beyond regu lar working temperatures and cost may make either o r the altl'matiws more
desirable.
This chnrt is based on continuou s spans and for iniusulated line carrying nuirls of specific gravily up to 1.00.
Standards and Designations 845
in 73 100 120 140 160 180 73 100 120 140 160 180
This chart is based on continuous spans and for in insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up
tol.OO.
·The data furnished herein is based on information furnished by manufacturers of the raw material.
This information may be considered as a basis for recommendation, but not as a guarantee. Materials
should be tested under actual service to determine duitability for a particular purpose.
846 Engineering Data
Pipe-bracket spacing for liquids with a density of < 1 gtcm 3 and for gases
PVC-U
d Pipe bracket intervals Lin em at
mm in 20°C 30°C 40°C 50"C 60°C
16 3/s 80 70 50 Continuous
20 Jh 90 80 60 su pport
25 J/4 95 85 65 55 40
32 1 105 90 70 60 45
40 1 1/4 120 llO 90 70 55
so 11I z 140 130 110 85 65
63 2 150 140 120 95 70
75 21/z 165 155 135 110 80
90 3 180 170 150 125 95
110 4 200 190 170 145 115
125 210 200 185 160 125
140 5 225 215 195 170 140
160 6 240 230 210 185 155
200 7 255 240 220 200 170
225 8 270 260 240 215 185
PVC-C
d Pipe bracket intervals Lin em at
mm in 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C 70°C 80°C
16 3/ s 100 95 90 85 75 67 60
20 liz 115 110 100 95 87 77 70
25 3/4 120 115 110 100 90 80 70
32 1 135 125 120 110 100 90 80
40 1 1/ 4 150 140 130 125 115 105 90
50 1 16.5 160 1.50 140 120 110
1 /2 130
63 2 18.5 175 165 160 150 135 125
75 21/z 205 195 185 175 165 150 135
90 3 225 210 200 190 180 165 150
110 4 250 235 220 210 195 180 165
160 6 300 285 270 255 240 220 200
225 8 355 335 320 300 280 260 235
ABS
pp
16 75 70 70 65 65 55 40
20 80 7') 70 70 65 60 45
25 85 85 85 80 75 70 50
32 100 95 95 90 85 75 55
40 110 110 105 100 95 85 60
50 125 120 115 110 105 90 70
63 140 135 130 125 120 lOS 80
75 155 150 145 135 130 115 85
90 16'> 165 155 150 145 125 95
110 185 180 175 165 160 140 105
125 200 190 185 180 170 150 llO
140 210 205 195 190 180 155 ll5
160 225 225 210 200 190 165 125
180 240 240 225 215 200 170 130
200 250 250 235 225 215 185 135
225 265 260 250 240 230 200 145
250 280 275 265 255 240 210 200
315 315 305 295 285 270 235 225
PB
d Pipe bracket intervals Lin em at
16 70 69 68 66 64 60 55
20 78 77 76 74 72 68 61
25 81 80 79 77 75 71 64
32 93 91 90 88 85 80 73
40 103 102 100 98 95 90 81
50 115 114 112 109 106 100 90
63 130 128 126 123 119 112 102
75 141 139 137 133 130 122 llO
90 154 15 2 150 146 142 134 121
llO 188 186 184 179 173 164 148
848 Engineering Data
PE
PVDF
16 75 70 70 65 65 55 40
20 80 75 70 70 65 60 45
25 85 85 85 80 75 70 50
32 100 95 95 90 85 75 55
40 110 110 lOS 100 95 85 60
so 12 5 120 115 llO 105 90 70
63 140 135 130 125 120 105 80
75 155 150 145 135 130 115 85
90 165 16S 155 150 145 125 95
110 185 180 175 165 160 140 105
125 200 190 185 180 170 150 110
140 210 20S 195 190 180 155 115
160 22S 22 5 210 200 190 165 125
200 2 50 250 235 225 21 5 185 13 5
225 265 260 250 240 230 200 145
SECTION 10
Author's Acknowledgements
Author's Acknowledgments
PE Pipe Positioners
Georg Fischer AG NAFAB
Spirax-Sarco Limited
Pipe Clamps
Georg Fischer AG Process Controllers
NAFAB
Pipelines Couplings
Victaulic Company Regulators
Georg Fischer AG NAFAB
Hattersley Newman Render Ltd
Pipe Cutting Equipment
Georg Fischer AG Seals
Latty International SA
Pipe Fittings- Iron and Steel
Victaulic Company Sealing Materials
Georg Fischer AG Latty International SA
Classified Index by Product Category 8 59
Nuclear Pharmaceutical
ASCO/joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV) PCC Flow Technologies
NAFAB Hindle Cock burns Ltd
Posi-Flate
Power Station
PCC Flow Technologies
ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV)
Hindle Cock burns Ltd Other Applications
NAFAB
Hattersley Newman Hender Ltd Automotive
PCC Flow Technologies
Water Posi-Flate
PCC Flow Technologies Hattersley Newman Bender Ltd
ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV)
NAFAB Aviation & Aerospace
Posi-Flate
Oescaling
Pharmaceutical, Medical PCC Flow Technologies
Cosmetics Glass
PCC Flow Technologies PCC Flow Tecbnologies
ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV) Posi-Plate
Laboratory Heating
PCC Flow Technologies PCC Plow Technologies
ASCO/ Joncomatic (ASCO Controls BV) ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV)
Hattersley Newman Hender Ltd
Medical
PCC Flow Technologies High Pressure
ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV) Hindle Cockburns Ltd
862 Buyer's Guide to Valves and Pipes
Hydro-Pneumatic Petrochemical
Posi-Flate PCC Flow Technologies
ASCO/Joucomatic (t\SCO Controls BV)
Irrigation (Intake) Hindle Cock burns Ltd
PCC Flow Technologies NAFAB
Hattersley Newman Render Ltd Posi-Flate
Printing
Irrigation (Spray)
PCC Flow Technologies
PCC Flow Technologies
Posi-Flate
Hattersley Newman Bender Ltd
Pulp & Paper
Land Drainage PCC Flow Technologies
PCC Flow Technologies ASCO/Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV)
NAFAB
Machine Tool Coolants Posi-Flate
PCC Flow Technologies Hattersley Newman Render Ltd
Hattersley Newman Bender Ltd
Refining
Marine PCC Flow Technologies
PCC Flow Technologies ASCO/ Joucomatic (ASCO Controls BV)
NAFAB NAFAB
Hattersley Newman Hender Ltd
Shipping
PCC Flow Technologies
Military /Defence Hindle Cockburns Ltd
Hindle Cock burns Ltd NAFAB
NAFAB Rotork
Gelbgjntaregatan 2. S-5818 7 Linkoping, Brass Mill Lane, Bath. BA1 3JQ. UK
Sweden Tel: 01225 733261
Tel: +4613 3 316000 Fax: 01225 733539
Fax: +4613 136054
E-mail: info@nar.se Spirax-Sarco Limited
Website: www.naf.se Charlton House. Cheltenham.
Gloucestershire GL53 8ER. UK
PCC Fl.o w Technologies Tel: +441242 521361
Unit C. Ryknild Street. Barton Turn. Pax: +441242 573342
Barton Under Need wood, Staffordshire. E-mail: eng@spiraxuk.attmail.com
DE13 8EB, UK Website: www.spirax-sarco.com
Tel: +441283 713034
Fax: +441283 716930 Victnalic Company of America
Website: www.baronship@valves.com Po Box 31. Easton PA. 18044-0031, USA
Tel: + 1 610 5 59 3 3 00
Fax: +1610 250 8817
Posi-Fiate E-mail: victualic@victualic.com
Website: www.victualic.com
Corporation Headquarters:
Posi-flate, 1125 Willow Lake Boulevard. Wyeco Auto Valves Co Ltd
StPaul. MN 55110. USA 4F No 98 Section 3, Chien Kuo N. Road.
Tel: +1 651484 5800 Taipei. Taiwan 104, ROC
Fax: +1651484 7015 Tel: +886 2 2502 5166
Fax: +886 2 2501 2863
U11ited Kingdom:
Posi-flate, 14 Carters Lane. Kiln Farm, Yih Kuang Metal Corporation
Milton Keynes, MK11 3ER. UK l2F-l, No 51. Fu Hsing N. Road,
Tel: +44 (0) 1908 564455 Taipei 105. ROC
Fax: +44 (0) 1908 564615 Tel: +886 2 277 66455
Website: www. posiflate.com Fax: +886 2 277 66795
Trade Names Index
Intelligent valves
When you require an intelligent valve solu- NAF intelligent valve systems combine the
tion in your process there are three main unique experience and vast resources of
points to consider: Better control, the worlds largest intelligent automation
Predictive maintenance and company INVENSYS pic.
Communication. NAF control valves with Within INVENSYS we combine our
the NAF-LinkiT™ intelligent valve positio- knowledge in control systems, instruments
ner provides you with the practical solu- and valves to provide our customers with
tion that makes the vision of the intelligent a closed loop solution.
valve systems come true.
NAFAB
~ensys
SE-581 87 LINKOPING
SWEDEN
Telephone +46 13 31 61 00
Facsimile +46 13 13 60 54
e-mail info@naf.se
webpage www.naf.se Intelligent Automation
· STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES,
SCREWED END
·STAINLESS STEEUCAST STEEL BALL
VALVES, FLANGED END
·STAINLESS STEEL SANITARY FITTINGS.
VALVES
· STAINLESS STEEL SCREWED
FITTINGS
· STAINLESS STEEL GATE/GLOBE/SWIN(
CHECK VALVES & Y-STRAINERS
4 HAITIMA
VALVES
[C1:1[~.
'iltil g
,....,..
1 ·. .:, .~oo!
IWI:·.A.
...,..,.
• ~, - CRN
. .!"" REGISTERED
•
•
How It Works:
Closed, unsealed,
depressurized.
Closed, sealed,
pressurized.
Open, unsealed,
depressurized.
www.posiflate.com
pos··flat
butterfly valves
Corporate Headquarters United Kingdom
1125 Willow Lake Blvd. 14 Carters lane, Kiln Farm,
St. Paul, MN 55110 U.S.A. Milton Keynes MK11 3ER, England
Phone (651) 484-5800 • Fax (651) 484-7015 Phone +44 (O) 1908 564455 • Fax +44 (0) 1908 564615
CHECK VALVES WAFER TYPE: DUAL, SINGLE PLATE
BUTTERFLY VALVES: WAFER TYPE, LUG TYPE
Manufacturing:
e Standard: ANSI, ISO, DIN, API, BS, JIS
• Material: Stainless Steel, Carbon Steel, Cast Iron
e Size: 40 MM(l-1/2") - 1200MM(48")
Contactless
measurements
Applications
- Waterworks and waste water treatment plants
- Power stations
- Waste Incinerator
-Chemical and Petrochemical Industry
AUMA CONTROLS THE FLOW!
Valve automation is one of the most impor-
tant considerations in modern industries.
The design of entire plants is based on con-
stant electronic monitoring and control.
Whether for open loop or closed loop con-
trol, modern electric actuators determine
the precise and reliable fulfillment of im-
portant flow control parameters. Electric
actuators with integral or remote motor
cont rols are used in weatherproof or
explosionproof environment.
AUMA manufactures electric valve
actuators. Do not take a chance -
select AUMA.
Spirax-Sarco Limited, Charlton House, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, GL53 8ER. Tel: 01242 521361 Fax: 01 242 573342
lntemct: llttv//www.spirax-sarco.co.uk c-11/flil: enq@spiraxuk.attmail.com
No other product reduces friction and
performs under pressure like LATTY
One compliments the other when solving your
comprehensive valve sealing applications. LATTYgraf 6940
LAITYgraf6940 resolves high pressure and high Easy to Fit
temperature problems while maintening low friction For High-Pressure
characteristics. High-Temperature
LATTY flon 3260 LM has been specially designed
for modulating control valves eliminating hysterists Manual actuated Valves
prob!ems due to stem frict:on operating
at high pressures. LATTYflon 3260 LM
Both materials are capable to withstar.d chemtcal attack. Secure Stem Sealing
In many cases, tn many industries, just the two gland For Modulating
packing materials suHico to cover total plant Inventory
helping to reduce stock and eliminate choices.
Control Valves
LATTY 505 (Save On Sto(k)
LATTY®international s.a.
F01 the bCStln !TlOdern SABIIfi!J :ncluua~;e
PLANT & OFFICES
1. rue Xavier-Laity - F-28160 Brou - nBIICO
Tel +33 (0)2 31 44 77 7 1 - Fax· •J3 (0)2 37 44 77 99
e-mail. customerservicoOiany.com w."Y Iaiiy com
e LATTY. reg<StCfO<f trocJQn\(lfk of LA nv lll1GHW.llar1.1li a a
Diaphragm type Control Valve Cylinder Operated Control Valve Y- Type Cylir~der Control Valve Cryogenics Service Valve llyper-Cryoqen<cs Service Volve
Short - Stem loaq ·Stern
With Over 24 years of experience, Wyeco Auto Valves is one of Taiwan's leading valve
manufacturers. We supply:
• Cast Iron, Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel • ANSI, JIS, DIN Standard
• Valve modification • OEM manufacturing
w to cut time and money
out of piping installation.
Victaulic grooved- and plain-end mechanical
piping systems reduce total installed costs 10 to
40%, slash project calendar days, and minimize
subsequent maintenance. You get shorter outage
downtime and faster production changeover
Pioneered 75 years ago and perfected by
Victaulic ever since, these remarkable systems
require no flame and need no alignment.
Installation is easy to make up, fast, and reliable.
For Almost Any Type of Pipe
Victaulic offers a system for most services
from -30° to +230°F, pressures to 1,000 PSI
(higher with special products), in sizes as large
as 144".
Carbon steel - Complete couplings and fit-
tings systems up to 48"; valves and accessories
to 24"; (BS, JIS and other standards).
Stainles~ steel - Rigid or flexible for Type
316/3161 (standard) and 304 (optional) piping 3/4"
through 18"; fittings and
valves for process piping; Tools - Victaulic has tools for in-place, job site,
fluoro -elastomer gaskets or shop roll grooving of pipe from 3/4" through
for process chemicals; 48"; cut grooving; and hole cutting.
white nitrile to FDA Available through worldwide stocking
21CFR. Part 177.2600. distribution. supported by 200 factory -trained
Copper - piping specialists globally.
Complete system of
couplings, fittings, and
- - ·-- valves to CTS sizes (BS,
DIN and AS) 2" through 8". No lead. No flame.
No hassle. Fast. easy installation with hand tools.
HDP plastic- Unique helical teeth bite into
high density poly pipe -no fusing. special
solvents. or adapters. Direct HOP-to-grooved
transitions allow use of standard fittings, valves,
and accessories. Sizes 2" through 20". See us on the web- www.victaulic.com
Aluminum - A coupling and fitting system Or, for full facts: contact your Victaulic distributor
for aluminum pipe from 1" through 8", compatible or piping specialist, requesting catalog G-103.
with standard valves and accessories. Phone: 610/559-3300
Fax: 610/250-8817
PVC plastic - Standard couplings join Write: PO Box 31,
Schedule 40 or 80 roll grooved or cut grooved
Easton,PA
PVC plastic pipe for varied services. to the
18044-0031 USA
working pressure of the pipe.
e-mail: victauliOO.">victaulic.com
Ductile iron - Sewage, waste, water treat-
ment, and underground water supply lines from
3" through 36" (AWWA. BS, others) are easily, ictaulic·~
quickly joined with Victaulic products designed An .jjO 9001 certified company
to ANSI/AWWA C-606 and related standards. Vl~l,;hc IS a leglS!erOO lr.ldcma.tk ol V~etaullc l.;ornt~•llY o! AUlt'J 101
•J 1900 V!Ck•Uitc Company ol Ammrn Allt>',lh\G rose~wxl
36th year of publication: all previous editions sold out
Section One: Introduction Section riVe: Pump Ancillaries
SI Units
Pump Evolution
PUMPING Engines
Electric Morors and Controls
Pump Classification Magnetic Drives
Pump Trends MANUAL Seals and Packaging
Bearings
Section Two: Pump Performance and 9th Edition Gears and Couplings
Characteristics By Christopher Dickenson Control and Measurement
Fluid Characteristics
Pump Performance \\'idL·h recognised a s the Section Six: Pump Operation
Calculations, Type Number tir-.r source of refence o n Pump Installation
and Efficiency .1ll .hpL·ds of pump Pump Start-up
Area Ratio Cavitation and Recirculation
tvL·hn()lt>g\· and
Pipework Calculations Pump Noise
.lplliL·;nions the Pumping
Computer Aided Pump Vibration and Critical Speed
\ Lmu.1i w ill en~1blc \'Oll Condition Monitoring and
Selection
to .. . Maintenance
Section Three: Types of Pumps Pipcwork Installation
Centrifugal Pumps • Sf,L'Ctty th e right pump
Axial and Mixed Flow Pumps tur tlw usk Section Seven: Pump Applications
Submersible Pumps • I k-.ign cost-ctfcctin· Water Pumps
Seal-less Pumps pumf, systems Building Services
Disk Pumps Sewage and Sludge
• l ~tHkr -.und thL·
Positive Displacement Pumps Solids Handling
tcrtnin ology
(General} Irrigation and Drainage
Rotary Pumps (General}
• FthltrL' effective Mine drainage
Rotary Lobe Pumps in:-.ull.n ion, oper.nion Pulp and Paper
Gear Pumps ;111d tll;lintl'nance of <111 Oil and Gas
Screw Pumps your r'umpmg Refinery and Petrochemical
Eccentric Screw Pumps L'q lll ptlh.' Ilt Pumps
Peristaltic Pumps Chemical and Process
.md muc h morl'!
Metering and Proportioning Dosing Pumps
Pumps Power Generation
Vane Pumps Food and Beverage
Flexible Impeller Pumps Viscous products
Liquid Ring Pumps Fire Pumps
Reciprocating Pumps (General} High Pressun: Pumps
Diaphragm Pumps
Piston, Plunger Pumps Section Eight User Information
Self Priming Pumps Standards and Data
Vacuum Pumps Buyers Guide
Editorial Index
Section Four: Pump Materials and Advertisers Index
Construction
Marallic Pumps 1000+ pages
Non Metallic Pumps 1500 figures and tables
Coatings and Linings ISBN: 185617 215 5
State-of-the-art piping systems
Butterflv
... Valve Materials available are:
Body - Aluminium, Cast Iron, Ductile Iron, Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel.
Disc - Ali-Bronze, Cast Iron, Stainless Steel.
Shaft - Stainless Steel.
Seats - EPDM (Black and White), Buna, Silicon, Viton, Nitrile, PTFE